Agenda packet — San Carlos City Council, March 25, 2024 (part 2 of 3)

8.d
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 210

I. The mix shall be compacted immediately after placing. Initial rolling with a steel-wheeled, tandem roller; steel-three-wheeled roller; vibratory roller; or a pneumatic-tired roller shall follow the paver as closely as possible. If needed, intermediate rolling with a pneumatic- tired roller shall be done immediately behind the initial rolling. Final rolling shall eliminate marks from previous rolling. In areas too small for the roller, a vibrating plate compactor or a hand tamper shall be used to achieve thorough compaction.

J. The relative density after compaction shall be 95 percent of the density obtained by using ASTM D1188 or D2726. A properly calibrated nuclear asphalt testing device shall be used for determining the field density of compacted asphalt concrete, or slabs or cores may be laboratory tested in accordance with ASTM D1188. A minimum of one compaction test per day shall be provided and an additional compaction test for each 500 square feet completed. If the test results for any lot of asphalt concrete indicate that the relative compaction is less than 95.0%, the asphalt concrete represented by that lot shall be removed and replaced at CONTRACTOR's expense. Asphalt concrete spreading operations shall not continue until the Contractor makes significant adjustments to the materials, procedures or both in order to meet the required compaction. The adjustments shall be as agreed to by the Engineer.

K. Upon completion, the pavement shall be true to grade and cross-section. When a 10 foot straightedge is laid on the finished surface parallel to the center of the roadway, the surface shall not vary from the edge of the straightedge more than 1/8 inch, except at intersections or changes of grade. In the transverse direction, the surface shall not vary from the edge of the straightedge more than 1/4 inch.

L. Upon completion, slope of street draining to the gutter shall match existing.

3.8 PROTECTION OF STRUCTURES
Provide whatever protective coverings may be necessary to protect the exposed portions of buildings, curbs, posts, guard fences, equipment pads, and any other structures from splashing oil and asphalt from the paving undesirable matter that may come upon these structures by reason of the paving operations.

3.9 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY
Settlement of replaced pavement over trenches within the warranty period shall be considered the result of improper or inadequate compaction of the subbase or base materials. The CONTRACTOR shall promptly repair all pavement deficiencies noted during the warranty period at the CONTRACTOR's sole expense.

3.10 TEMPORARY PAVING
A. The same day the trench is backfilled, it will be graded to conform to the existing surface and temporary pavement consisting of a minimum of 2 inches of premixed asphaltic paving material will be placed over the trench. Temporary pavement shall be maintained in a safe and drivable condition until permanent paving is placed.

8.d
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 211

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________ Technical Provisions 2024 Sewer Lateral Replacement
Page TP-47 Project No. 1737-24
B. Temporary pavement shall be removed and permanent pavement shall be installed within the time period designated in Part 3.2 above unless otherwise specified by the CITY. The permanent pavement shall be maintained to the satisfaction of the ENGINEER for the full guarantee period.

END OF SECTION

8.d
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 212

DRIVEWAYS
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 THE REQUIREMENT
The CONTRACTOR shall furnish all labor, materials, and equipment necessary to construct the curbs, gutters, sidewalks, curb ramps, valley gutters, and driveways, in accordance with the Contract Documents.

1.2 REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS, CODES, AND STANDARDS
Without limiting the generality of other requirements of the Contract Documents, all WORK specified herein shall conform to or exceed the requirements of the Building Code for San Mateo County and/or the City of San Carlos.

1.3 CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS
A. Submit manufacturers literature for all machines specifically designed for such work (i.e., machines to construct asphaltic concrete curbs).

B. Submittals for asphaltic concrete shall be in accordance with Section 8, Asphaltic Concrete Paving.

C. Material submittals for concrete shall be in accordance with the requirements of Section 16, Cast-in-Place Concrete.

1.4 REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS, CODES, AND STANDARDS
A. Codes: All WORK shall comply with all codes, as referenced herein.

B. CITY standards and specifications shall be met at all times unless otherwise noted.

C. Concrete surface improvements shall conform to Section 73, Concrete Curbs and Sidewalks, of the State Standard Specifications.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS
A. Concrete shall conform to the requirements of City Standard Detail 7, Concrete General Notes.

B. All concrete curb and gutter, sidewalk, driveway and driveway apron, and wheelchair ramp that interfere with the proposed construction shall be removed to an existing joint or joint sawed with a vertical face. Replacement of concrete curb and gutter, sidewalk, driveway and driveway apron, and wheelchair ramp shall match existing.

8.d
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 213

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________ Technical Provisions 2024 Sewer Lateral Replacement
Page TP-49 Project No. 1737-24
C. Portland cement concrete is designated by class based on 28-day compressive strengths (when tested in accordance with ASTM C 39) as specified herein:

Class A Concrete shall contain approximately 564 pounds of portland cement per cubic yard and have a 28-day compressive strength of not less than 3000 psi.

Class D Concrete shall contain not less than 658 pounds of portland cement per cubic yard and have a 28-day compressive strength of not less than 3500 psi.

Class Intended Use
A General Construction -structures, curbs, gutters, sidewalks, , minor structures, thrust and anchor blocks.

D Concrete driveways, driveway conforms, driveway curb and gutters, emergency pavement, underwater placement, and seals.

If the class of concrete is not specified on the plans or in these specifications, or otherwise directed by the Engineer, it shall be Class A.

D. Asphaltic concrete is specified in Section 8, Asphaltic Concrete Paving.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 GENERAL
Curbs, gutters, sidewalks, curb ramps, valley gutters, and driveways shall be constructed by the conventional use of forms unless the ENGINEER has favorably reviewed the CONTRACTORs submittal proposing the use of a curb and gutter machine. Curb and gutter machines shall be specifically designed for such work, and the resulting products shall be equal to or better than would typically be obtained using forms. If the results are not satisfactory, then use of machines shall be discontinued.

3.2 SURFACE PREPARATION
Where any curb, gutter, sidewalk, curb ramp, valley gutter, or driveway has been removed, destroyed, or displaced, the same shall be replaced to the nearest score line or construction joint to the same dimensions and finish as the original construction that was removed. Features to be demolished shall be saw cut at the limiting construction joints and all curbs, gutters, sidewalks, curb ramps, valley gutters, or driveways shall be removed and disposed of by the CONTRACTOR.

The subgrade shall be constructed and compacted true to line and grade, as required.

All soft or unsuitable material shall be removed to a depth of not less than 6 inches below subgrade elevation and replaced with satisfactory material.

8.d
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 214

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________ Technical Provisions 2024 Sewer Lateral Replacement
Page TP-50 Project No. 1737-24

3.3 FORMS
Forms conforming to the dimensions of the curb, gutter, sidewalk, curb ramp, valley gutter, or driveway shall be carefully set to line and grade and shall be securely staked in place. The forms and subgrade shall be watered immediately in advance of placing concrete. Forms shall be thoroughly cleaned each time they are used and shall be coated with light oil or another releasing agent of a type that will not discolor the concrete.

3.4 PLACEMENT
A. Concrete shall be thoroughly spaded away from the forms to eliminate rock pockets next to the forms. The concrete may be compacted by mechanical vibrators acceptable to the ENGINEER. Tamping or vibrating shall continue until the mortar flushes to the surface and the coarse aggregate is below the concrete surface.

B. Expansion joints shall be located to match the expansion joints in the removed curb, gutter, sidewalk, curb ramp, valley gutter, or driveway, unless otherwise indicated in the Contract Documents. Expansion joints shall be constructed vertical and at right angles to the centerline of the street. Joints shall be constructed at all radius points, driveways, alley entrances, and at adjoining structures.

C. Contraction joints shall be constructed not more than 10 feet apart. Joints shall be made by the use of steel dividers, scoring or saw cutting to a depth of not less than 1-1/2 inches and matching joints in adjacent sidewalks and/or driveways.

3.5 FINISH
Exposed surfaces of sidewalk, driveway, curb and gutter shall be teel troweled followed by a medium broom finish. The front-face form shall not be removed before the concrete has taken the initial set and has sufficient strength to carry its own weight. Gutter forms and rear forms shall not be removed until the concrete has hardened sufficiently to prevent damage to the edges. Any portion of the curb, gutter, sidewalk, or driveway that is damaged shall be repaired or replaced at no additional cost to the CITY.

3.6 TESTING AND TOLERANCES
All surfaces shall be tested by laying a 10 foot long straightedge along the surface. Any deviation from the lines and grades indicated in the Contract Documents of more than 1/4 inch in the 10 foot length shall be cause for rejection. Similarly, any section of the WORK that is deficient in depth shall be removed and replaced.

When required by the ENGINEER, gutters having a slope of 0.8 foot per 100 feet, or less, or gutters having unusual or special conditions that cast doubt on the capability of the gutter to drain, shall be water tested for proper drainage. Water testing shall consist of establishing flow in the length of gutter to be tested by supplying water from a hydrant, tank truck, or other source. One (1) hour after the water source is removed the gutter shall be visually inspected for evidence of ponding or improper shape. In the event water is found ponded in the gutter to a depth of 1/8 inch or greater, or on the adjacent asphalt

8.d
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 215

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________ Technical Provisions 2024 Sewer Lateral Replacement
Page TP-51 Project No. 1737-24
pavement, all defects shall be corrected in a manner acceptable to the ENGINEER, at no additional cost to the CITY.

END OF SECTION

8.d
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 216

1.1 THE REQUIREMENT
A. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish all tools, materials, labor, and equipment required to furnish, install and restore, complete and in place, thermoplastic traffic stripes and pavement markings damaged during construction, all in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents.

1.2 REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS, CODES, AND STANDARDS
A. Codes: All WORK shall comply with all codes, as referenced herein.

B. Work shall be in conformance with Sections 84 and 85 of the State Standard Specifications.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS
A. Thermoplastic materials shall conform to the provisions in Sections 84-1, General, and 84-2.02, Thermoplastic Traffic Stripes and Pavement Markings Materials of the State Standard Specifications and these special provisions.

B. The thermoplastic material shall be PTH-02SPRAY.

C. Glass beads to be applied to the surface of the molten thermoplastic material shall conform to the requirements of State Specification 8010-004, or AASHTO Designation:

M 247 (Type 1). Copies of State Specifications are available at the State of California Transportation Laboratory, Sacramento, California.

D. At the option of the Contractor, STAMARK Brand Pavement Tape, Pliant Polymer Grade, manufactured by 3M Company; or Cata-Tile Elastoplastic Roadmarking Tile, manufactured by the Cataphote Division of the Ferro Corporation may be placed instead of the thermoplastic material specified herein. Pavement tape or roadmarking tile, if used, shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturers specifications. If pavement tape or road marking tile is placed instead of thermoplastic materials, the pavement tape or road marking tile will be measured and paid for as thermoplastic pavement marking.

E. Delineators (Fire Hydrant) Two-way reflective blue Stimsonite No. 88, or approved equal.

F. Pavement Markers Type A, D, G, and AY reflective pavement markers conforming to Section 85 of the State Specifications.

8.d
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 217

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 GENERAL
A. Application shall be in accordance with Section 84 of the State Specifications.

Thermoplastic and paint shall be placed as close as possible to utility structures without covering them.

B. All work necessary to establish satisfactory lines for markings shall be performed by the Contractor.

C. Installation of striping and markings shall be completed no sooner than 2 days and no later than 10 days after completion of pavement construction.

END OF SECTION

8.d
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 218

1.1 THE REQUIREMENT
A. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish all pipe, fittings, tools, materials, and labor required to install and test, complete and in place, the sanitary sewer laterals, all in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents.

B. The Contractor shall be responsible to locate all laterals and CCTV video inspect all active lower laterals (easement laterals do not require CCTV video inspection prior to replacement).

C. The City assumes no responsibility for the accuracy of the sewer maps provided or the inadvertent omission of information. Not all existing sewer laterals are guaranteed to be located and the Contractor may, therefore, encounter sanitary sewer laterals not specified on the Contract Drawings. The Contractor shall have the sole responsibility for locating all existing live laterals within the project limits.

1.2 REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS, CODES, AND STANDARDS
A. Codes: All WORK shall comply with all codes, as referenced herein.

B. CITY standards and specifications shall be met at all times unless otherwise noted.

1. City Standard Detail No. 13, Standard Connection to Manhole Walls

2. City Standard Detail No. 16, Standard Sewer Lateral

3. City Standard Detail No. 17, Standard Sewer Lateral Cleanout

1.3 CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS
A. The CONTRACTOR shall submit drawings to the ENGINEER clearly indicating which laterals have been identified as active and which have been identified as inactive, and showing the field-verified location of each lateral.

B. The CONTRACTOR shall provide manufacturers information describing the pipe material, manufactured wyes and fittings, cleanouts, utility boxes and lids, and any pipe connectors proposed.

C. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish certificates to the ENGINEER certifying that all pipe and fittings furnished hereunder are in compliance with the requirements of the Contract Documents.

8.d
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 219

2.1 GENERAL
A. Laterals to be reconnected or replaced shall be of the same size as the existing lateral, unless otherwise approved in writing by the ENGINEER. Referenced pipe sizes are nominal pipe diameters. Typically, single-family dwellings have 4-inch diameter laterals.

All other dwellings have 5-inch or 6-inch diameter laterals.

B. Laterals shall be reconnected to the sewer main or manhole in approximately the same location.

C. All materials delivered to the job site shall be new, free from defects, and marked to identify manufacturer, material, class, and other appropriate information.

D. Acceptance of materials will be subject to strength and quality testing, in addition to inspection of the completed product. Acceptance of the installed piping system will be based on inspection and leakage tests.

2.2 PIPING MATERIALS
A. Connection of the sanitary sewer laterals to sewer pipelines installed using open-cut construction techniques shall be made at pre-manufactured wyes only. The wye shall be positioned such that the lateral connects near the crown of the sewer pipeline.

B. For sewer pipelines installed using trenchless techniques (pipe bursting), the lateral shall be connected to the sewer using an Inserta Wye, a three piece service connection consisting of a PVC hub, rubber sleeve, and stainless steel band compression fit into the cored wall of the sewer main. The core shall be positioned such that the lateral connects near the crown of the sewer pipeline.

C. Pipe used for laterals and risers shall be either polyvinyl chloride in accordance with Section 18, Polyvinyl-Chloride Pipe, or high-density polyethylene pipe, in accordance with Section 19, High-Density Polyethylene Pipe.

D. Banded rubber couplings for use in joining of new pipe to existing laterals shall be compression type couplings with external, adjustable Type 316 stainless steel shear rings, such as Band Seal®, manufactured by Mission Clay Products, Corp.; Ceramicweld, as manufactured by Joints, Inc.; or approved equal. Use of couplings without external shear support, or of couplings with shear rings in direct contact with the pipe at joints (internal of the rubber collar), will not be permitted except when joining dissimilar pipe materials.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 GENERAL
A. The CONTRACTOR shall reconnect all active laterals from the new main to a point a minimum of three (3) feet from the main, unless directed by the ENGINEER to replace

8.d
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 220

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________ Technical Provisions 2024 Sewer Lateral Replacement
Page TP-56 Project No. 1737-24
the entire lower lateral. All connections to existing laterals shall be made at sound joints and sections of pipe.

B. Sanitary sewer laterals may be installed using open cut or pipebursting construction methods.

1. Excavation and trench backfilling shall be in accordance with the requirements of Section 4, Earthwork. At the CONTRACTORs option, and at no additional expense to the CITY, the CONTRACTOR may backfill the trench around the two- way cleanout with controlled low-strength material (CLSM), as specified in Section 5, Controlled Low-Strength Material; if CLSM is used to backfill the area around the cleanout, the CLSM shall extend to a level 12 inches above the crown of the lateral, but no less than three inches below the bottom of the utility box or extension (if applicable).

2. Pipebursting shall be in accordance with Section 6, Pipebursting.

C. The CONTRACTOR shall bypass wastewater from the lateral in accordance with the requirements of Section 4, Bypassing Wastewater or shall arrange with the property owner to temporarily shut down lateral service in order to connect the new and existing laterals. The CONTRACTOR shall exercise great care to ensure that no wastewater is allowed to spill from the lateral.

3.2 PIPE INSTALLATION
A. Connect the appropriately-sized lateral to the new main sewer near the crown of the pipe. Connection method and material shall be as indicated in Part 2.2 above and the Contract Drawings.

B. Lateral pipelines shall be laid with the bell portion of the pipe in an upstream orientation.

Only manufactured fittings shall be used to adjust grade, where required. The minimum slope for 4 inch laterals shall be 2 percent (1/4 inch per foot). For 6 inch sewers, the minimum slope shall be 1.1 percent. The maximum slope for any lateral shall be 150 percent.

C. Connect the new lateral to the existing lateral using a dual shear band rubber coupling with stainless steel shield and clamp bands.

3.3 LANDSCAPE RESTORATION
The CONTRACTOR shall restore the area affected by its operations in accordance with the requirements of Section 4, Earthwork.

3.4 TESTING
The laterals shall be tested as a part of the main sewer system in accordance with the requirements of Section 12, Sanitary Sewer System Testing. The CONTRACTOR shall install an inflatable plug through each cleanout or other appropriate location to isolate the new system from the existing system.

END OF SECTION

8.d
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 221

1.1 THE REQUIREMENT
The CONTRACTOR shall furnish and install all prefabricated manholes, complete with grade rings, frame, cover, pipe connections, preformed joint sealant, and any other necessary appurtenances, in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents.

Prefabricated manholes shall be installed on top of cast-in-place bases. Refer to Section 16, Cast-in-Place Concrete, for cast-in-place base requirements.

1.2 REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS, CODES, AND STANDARDS
A. Codes: All WORK shall comply with all codes, as referenced herein.

B. CITY standards and specifications shall be met at all times unless otherwise noted.

1. City Standard Detail No. 11, Standard Manhole

2. City Standard Detail No. 13, Standard Connection to Manhole Walls

3. City Standard Detail No. 14, Standard Manhole Cover and Frame C. Commercial Standards:

ACI 318 Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete ASTM A 48 Specification for Gray Iron Castings
ASTM C 150 Specification for Portland Cement
ASTM C 478 Specification for Precast Reinforced Concrete Manhole Sections

1.3 CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS
Shop Drawings : The CONTRACTOR shall furnish complete shop drawings for all precast manhole sections, cast-iron frames and covers, and appurtenances for review by the ENGINEER.

1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
Inspection: After installation, the CONTRACTOR shall demonstrate that all manholes have been properly installed, level, with tight joints, at the correct elevations and orientations, and that the backfilling has been carried out in accordance with the Contract

8.d
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 222

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS
A. Manholes: Manholes shall be constructed of precast concrete manhole rings and shall conform to ASTM C 478. Precast concrete rings shall be manufactured by a process that will produce a dense, homogeneous concrete ring of first quality. The rings shall be steel reinforced and have a minimum wall thickness of 4 inches. Cement used in manufacturing the rings shall be Type V, Portland cement, as specified in ASTM C 150.

Manhole sections, cones, and grade rings shall be joined using preformed joint sealant only. Use of mortar will not be allowed. All manholes shall have concrete bases and formed channels with inverts to match the adjoining pipes.

1. Manhole Manufacturers, or Approved Equal:
a. Associated Concrete Products, Livermore, California
b. Hanson Concrete Products, Inc., Milpitas, California c. Oldcastle Precast, Sacramento, California
B. Castings: Castings for manhole frames and covers shall be non-rocking and shall conform to the requirements of ASTM A 48, Class 30. Cast-iron covers and frames shall be heavy-traffic type with a minimum weight and diameter as required. Frame and cover shall be designed for minimum load as indicated in the Contract Drawings. All sanitary sewer covers shall be marked SEWER. Each item in a set of frames and covers shall be supplied by the same manufacturer. The manhole covers shall have a curved pick hole and side pry hole.

C. Concrete Sealant: Concrete sealant and waterproofing compound shall be applied to the outside of the manhole barrel prior to backfill. Sealant material shall be submitted to the ENGINEER for approval.

2.2 DESIGN LOADS
A. Vertical Loads: Design all precast manhole rings and accessories to support an AASHTO HS-20 truck loading, in addition to soil weight above sloping ring sections and the dead load of all material supported above.

B. Lateral Loads: Lateral loads shall be as dictated by the following formula or the geotechnical report requirements, whichever are more stringent.

Operating: 95 x H (psf) triangular equivalent fluid pressure for dead load plus a live load surcharge from an H-20 truck, including impact.

Seismic: 23 x H 2 (psf) uniform pressure distribution.

Where H = depth below finished grade.

8.d
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 223

3.1 WORKMANSHIP
A. Precast Concrete Manhole Sections: Precast concrete manhole sections shall be set so as to be vertical, with sections in true alignment. The joint of the previously set section shall be covered with sealing compound primer and joint sealant before the next section is placed.

B. Connections: Connections to manufactured, precast items shall be made by casting sections of pipe into the items, using non-shrink grout, and/or using an approved resilient connector.

C. All precast concrete manholes shall be installed in strict conformance with the manufacturers written instructions, on a well-compacted foundation, as specified in Section 4, Earthwork. After installation of concrete manholes, the CONTRACTOR shall apply concrete waterproofing sealant to the outside of manhole barrels. The CONTRACTOR shall allow sufficient time for sealant to cure, prior to backfill, in accordance with the manufacturers written instructions.

D. Existing and new manhole frames and covers shall not be set to final grade until the pavement has been completed, unless otherwise approved by the ENGINEER. Concrete manhole collars shall be installed as indicated. Paving around the manhole shall be in accordance with Section 8, Asphaltic Concrete Paving. Openings in manholes shall be protected from construction loads, debris, and unauthorized entry.

E. Connection to existing manholes: When a new sewer main is connected to an existing manhole, the manhole shall be modified to accept the new size of pipe and grouted to form a new flow channel in the manhole base. The wall of the manhole shall be breached by core drilling, sawing, or other approved method that does not disturb the manhole.

The Contractor shall seal the penetration with StopAQ or SealGuard II, or an approved equivalent water stop, and shall grout the sealed penetration with a rapid set, high strength, non-shrink cementitious mortar to protect the sealer. The Contractor shall backfill the exterior of the manhole around the pipe penetration with concrete to stabilize the connection. When any other modifications are required to a new or existing manhole, the Contractor shall use a bonding agent such as Sakrete Concrete Bonder and Fortifier, or an approved equivalent, to adhere modification material to the existing structure.

F. Testing: All manholes shall be tested in accordance with Section 12, Sanitary Sewer System Testing.

END OF SECTION

8.d
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 224

1.1 THE REQUIREMENT
A. The CONTRACTOR shall perform all pipeline flushing and testing, complete, for sanitary sewerage system piping in accordance with the Contract Documents.

1.2 REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS, CODES, AND STANDARDS
A. Codes: All WORK shall comply with all codes, as referenced herein.

B. Commercial Standards:

ANSI/ASTM C 828 Practice for Low-Pressure Air Test of Vitrified Clay Pipe Lines 100 to 300 mm (4 to 12-inch)
ASTM F1417 Practice for Installation Acceptance of Plastic Non-pressure Sewer Lines Using Low-Pressure Air

1.3 CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS
A. A testing schedule shall be submitted in writing for approval a minimum of seventy-two (72) hours before testing is to start.

B. CONTRACTOR shall identify the equipment to be used for testing pipelines and manholes and describe all procedures.

C. CONTRACTOR shall submit all testing results, indicating whether the results represent a successful or unsuccessful test, within twenty-four (24) hours of each test.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS REQUIREMENTS
Temporary valves, bulkheads, plugs, and other pressure-testing equipment materials shall be provided by the CONTRACTOR subject to the ENGINEER's review. No materials shall be used which would be injurious to the public, personnel, adjacent improvements, nor the pipeline structure and future function. Air test gauges shall be laboratory-calibrated test gauges and shall be recalibrated by a certified laboratory, at the CONTRACTOR's expense, prior to the leakage test.

8.d
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 225

3.1 GENERAL
A. All pipelines shall be cleaned by balling, flushing, and/or other approved methods prior to testing. Debris shall be removed from the downstream manhole until all pipelines are clean.

B. All testing operations shall be performed in the presence of the City.

3.2 TESTING OF PIPING
A. General: All gravity sewer pipes and service laterals shall be tested for exfiltration and/or infiltration and deflection, as specified. All manholes shall be tested for leakage, as specified. Manholes shall be tested prior to backfill placement, whereas all pipe shall be backfilled prior to testing. All leakage tests shall be completed and approved prior to placing of permanent resurfacing. When leakage or infiltration exceeds the amount allowed by the Contract Documents, the CONTRACTOR at its expense, shall locate the leaks, submit a repair procedure(s) for the Citys review, and make the necessary repairs or replacements in accordance with the Contract Documents to reduce the leakage or infiltration to the specified limits. Any individually detectable leaks shall be repaired, regardless of the results of the tests. Pipe joint leakage repair solely with cement grout will not be permitted. Pipe shall be repaired at Contractors expense and retested until requirements are met.

B. Leakage Tests: Sanitary sewer systems shall be subjected to an air pressure test. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish all materials, equipment and labor for making an air test.

Air test equipment shall be approved by the City.

Each section of sewer main and service lateral shall be tested between successive manholes by plugging and bracing all openings in the sewer lines. Air shall be slowly added until the internal pressure is raised to 4.0 pounds per square inch gage (psig).

The compressor used to add air to the pipe shall have a blowoff valve set at 5 psig to ensure that at no time the internal pressure in the pipe exceeds 5 psig. The internal pressure of 4 psig shall be maintained for at least two minutes to allow the air temperature to stabilize, after which the air supply shall be disconnected and the pressure allowed to decrease to 3.5 psig.

The time in minutes that is required for the internal air pressure to drop from 3.5 psig to

2.5 psig shall be measured. The results shall not be less than the minimum permissible duration for air test pressure drop shown in the following table:

8.d
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 226

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________ Technical Provisions 2024 Sewer Lateral Replacement
Page TP-62 Project No. 1737-24

ACCEPTANCE TESTING FOR SANITARY SEWERS

LOW PRESSURE AIR TEST
TIME ALLOWED FOR PRESSURE LOSS FROM 3.5 PSIG TO 2.5 PSIG C. Deflection Test : All flexible and semi-rigid pipe shall be tested for deflection, joint displacement, or other obstruction by passing a rigid mandrel through the pipe by hand, not less than 30 days after completion of the trench backfill, but prior to permanent resurfacing. The mandrel shall be a full circle, solid cylinder, or a rigid, non-adjustable, odd-numbered leg (9 leg minimum), steel cylinder, approved by the City as to design and manufacture. The circular cross-section of the mandrel shall have a diameter of at least 95 percent of the specified average inside pipe diameter of the pipe, and the minimum length of the circular portion of the mandrel shall be equal to the nominal diameter of the pipe. Obstructions and excessive deflection encountered by the mandrel shall be corrected by the CONTRACTOR at no additional expense to the CITY.

D. Television Inspection: After cleaning the sewers, the CONTRACTOR shall perform a television inspection of the sanitary sewer mains upon substantial completion of the WORK. Defects discovered by the video inspection shall be corrected and reinspected at the CONTRACTOR's cost. The pipeline shall then be inspected a second time to confirm satisfactory correction of all defects previously identified. The second and any subsequent inspections, if necessary, shall be performed by a contractor approved by the CITY and at the CONTRACTORs cost.

3.3 TESTING OF MANHOLES
A. All sewer manholes shall be vacuum tested for leakage in accordance with ASTM C1244 after installation, but prior to being backfilled. Prior to vacuum testing, all manhole risers shall be visually inspected for leaks. All leaks or cracks shall be repaired by the CONTRACTOR, prior to testing, to the satisfaction of the City.

B. Plug influent and effluent lines, including service lines, with suitably sized pneumatic or mechanical plugs. Ensure plugs are properly rated for pressures required for test. Follow manufacturers safety and installation recommendations. Place plugs minimum of 6 inches outside of structure walls. Brace inverts to prevent lines from being dislodged when lines entering structure have not been backfilled.

C. Vacuum testing:

1. Install vacuum tester head assembly at top access point of structure and adjust for proper seal on straight top section of structure. Following manufacturer's

8.d
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 227

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________ Technical Provisions 2024 Sewer Lateral Replacement
Page TP-63 Project No. 1737-24
instructions and safety precautions, inflate sealing element to recommended maximum inflation pressure; do not over-inflate.

2. Evacuate structure with vacuum pump to 10 inches mercury (Hg), disconnect pump, and monitor vacuum for time period specified in the following table:

MINIMUM VACUUM TESTING TIMES FOR SANITARY MANHOLES

TIME IN SECONDS BY

MANHOLE DIAMETER

MANHOLE

DEPTH IN
FEET 48 60 72
4 10 13 16
8 20 26 32
12 30 39 48
16 40 52 64
20 50 65 80
24 60 78 96

3. If drop in vacuum exceeds 1 inch Hg over specified time period tabulated in above table, locate leaks, complete repairs necessary to seal structure and repeat test procedure until satisfactory results are obtained.

END OF SECTION

8.d
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 228

1.1 DESCRIPTION
A. SCOPE
This section specifies the requirements for cleaning of sewer pipes prior to CCTV and after rehabilitation. The pipe is very fragile and in poor condition. The Contractor shall take extra care for cleaning and CCTV inspection.

B. REQUIREMENTS
The Contractor shall clean the sewers specified for CCTV inspection and replacement.

All materials dislodged during cleaning shall be removed from the sewer and disposed of by the Contractor. Sewer cleaning methods shall include water jetting and foam pigging.

CCTV inspection is not required during cleaning operations. However, the Contractor shall at Contractors expense, inspect the sewer to view current line conditions prior to rehabilitation.

1.2 MAJOR BLOCKAGE
A. A major blockage shall be defined as an obstruction within the sewer which cannot be removed by cleaning with commercially available hydraulic or mechanical cleaning equipment.

1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit written description of cleaning procedure and all equipment to be used.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 EQUIPMENT
A. GENERAL
All equipment specified in this section shall be in good working condition and manufactured or fabricated to withstand the severity of the work covered under this section.

B. HYDRAULIC AND MECHANICAL CLEANING
All hydraulic cleaning equipment shall be truck mounted. Water jet cleaning equipment shall include a water tank, auxiliary engine, pumps, and hydraulically driven hose reel.

The Contractor shall provide a minimum of 600 feet of high-pressure hose and a

8.d
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 229

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________ Technical Provisions 2024 Sewer Lateral Replacement
Page TP-65 Project No. 1737-24
selection of high velocity nozzles, each having a capacity of 50 gallons per minute at working pressures of 1,000 to maximum 1,500 pounds per square inch. Pressure to the nozzle shall be regulated by a relief valve adjustable from 1 to 1,500 psi. Nozzles shall be capable of producing a jet stream angle of 15 to 45 degrees from the horizontal. The Contractor shall also provide a high velocity gun with sufficient discharge and pressure to thoroughly clean manhole interiors.

C. ROOT REMOVAL
The Contractor shall be responsible for removal of roots within the sanitary sewer pipelines as part of the cleaning of the pipeline and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor. Roots shall be removed where revealed by the video inspection.

Special attention shall be used during the cleaning operation to assure a removal of roots from the joints. Procedures may include, but not limited to, the use of mechanical equipment such as rodding machines and bucket machines using root cutters and porcupines, and equipment such as high velocity jet cleaners. Care shall be taken not to damage the existing pipe.

D. DEBRIS REMOVAL
The Contractor shall provide suitable equipment to catch and remove all debris dislodged during cleaning operations from the nearest downstream manhole. Equipment or methods which require a member or members of the CONTRACTORs crew, to physically excavate debris from within the manhole is prohibited. All debris shall be promptly removed from the sewer from the nearest manhole and shall be disposed of off- site in a lawful manner at a City-approved location. Hauling containers shall be watertight.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 GENERAL
The Contractor shall at all times conduct the work so as to prevent any blockage and minimize surcharging in the sewer manholes and connecting sewer pipelines. Damage to existing facilities as a result of the CONTRACTOR's work shall be promptly repaired in kind at the CONTRACTOR's expense. Prior to cleaning operations, the Contractor shall remove gripper plugs at cleanouts along the main pipeline being cleaned.

3.2 CLEANING
Cleaning shall remove all sludge, rocks, debris, roots, grease accumulations and obstructions from the sewer. Sewer cleaning methods may include water jetting, rodding, or bucketing. Unless otherwise directed by the Construction Manager, the Contractor shall select the most effective of these cleaning methods according to the prevailing site condition. Where bucketing is warranted, bucket machines shall be used to remove the major portion of debris. Bucket operations shall proceed in the upstream direction in one sewer reach at a time. The operation shall continue until the buckets can pass the entire reach with minimum collection of debris. Upon completion, the line shall be hydraulically cleaned.

8.d
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 230

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________ Technical Provisions 2024 Sewer Lateral Replacement
Page TP-66 Project No. 1737-24
During cleaning operations, the Contractor shall provide a means of catching and removing the dislodged debris conveyed with the sewer flow, to the nearest downstream manhole. The method chosen shall not allow the transport of debris to downstream sewer reaches. All debris shall be disposed of at the end of each day.

END OF SECTION

8.d
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 231

1.1 DESCRIPTION
A. SCOPE
The Contractor shall perform Closed Circuit Television (CCTV) inspections of the pipelines and record any defect discovered. The Contractor shall perform CCTV inspections of all active lower laterals located between City clean-out and sewer main prior to replacement, and submit the videos for review by the Engineer.

The Contractor will also perform CCTV inspections of all laterals located between City clean-out and sewer main after replacement to verify compliance with the Contract Documents.

The City has performed CCTV inspection of sewer main pipelines included in the project.

The inspections are available at the Public Works Department and are for information purposes only. The Contractor shall review the CCTV inspection videos and field verify.

B. REQUIREMENTS
The Contractor shall inspect the sewer interior using a color CCTV and document the inspection on a digital recorder. All inspection video shall be submitted in MPEG file format (.mpg) and saved on DVDs for submittal. DVD submittals on proprietary software are not permitted. Each inspected sewer reach, manhole to manhole, should have an associated MPEG file. Electronic PDF (.pdf) files of each inspection log and digital photographs (.jpg) files shall accompany the video inspections for each sewer reach (manhole to manhole) inspected.

The purpose of the pre-rehabilitation inspections shall be to verify condition of the existing sewers, assess cleaning needs, locate and log defects such as obstacles and breaks and to provide a permanent record of the existing sewer and lateral condition as it relates to line dimensions, material, changes and connections.

The purpose of the post-rehabilitation inspections will be to verify condition of the lining of the sewer and to provide a permanent record of the rehabilitated sewer and lateral connection (if any) conditions.

1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. CONTRACTORs Qualifications: The Contractor shall have a minimum of three (3) years of experience in such work necessary to successfully meet this specification and provide references for five (5) sewer inspection projects involving remote CCTV pan and tilt inspection.

B. The Contractor shall have all operators who are responsible for locating and logging defects into the data collection software successfully trained and certified through

8.d
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 232

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________ Technical Provisions 2024 Sewer Lateral Replacement
Page TP-68 Project No. 1737-24
National Association of Sewer Service Companies (NASSCO) Pipeline Assessment and Certification Program (PACP).

1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. List of at least five (5) similar pipeline projects within the past five (5) years that required remote pan and tilt inspection. The reference projects shall contain a minimum total of 10,000 linear feet of CCTV pan and tilt.

B. Resume(s) and project references for the field personnel who will be employed for this project, including the NASSCO PACP Certification number for each operator.

C. Example of previous work for approval. The example shall consist of one DVD of previous sewer inspection work complete with audio commentary and inspection log(s).

The submitted example shall be the work of the field supervisor or foreman to be used on this project. Contractor shall be responsible for modifications to equipment and/or inspection procedures to achieve report material of acceptable quality.

D. Manufacturer's product literature for all video equipment including but not limited to cabling, camera, monitor, footage counter, video titling device, and recorder.

E. Written plan for verification of active laterals.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 SEWER MAIN CCTV CAMERA
A. The camera(s) shall be operative in 100 percent humidity/submerged conditions. The CCTV camera equipment shall provide a view of the pipe ahead of the equipment and of features to the side and rear of the equipment through turning and rotation of the lens.

The camera shall be capable of tilting at right angles along the axis of the pipe while panning the camera lens through a full circle about the circumference of the pipe. The lights on the camera shall also be capable of panning 90-degrees to the axis of the pipe.

If the equipment proves to be unsatisfactory, it shall be replaced with adequate equipment. The camera unit shall have sufficient quantities of line and video cable to inspect sewers with access as far apart as 450 feet.

The CCTV camera, electronic systems and monitor shall provide an image that meets the following specifications:

1. The gray scale shall show equal changes in brightness ranging from black to white with a minimum of five stages.

2. With the monitor control correctly adjusted, the six colors - Yellow, Cyan, Green, Magenta, Red, and Blue, plus Black and White, shall be clearly resolved with the primary colors in order of decreasing luminance. The gray scale shall appear in contrasting shades of gray with no color tint.

3. The picture shall show no convergence or divergence over the whole of the picture.

The monitor shall be at least 13 inches diagonally across the picture tube.

4. The live picture on the CCTV monitor shall be capable of registering a minimum of 500 lines horizontal resolution and be a clear, stable image with no interference.

8.d
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 233

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________ Technical Provisions 2024 Sewer Lateral Replacement
Page TP-69 Project No. 1737-24
B. Lighting intensity shall be remote controlled and shall be adjusted to minimize reflective glare. Lighting and camera quality shall provide a clear, in-focus picture of the entire inside periphery of the sewers and laterals for all conditions except submergence. Under ideal conditions (no fog in the sewer) the camera lighting shall allow a clear picture up to five pipe diameter lengths away for the entire periphery of the sewer. The lighting shall provide uniform light free from shadows or hot spots.

C. Camera focal distance shall be remotely adjustable through a range of 6 inches to infinity.

D. The monitor and software shall also be able to capture and save screen images of typical sewer details and all defects. Screen image files shall be named using upstream manhole number and footage and submitted on DVD following paragraph 3.8 of this section.

2.2 VIDEO RECORDINGS
A. The video and audio recordings of the sewer inspections shall be made using digital video equipment. The digital recording equipment shall capture sewer inspection on DVD with each sewer reach inspection recorded as an individual movie file (.mpeg, .mpg).

The files shall be named according to Upstream/Downstream manhole numbers or per requirements established elsewhere in the Specifications.

B. The audio portion of the composite video shall be sufficiently free from electrical interference and background noise to provide complete intelligibility of the oral report.

Audio shall be recorded by the operating technician on the inspection video as the sewer is inspected and shall include the sewer location, identification of beginning and terminating manholes including location (address or cross streets), inspection direction, length of inspection, side sewer identification, flow information, complete descriptions of the sewer line conditions as they are encountered, description of the rehabilitation work, reason for termination, and other relevant commentary to the inspections. In addition, the audio reports shall include the distance traveled on the specific run, a description of abnormal conditions in the sewer and side sewer connections as they are encountered, explanations for pausing, backing up, or stopping the survey, and the final measured center to center distances between consecutive manholes. Audio dubbing after the inspection is prohibited.

C. The reaches shall be inspected from upstream to downstream, wherever possible. The images recorded on the CCTV video shall be the same images that are required to be displayed on the CCTV monitor. The footage counter shall be zeroed at the beginning of each inspection and at each intermediate manhole along the inspection run. The video recorder shall be paused if the camera progress is stopped for a period longer than 30 seconds due to breakdown of the equipment, or any purpose other than analyzing conditions of the sewer. The operator shall document the delay on the recording when progress resumes.

D. The equipment used for the inspection must provide for simultaneous monitoring of the in-sewer inspection by the Construction Manager or City. Equipment that does not allow for out of sewer observation of the inspection will not be allowed.

8.d
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 234

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________ Technical Provisions 2024 Sewer Lateral Replacement
Page TP-70 Project No. 1737-24
E. Typed labels shall be attached to the face of each CD or DVD. The typed index labels shall include the following information:

1. Content (CCTV)

2. Contractor name

3. Type of survey (CCTV)

4. Interceptor name

5. Reaches included (from Manhole Number ## to Manhole Number ##)

6. Date of survey

7. Work order number (if applicable)

8. Sheet number in plans
F. The inspection video shall be delivered on a medium that is not re-recordable. Contractor shall maintain a copy of all inspection documentation (DVDs, databases, and logs) for the duration of the work and warranty period.

2.3 PRODUCT DATA
A. The Contractor shall provide the following information in accordance with Section General Provisions, GP- 4.19; Submittals:

1. TV inspection reports as specified in paragraph 3.7 of this section shall be submitted each week covering the previous week's work.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 GENERAL
A. The CCTV camera shall be positioned as close to the spring line as possible while maintaining the required equipment stability. If the flow levels are above the spring line, then the vertical position of the camera shall be just above the free water surface. The Contractor shall identify and record wrinkles, folds, drips, and other defects found during the CCTV inspection. The Contractor shall inspect and document all manholes encountered during the inspection activities. The camera shall pan the periphery of the manhole from casting to invert. Inspections shall be conducted during low flow periods to increase the viewable sidewall area of the pipe.

B. The speed that the camera or survey unit is conveyed through the sewer while performing general inspections shall be uniform and shall be limited to a maximum of 30-feet per minute. The survey unit shall be slowed, stopped, or backed-up to perform detailed inspections of significant features. The camera shall be stopped at all defects, changes in material, water level, size, side connections, manholes, junctions, or other unusual areas. When stopped at the defect or feature, the operator shall pan the camera to the area and along the circumference of the pipe. The operator shall also record audio of the type of defect or feature, clock position, footage, extent or other pertinent data. Still photographs or screen captures shall be taken at all defects and general line condition photographs should be taken at least every 50 feet.

C. During period of camera advancement along the reach, the operator should pan to view the flow line conditions along both sides of the pipe and the crown at regular intervals.

This may be done while the camera is moving forward as long as the recorded

8.d
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 235

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________ Technical Provisions 2024 Sewer Lateral Replacement
Page TP-71 Project No. 1737-24
picture quality is not adversely affected. When viewing the flow line area, the camera should be returned to the forward position providing a full view of the pipe before panning to view the opposite side of the sewer or the crown conditions.

D. At the Contractor's discretion or direction of the Construction Manager, the camera shall be stopped or backed up (when conditions allow) to view and analyze conditions that appear to be unusual or uncommon for a sound sewer. The lens and lighting shall be readjusted, if need be, in order to ensure a clear, distinct, and properly lighted feature.

The video recorder shall be paused if the camera progress is stopped for a period longer than 30 seconds due to breakdown of the equipment, or any purpose other than analyzing conditions of the sewer. The operator shall document the delay on the recording when progress resumes.

E. The Contractor shall be responsible for all traffic control measures required.

3.2 LINEAR MEASUREMENT
A. The Contractor shall measure the camera progress along the full length of each reach.

The length counter shall be zeroed at the beginning of each inspection, and at any intermediate manhole. In the case of resuming an inspection at an intermediate point along the pipeline, the length counter shall start at the last point recorded. The Contractor shall ensure that the counter starts to register immediately when camera progress starts.

The device shall be observable at ground level. Markings on the cable, instruments requiring observation inside a manhole, or correction of the length for the depth of the manhole are not acceptable.

B. Prior to commencing inspections, the Contractor shall demonstrate compliance with the linear measurement tolerance specified below:

1. The equipment shall measure the location of the camera unit in 1-foot increments from the beginning (upstream end) of each continuous section. This footage location must be displayed on the CCTV monitor and recorded.

2. The accuracy of the measured location shall be within + 0.5% of the actual length of the sewer reaches being surveyed, or 1 foot, whichever is greater.

3.3 CCTV MONITOR DISPLAY
A. The images displayed on the CCTV monitors shall be a view of the pipe above the water surface as seen by the CCTV camera as the unit is conveyed through the sewer.

B. The camera lighting shall be fixed in intensity prior to commencing the survey and the white balance set to the color temperature emitted. In order to ensure color constancy, ideally no variation in illumination shall take place during the survey.

3.4 DATA DISPLAYS
A. The CCTV images shall include an initial data display that identifies the sewer reach being surveyed and a survey status display that provides continuously updated information on the location of the survey unit as the survey is being performed. These data displays shall be in alphanumeric form. The size and position of the data shall not interfere with the main subject of the monitor picture.

8.d
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 236

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________ Technical Provisions 2024 Sewer Lateral Replacement
Page TP-72 Project No. 1737-24
B. The on-screen display should be white during inspections where the background behind the display is dark and, conversely, black where the background is light.

C. At the beginning of each reach of sewer being inspected, the following information shall be electronically generated and displayed on the CCTV monitors as well as included in the audio track:

1. Date of survey

2. Interceptor name/location

3. Manhole number to manhole number (in order of inspection)

4. Direction of survey (upstream or downstream)

5. Time of start of survey.

D. During inspections, the following information shall be electronically generated, automatically updated, and displayed on the CCTV monitors:

1. Survey unit location in the sewer line in feet and tenths of feet from adjusted zero.

2. Sewer diameter

3. Abbreviated manhole reference numbers (upstream and downstream manholes in order of survey direction).

3.5 MANHOLE NUMBERING, INSPECTION FORMS AND DEFECT CODES A. The Contractor shall use the Citys manhole numbering system when performing the inspections for this project. The entire manhole number must be used when referring to an upstream/downstream manhole for a pipe reach. Defect codes shall conform to those specified in the NASSCO PACP specification.

3.6 PRE-CLEANING INSPECTIONS
A. If the camera cannot pass the entire sewer reach from its starting direction, the reach shall be inspected as much as possible from both upstream and downstream directions.

If the pipe cannot be fully inspected from either the upstream and downstream manholes the Contractor shall notify the Construction Manager. Such notification shall be written and include manhole to manhole reach numbers and the reason why inspection cannot be completed.

B. If any Contractor equipment becomes stuck in the sewer, the Contractor shall be responsible for all costs associated with extracting the equipment from the sewer.

C. Any damages to public or private property resulting from Contractor activities shall be repaired by the Contractor at no cost to the City.

D. City shall be present and observe pre-construction CCTV inspection.

3.7 REPORT
A. Two copies of the pre-rehabilitation and post-installation (4 copies total) inspection videos in sequential order from upstream manhole to downstream manhole saved in mpeg format on DVDs; electronic version (.jpg) of still photographs saved on DVDs; a digital Microsoft Access database conforming to the NASSCO PACP database standard

8.d
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 237

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________ Technical Provisions 2024 Sewer Lateral Replacement
Page TP-73 Project No. 1737-24
populated with all inspection and defect information; and hard copies and electronic pdf files of the inspection logs shall be submitted to the Construction Manager for review and approval. DVDs or sections thereof that do not conform to the specifications shall be re- recorded in the field at the Contractor's expense. Original DVDs and re-recorded runs shall be edited to provide a record with all inspections in sequential order from upstream to downstream. DVDs not in sequential order are unacceptable.

B. The TV inspection report shall include video recordings, pictures and any City required inspection forms and defect codes. Contractor shall provide equal documentation on both the videos and forms. Contractor shall maintain a copy of all report material. The Contractor shall provide comments as necessary to fully describe the existing condition of the sewer, both through the voice over on the videos and on the inspection forms.

Photographs shall further document both typical sewer features, and defects. The photographs shall be copied to a DVD and submitted to the Construction Manager along with the videos and logs.

3.8 DVDs
A. TV inspections shall be recorded in DVD format.

B. Each recording shall continuously display the following:

1. Name of the sewer or storm drain.

2. City project number.

3. Manhole number (on construction drawings) from which the camera is traveling.

4. Manhole number to which the camera is traveling.

5. Distance measurements (within 1 percent accuracy)

6. Date of recording and inspector.

7. Pipe diameter.

8. Pipe material.

C. DVD recordings shall include an audio track recorded by the inspection technician during the actual inspection work describing the parameters of the line being inspected (i.e., location, depth, diameter, pipe type), as well as describing connections, defects and unusual conditions observed during inspection.

D. DVDs shall be professionally labeled showing the project name, the lines recorded on the tape, date, and name of Contractor/Inspector.

END OF SECTION

8.d
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 238

1.1 THE REQUIREMENT
The CONTRACTOR shall furnish, fabricate, and place all concrete-reinforcement steel, welded wire fabric, couplers, and concrete inserts for use in reinforced concrete and shall perform all appurtenant WORK, including all wires, clips, supports, chairs, spacers, and other accessories, all in accordance with the Contract Documents.

1.2 REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS, CODES, AND STANDARDS
A. Codes: All WORK shall be performed in accordance with codes as referenced herein.

B. Commercial Standards:

ACI 315 Details and Detailing of Concrete Reinforcement ACI 318 Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete ASTM A 615 Specification for Deformed and Plain Billet-Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement.

CRSI MSP-1 Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute Manual of Standard Practice

1.3 CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS
A. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish shop-bending diagrams and reinforcing bar lists, placing lists, and drawings of all reinforcement steel prior to fabrication.

B. Where mechanical couplers are required or permitted to be used to splice reinforcement steel, the CONTRACTOR shall submit manufacturers literature that contains instructions and recommendations for installation for each type of coupler used; certified test reports that verify the load capacity of each type and size of coupler used; and shop drawings that show the location of each coupler with details of how they are to be installed in the form work.

1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. If requested by the ENGINEER, the CONTRACTOR shall provide samples from each heat of reinforcement steel delivered in a quantity adequate for testing. Costs of initial tests will be paid by the CITY. Costs of additional tests due to material failing initial tests shall be paid by the CONTRACTOR.

8.d
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 239

2.1 REINFORCEMENT STEEL
A. Reinforcement Steel for all cast-in-place, reinforced-concrete construction shall conform to the following requirements:

1. Bar reinforcement shall conform to the requirements of ASTM A 615 for Grade 60 Billet Steel Reinforcement with supplementary requirement S-1, or as otherwise shown.

B. Accessories:

1. Accessories shall include all necessary chairs, slab bolsters, concrete blocks, tie wires, dips, supports, spacers, and other devices to position reinforcement during concrete placement. All bar supports shall meet the requirements of the CRSI Manual of Standard Practice

2. Concrete blocks (dobies), used to support and position reinforcement steel, shall have the same or higher compressive strength as specified for the concrete in which it is located. Wire ties shall be embedded in concrete block bar supports.

2.2 MECHANICAL COUPLERS
A. At CONTRACTORs option, mechanical couplers may be used in lieu of lap splices or dowels. Submit mechanical coupler data sheet and layout for approval by the ENGINEER. The couplers shall develop a tensile strength that exceeds 125 percent of (125%) the yield strength of the reinforcement bars being spliced at each splice.

B. Where the type of coupler used is composed of more than one (1) component, all components required for a complete splice shall be supplied. This shall apply to all mechanical splices, including those splices intended for future connections.

C. The reinforcement-steel coupler used shall be compatible for obtaining the required strength of the connection. Straight threaded-type couplers shall require the use of the next larger size reinforcing bar or shall be used with reinforcing bars with specially forged ends that provide upset threads that do not decrease the basic cross-section of the bar.

D. Couplers shall be Lenton Form Saver as manufactured by Erico Products; Dowel Bar Splicer System as manufactured by Richmond Screw Anchor Company , or approved equal.

2.3 WELDED SPLICES
A. Welded splices shall not be used.

8.d
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 240

3.1 GENERAL
All reinforcement-steel, couplers, and other appurtenances shall be fabricated and placed in accordance with the requirements of the Building Code and the supplementary requirements specified herein.

3.2 FABRICATION
A. General:

1. Reinforcement steel shall be accurately formed, and the fabricating details shall be prepared in accordance with ACI 315 and ACI 318, unless otherwise indicated in the Contract Documents. Stirrups and tie bars shall be bent around a pin having a diameter not less than 1-1/2 inches for No. 3 bars, 2 inches for No. 4 bars, and 2-1/2 inches for No. 5 bars. Bends for other bars shall be made around a pin having a diameter not less than six (6) times the bar diameter, except for bars larger than 1 inch, in which case the bends shall be made around a pin of eight (8) bar diameters. Bars shall be bent cold.

2. The CONTRACTOR shall fabricate reinforcement bars for structures in accordance with bending diagrams, placing lists, and placing drawings. Said drawings, diagrams, and lists shall be prepared by the CONTRACTOR.

B. Fabricating Tolerances: Bars used for concrete reinforcement shall meet the following requirements for fabricating tolerances:

1. Sheared length: ±1 inch

2. Depth of truss bars: +0, -1/2 inch

3. Stirrups, ties, and spirals: ±1/2 inch

4. All other bends: ±1 inch

3.3 PLACING
A. Reinforcement steel shall be accurately positioned and shall be supported and wired together to prevent displacement, using annealed-iron, wire ties or suitable clips at intersections. All reinforcement steel shall be supported by concrete, plastic supports or spacers, or metal hangers that are strong and rigid enough to prevent any displacement of the reinforcement steel. Where concrete is to be placed on the ground, supporting concrete blocks (or dobies) shall be used, in sufficient numbers to support the bars without settlement, but in no case shall such support be continuous. All concrete blocks used to support reinforcement steel shall be tied to the steel with wire ties that are embedded in the blocks. For concrete over form work, the CONTRACTOR shall furnish concrete, plastic, or other acceptable bar chairs and spacers.

B. Limitations on the use of bar support materials shall be as follows:

1. Concrete dobies are permitted at all locations, except where architectural finish is required.

2. Plastic bar supports are permitted at all locations, except on grade.

C. Tie wires shall be bent away from the forms in order to provide the specified concrete coverage.

8.d
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 241

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________ Technical Provisions 2024 Sewer Lateral Replacement
Page TP-77 Project No. 1737-24
D. Bars additional to those shown that may be found necessary or desirable by the CONTRACTOR for the purpose of securing reinforcement in position shall be provided by the CONTRACTOR at its own expense.

E. Unless otherwise specified, reinforcement placing tolerances shall be within the limits specified in Section 7.5 of ACI 318, except where in conflict with the requirements of the Building Code.

F. Bars may be moved as necessary to avoid interference with other reinforcement steel, conduits, or embedded items. If bars are moved more than one (1) bar diameter or enough to exceed the specified tolerances, the resulting arrangement of bars shall be as acceptable to the ENGINEER.

G. Accessories supporting reinforcing bars shall be spaced such that there is no deflection of the accessory from the weight of the supported bars. When used to space the reinforcing bars from wall forms, the forms and bars shall be located so that there is no deflection of the accessory when the forms are tightened into position.

3.4 SPACING OF BARS
A. The clear distance between parallel bars shall be not less than the nominal diameter of the bars, not less than 1 times the maximum size of the coarse aggregate, nor less than 1 inch.

B. The clear distance between bars shall also apply to the distance between a contact splice and adjacent splices or bars.

3.5 SPLICING
A. General: Reinforcement bar splices shall only be used at locations shown. When it is necessary to splice reinforcement at points other than where shown, the character of the splice shall be as acceptable to the ENGINEER.

B. Splices of Reinforcement:

1. The length of lap for reinforcement bars, unless otherwise shown, shall be in accordance with ACI 318.

C. Bending or Straightening : Reinforcement shall not be straightened or rebent in a manner that will injure the material. Bars with kinks or bends not shown shall not be used. All bars shall be bent cold, unless otherwise permitted by the ENGINEER. No bars partially embedded in concrete shall be field-bent, except as shown or specifically permitted by the ENGINEER.

D. Couplers that are located at a joint face shall be a type that can be set either flush or recessed from the face. The couplers shall be sealed during concrete placement to completely eliminate concrete or cement paste from entering. Couplers intended for future connections shall be recessed a minimum of 1/2 inch from the concrete surface.

After the concrete is placed, the coupler shall be plugged with plastic plugs that have an O-ring seal and the recess filled with sealant to prevent any contact with water or other corrosive materials. Threaded couplers shall be plugged.

8.d
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 242

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________ Technical Provisions 2024 Sewer Lateral Replacement
Page TP-78 Project No. 1737-24
E. Unless noted otherwise, mechanical coupler spacing and capacity shall match the spacing and capacity of the reinforcing shown for the adjacent section.

3.6 CLEANING AND PROTECTION
A. Reinforcement steel shall at all times be protected from conditions conducive to corrosion until concrete is placed around it.

B. The surfaces of all reinforcement steel and other metal work to be in contact with concrete shall be thoroughly cleaned of all dirt, grease, loose scale, rust, grout, mortar, and other foreign substances immediately before the concrete is placed. Where there is delay in depositing concrete, reinforcement shall be reinspected and, if necessary, recleaned.

3.7 EMBEDMENT OF DRILLED, REINFORCING-STEEL DOWELS
A. Hole Preparation:

1. The hole diameter shall be as recommended by the epoxy manufacturer but shall be no larger than 1/4 inch greater than the diameter of the outer surface of the reinforcing bar deformations.

2. The depth of the hole shall be as recommended by the epoxy manufacturer to fully develop the bar but shall not be less than twelve (12) bar diameters, unless noted otherwise.

3. The hole shall be drilled by methods that do not interfere with the proper bonding of epoxy.

4. Existing reinforcing steel in the vicinity of proposed holes shall be located prior to drilling. The location of holes to be drilled shall be adjusted to avoid drilling through or nicking any existing reinforcing bars.

5. The hole shall be blown clean with clean, dry compressed air to remove all dust and loose particles.

B. Epoxy shall be injected into the hole through a tube placed to the bottom of the hole. The tube shall be withdrawn as epoxy is placed but kept immersed to prevent formation of air pockets. The hole shall be filled to a depth that ensures that excess material will be expelled from the hole during dowel placement.

C. Dowels shall be twisted during insertion into the partially filled hole so as to guarantee full wetting of the bar surface with epoxy. The bar shall be inserted slowly enough to avoid developing air pockets.

END OF SECTION

8.d
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 243

1.1 THE REQUIREMENT
A. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish all materials for concrete in accordance with the provisions of this Section and shall form, mix, place, cure, repair, finish, and do all other work as required to produce finished concrete, all in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents.

B. Concrete items used on this Project include manhole bases and collars. All new manholes shall have cast-in-place concrete bases and formed channels with inverts to match the adjoining pipes.

1.2 REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS, CODES, AND STANDARDS
A. Codes: All WORK shall be performed in accordance with all codes as referenced herein.

B. Commercial Standards: Without limiting the generality of other requirements of these Specifications, all WORK specified herein shall conform to or exceed the applicable requirements of the referenced standards provided that wherever the provisions of said publications are in conflict with the requirements specified herein, the more stringent requirement shall apply.

ACI 214 Recommended Practice for Evaluation of Strength Test Results of Concrete
ACI 301 Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings ACI 318 Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete ACI 347 Recommended Practice for Concrete Formwork
ASTM C 31 Test Methods of Making and Curing Concrete Test Specimens in the Field.

ASTM C 33 Specification for Concrete Aggregates.

ASTM C 39 Test Method for Compressive Strength of Cylindrical Concrete Specimens.

ASTM C 94 Specification for Ready-Mixed Concrete.

ASTM C 136 Test Method for Chemical Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregates.

ASTM C 143 Test Method for Slump of Hydraulic Cement Concrete.

8.d
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 244

ASTM C 156 Test Method for Water Retention by Concrete Curing Materials.

ASTM C 192 Test Method of Making and Curing Concrete Test Specimens in the Laboratory.

ASTM C 260 Specification for Air-Entraining Admixtures for Concrete.

ASTM C 494 Specification for Chemical Admixtures for Concrete.

ASTM C 618 Standard Specification for Coal Fly ash and Raw or Calcined Natural Pozzolan for Use in Concrete.

1.3 CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS
A. Mix Designs: Prior to beginning the WORK, the CONTRACTOR shall submit to the ENGINEER, for review, preliminary concrete mix designs that show the proportions and gradations of all materials proposed for each class and type of concrete specified herein.

The mix designs shall be designed by an independent testing laboratory acceptable to the ENGINEER. All costs related to such mix design shall be borne by the CONTRACTOR. This Specification sets the minimum requirements for mix design that meets all requirements specified herein.

B. Certified Delivery Tickets: Where ready-mix concrete is used, the CONTRACTOR shall furnish certified weighmaster delivery tickets at the time of delivery of each load of concrete. Each certificate shall show the public weighmasters signature, and the total quantities by weight of cement, sand, each class of aggregate, admixtures, and the amounts of water in the aggregate and added at the batching plant, as well as the amount of water allowed to be added at the site for the specific design mix. Each certificate shall, in addition, state the mix number, total yield in cubic yards, and the time of day to the nearest minute, corresponding to the times when the batch was dispatched, when it left the plant, when it arrived at the job, the time that unloading began, and the time that unloading was finished.

C. When a water-reducing admixture is to be used, the CONTRACTOR shall furnish mix designs for concrete both with and without the admixture.

1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Unless otherwise specified, all formwork shall conform to ACI 347.

B. The cost of all laboratory tests on cement, aggregates, and concrete will be borne by the CITY. However, the CONTRACTOR shall be charged for the cost of any additional tests and investigation on WORK performed that does not meet the requirements of the Contract Documents.

C. Concrete for testing shall be supplied by the CONTRACTOR at no additional cost to the CITY, and the CONTRACTOR shall provide assistance to the ENGINEER in obtaining

8.d
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 245

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________ Technical Provisions 2024 Sewer Lateral Replacement
Page TP-81 Project No. 1737-24
samples and disposing and cleaning up excess material. Concrete samples for slump, air content, and test cylinders will be taken at the placement (discharge) end of the line.

D. Field Compression Tests:

1. Compression test specimens will be taken during construction from the first placement of each class of concrete specified herein and at intervals thereafter as selected by the ENGINEER to ensure continued compliance with the Contract Documents. Each set of test specimens will be a minimum of four (4) cylinders.

2. Compression test specimens for concrete shall be made in accordance with ASTM C 31, Section 9.2. Specimens shall be 6 inch diameter by 12 inch high cylinders.

3. Compression tests shall be performed in accordance with ASTM C 39. One (1) test cylinder will be tested at seven (7) days and two (2) test cylinders will be tested at twenty-eight (28) days. The remaining cylinder will be held to verify test results, if needed.

E. Evaluation and Acceptance of Concrete

1. Evaluation and acceptance of the compressive strength of concrete shall be according to the requirements of ACI 381, Chapter 5, Concrete Quality, and as specified herein.

2. A statistical analysis of compression test results will be performed according to the requirements of ACI 214. The standard deviation of the test results shall not exceed 640 psi.

3. If any concrete fails to meet these requirements, immediate corrective action shall be taken to increase the compressive strength for all subsequent batches of the type of concrete affected.

4. When the standard deviation of the test results exceeds 640 psi, the average strength for which the mix is designed shall be increased by an amount necessary to satisfy the statistical requirement that the probability of any test being more than 500 psi below or the average of any three (3) consecutive tests being below the specified compressive strength is 1 in 100. The required average strength shall be calculated by Criterion No. 3 of ACI 214 using the actual standard of deviation.

5. All concrete that fails to meet the ACI requirements and these Contract Documents is subject to removal and replacement at the expense of the CONTRACTOR.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 CONCRETE MATERIALS
A. Materials shall be delivered, stored, and handled so as to prevent breakage or damage by water or sunlight. Only one (1) brand of cement shall be used. Cement reclaimed from cleaning bags or leaking containers shall not be used. All cement shall be used in the sequence of receipt of shipments.

B. All materials furnished for the WORK shall comply with the requirements of ACI 301, Sections 201, 203, and 204, as applicable.

C. Materials for concrete shall conform to the following requirements:

1. Cement shall be standard brand, Portland cement conforming to ASTM C 150 for Type II or Type V, containing not more than 0.60 percent alkalies.

8.d
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 246

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________ Technical Provisions 2024 Sewer Lateral Replacement
Page TP-82 Project No. 1737-24

2. Water for mixing and curing shall be potable, clean, and free from objectionable quantities of silty organic matter, alkali, salts, and other impurities.

3. Aggregates shall be obtained from pits acceptable to the ENGINEER, shall be nonreactive, and shall conform to ASTM C 33. Lightweight sand for fine aggregate will not be permitted.

4. Ready-mix concrete shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C 94.

5. Admixtures: All admixtures shall be compatible and by a single manufacturer capable of providing qualified field service representation. Admixtures shall be used in accordance with manufacturers recommendations. If the use of an admixture is producing an inferior end result, the CONTRACTOR shall discontinue use of the admixture. Admixtures shall not contain thiocyanates nor more than 0.05 percent chloride ion and shall be nontoxic after thirty (30) days. a. Set controlling and water reducing admixtures : Admixtures may be added at the CONTRACTORs option to control the set, effect water reduction, and increase workability. The addition of an admixture shall be at the CONTRACTORs expense. The use of an admixture shall be subject to acceptance by the ENGINEER. Admixtures specified herein shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C 494. The required quantity of cement shall be used in the mix regardless of whether or not an admixture is used. 1) Concrete shall not contain more than one (1) water reducing mixture.

Concrete containing an admixture shall be first placed at a location determined by the ENGINEER.
2) Set controlling admixture shall be either with or without water-reducing properties. Where the air temperature at the time of placement is expected to be consistently over 80 degrees Fahrenheit, a set retarding admixture such as Plastocrete by Sika Corporation; Pozzolith 300R by BASF; Daratard by W.R. Grace ; or approved equal shall be used. Where the air temperature at the time of placement is expected to be consistently under 40 degrees Fahrenheit, a noncorrosive set accelerating admixture such as Plastocrete 161FL by Sika Corporation; Pozzutec 20 by BASF; Daraset by W.R. Grace; or approved equal shall be used. 3) Normal range water reducer shall conform to ASTM C 494, Type A, such as WRDA 79 by W.R. Grace; Pozzolith 322-N by BASF; Plastocrete 161 by Sika Corporation; or approved equal. The quantity of admixture used and the method of mixing shall be in accordance with the manufacturers instructions and
recommendations.
4) High range water reducer shall conform to ASTM C 494, Type F or G, such as Duracem 100 or WDRA 19 by W.R. Grace; Sikament FF or Sikament 86 by Sika Corporation; Rheobuild 1000 or Rheobuild 716 by BASF; or approved equal. High range water reducer shall be added to the concrete after all other ingredients have been mixed and initial slump has been verified. No more than fourteen (14) ounces of water reducer per sack of cement shall be used. Water reducer shall be considered as part of the mixing water when calculating water/cement ratio.
5) If the high-range water reducer is added to the concrete at the job site, it may be used in conjunction with the same water reducer added at the batch plant. Concrete shall have a slump of 3 inches plus or minus

8.d
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 247

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________ Technical Provisions 2024 Sewer Lateral Replacement
Page TP-83 Project No. 1737-24
1/2 inch prior to adding the high-range, water-reducing admixture at the job site. The high-range, water-reducing mixture shall be accurately measured and pressure injected into the mixer as a single dose by an experienced technician. A standby system shall be provided and tested prior to each days operation of the job site system.
6) Concrete shall be mixed at mixing speed for a minimum of thirty (30) mixer revolutions after the addition of the high-range water reducer.

6. Fly ash shall conform with ASTM C 618, Type F. Fly Ash may replace 15-25 percent of cement, by weight.

2.2 CURING MATERIALS
Materials for curing concrete, as specified herein, shall conform to the following requirements and ASTM C 309:

A. Concrete curing compound shall be white-pigmented and resin-based. Sodium silicate compounds will not be allowed. Concrete curing compound shall be MC 429 by the BASF Company; Spartan Cote Cure-Seal Hardener by the Burke Company; Super Rez Seal by Euclid Chemical Company; or approved equal.

B. Polyethylene sheet for use as concrete curing blanket shall be white and shall have a nominal thickness of 6 mils. The loss of moisture, when determined in accordance with the requirements of ASTM C 156, shall not exceed 0.0078 pounds per square inch of surface.

2.3 EPOXY ADHESIVES
Epoxy adhesives for bonding freshly mixed, plastic concrete to hardened concrete shall be Sikadur 32 Hi-Mod Epoxy Adhesive, as manufactured by Sika Chemical Corporation; Concresive Liquid (LPL), as manufactured by BASF; BurkEpoxy mV, as manufactured by the Burke Company, or approved equal.

Epoxy adhesives for bonding hardened concrete to steel shall be Sikadur 31 Hi-Mod Gel, as manufactured by Sika Corporation; BurkEpoxy NS, as manufactured by the Burke Company; Concresive Paste (LPL), as manufactured by BASF, or approved equal.

2.4 CONCRETE DESIGN REQUIREMENTS
A. General: Concrete shall be composed of cement, admixtures, aggregates, and water.

These materials shall be of the qualities specified. The exact proportions in which these materials are to be used for different parts of the WORK will be determined during the trial batch. In general the mix shall be designed to produce a concrete capable of being deposited so as to obtain maximum density and minimum shrinkage and, where deposited in forms, to have good consolidation properties and maximum smoothness of surface. Mix designs with more than 41 percent of sand of the total weight of the fine and coarse aggregate shall not be used. The aggregate gradations shall be formulated to provide fresh concrete that will not promote rock pockets around reinforcing steel or embedded items. The proportions shall be changed whenever necessary or desirable to

8.d
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 248

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________ Technical Provisions 2024 Sewer Lateral Replacement
Page TP-84 Project No. 1737-24
meet the required results at no additional cost to the CITY. All changes shall be subject to review by the ENGINEER.

B. Water/Cement Ratio and Compressive Strength: The minimum twenty-eight (28) day compressive strength of the concrete shall be 4,000 psi. The minimum cement content of concrete shall be 564 pounds per cubic yard. The maximum aggregate size shall be 1 inch, and the maximum water/cement ratio, by weight, shall be 0.45.

NOTE: The CONTRACTOR is cautioned that the limiting parameters specified above are not a mix design. Additional cement or water-reducing agent may be required to achieve workability demanded by the CONTRACTORs construction methods and aggregates. The CONTRACTOR is responsible for any costs associated with furnishing concrete with the required workability.

C. Adjustments to Mix Design: The mixes used shall be changed whenever such change is necessary or desirable to secure the required strength, density, workability, and surface finish, and the CONTRACTOR shall be entitled to no additional compensation because of such changes.

2.5 CONSISTENCY
The quantity of water entering into a batch of concrete shall be just sufficient, with a normal mixing period, to produce a concrete which can be worked properly into place without segregation and which can be compacted by the vibratory methods herein specified to give the desired density, impermeability, and smoothness of surface. The quantity of water shall be changed as necessary, with variations in the nature or moisture content of the aggregates, to maintain uniform production of a desired consistency. The consistency of the concrete in successive batches shall be determined by slump tests in accordance with ASTM C 143. The slump shall be 3 inches, plus or minus 1 inch.

2.6 LABORATORY TESTS
The determination of compressive strength will be made by testing 6 inch diameter by 12 inch high cylinders. Test cylinders shall be made, cured, and tested in accordance with ASTM C 192 and ASTM C 39. Three (3) compression test cylinders will be tested at seven (7) days, and three test cylinders will be tested at twenty-eight (28) days. The average compressive strength for the three (3) cylinders tested at twenty-eight (28) days for any given trial batch shall not be less than 125 percent of the specified compressive strength.

2.7 MEASUREMENT OF CEMENT AND AGGREGATE
The amount of cement and of each separate size of aggregate entering into each batch of concrete shall be determined by direct weighing equipment furnished by the CONTRACTOR and acceptable to the ENGINEER, provided that where batches are so proportioned as to contain an integral number of conventional sacks of cement and the cement is delivered at the mixer in the original unbroken sacks, the weight of the cement contained in each sack may be taken without weighing as ninety-four (94) pounds.

8.d
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 249

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________ Technical Provisions 2024 Sewer Lateral Replacement
Page TP-85 Project No. 1737-24

2.8 MEASUREMENT OF WATER
The quantity of water entering the mixer shall be measured by a suitable water meter or other measuring device of a type acceptable to the ENGINEER and capable of measuring the water in variable amounts within a tolerance of one percent (1%). The water feed control mechanism shall be capable of being locked in position so as to deliver constantly any specified amount of water to each batch of concrete. A positive, quick- acting valve shall be used for a cut-off in the water line to the mixer. The operating mechanism shall be such that leakage does not occur when the valves are closed.

2.9 READY-MIXED CONCRETE
A. At the CONTRACTORs option, ready-mixed concrete meeting the requirements as to materials, batching, mixing, transporting, and placing, as specified herein and in accordance with ASTM C 94, including the supplementary requirements, may be used.

B. Ready-mixed concrete shall be delivered to the site of the WORK, and discharge shall be completed within one (1) hour after the addition of the cement to the aggregates or before the drum has been revolved two hundred fifty (250) revolutions, whichever is first.

In hot weather, or under conditions contributing to quick stiffening of the concrete, or when the temperature of the concrete is 85 degrees Fahrenheit or above, the time between the introduction of the cement to the aggregates and discharge shall not exceed forty-five (45) minutes.

C. Truck mixers shall be equipped with electrically actuated counters by which the number of revolutions of the drum or blades may be readily verified. The counter shall be of the resettable, recording type and shall be mounted in the drivers cab. The counters shall be actuated at the time of starting mixers at mixing speeds.

D. Each batch of concrete shall be mixed in a truck mixer for not less than seventy (70) revolutions of the drum or blades at the rate of rotation designated by the manufacturer of the equipment. Additional mixing, if any, shall be at the speed designated by the manufacturer of the equipment as agitating speed. All materials, including mixing water, shall be in the mixer drum before actuating the revolution counter for determining the number of revolutions of mixing.

E. Truck mixers and their operation shall be such that the concrete throughout the mixed batch as discharged is within acceptable limits of uniformity with respect to consistency, mix, and grading. If slump tests taken at approximately the one-quarter and three-quarter points of the load during discharge give slumps differing by more than 1 inch, then the mixer shall not be used on the WORK unless the causing condition is corrected and satisfactory performance is verified by additional slump tests. All mechanical details of the mixer, such as water measuring and discharge apparatus, condition of the blades, speed of rotation, general mechanical condition of the unit, and clearance of the drum shall be checked before a further attempt to use the unit will be permitted.

F. Each batch of ready-mixed concrete delivered at the job site shall be accompanied by a certified weighmaster delivery ticket furnished to the ENGINEER.

8.d
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 250

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________ Technical Provisions 2024 Sewer Lateral Replacement
Page TP-86 Project No. 1737-24
G. The use of non-agitating equipment for transporting ready-mixed concrete will not be permitted. Combination truck and trailer equipment for transporting ready-mixed concrete will not be permitted.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 PROPORTIONING AND MIXING
A. Proportioning: Proportioning of the concrete mix shall conform to the requirements of ACI 301, Chapter 3, Proportioning.
B. Mixing: Mixing of concrete shall conform to ACI 301, Chapter 7.

C. Slump: Maximum slumps shall be as specified herein.

D. Retempering: Retempering of concrete or mortar that has partially hardened shall not be permitted.

3.2 PREPARATION OF SURFACES FOR CONCRETING
A. Earth surfaces shall be thoroughly wetted by sprinkling prior to the placing of any concrete, and these surfaces shall be kept moist by frequent sprinkling up to the time of placing concrete thereon. The surface shall be free from standing water, mud, and debris at the time of placing concrete.

B. All reinforcement and similar items shall be set and secured in the forms where shown on the Project Drawings or by shop drawings and shall be acceptable to the ENGINEER before any concrete is placed. Accuracy of placement is the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR.

C. Embedded Items: No concrete shall be placed until all form work, installation of parts to be embedded, reinforcing steel, and preparation of surfaces involved in the placing have been completed and accepted by the ENGINEER at least four (4) hours before placement of concrete. All surfaces of forms and embedded items that have become encrusted with dried grout from concrete previously placed shall be cleaned of all such grout before the surrounding or adjacent concrete is placed.

D. All reinforcement, anchor bolts, sleeves, inserts, and similar items shall be set and secured in the forms where shown on the Project Drawings or by shop drawings and shall be acceptable to the ENGINEER before any concrete is placed. Accuracy of placement is the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR.

E. Casting New Concrete Against Old: Where concrete is to be cast against old concrete (any concrete which is greater than sixty (60) day of age), the surface of the old concrete shall be thoroughly cleaned and roughened by sandblasting (exposing aggregate). An epoxy adhesive bonding agent shall be applied to the old surface according to the manufacturers written recommendations.

8.d
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 251

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________ Technical Provisions 2024 Sewer Lateral Replacement
Page TP-87 Project No. 1737-24
F. No concrete shall be placed in any structure until all water entering the space to be filled with concrete has been properly cut off or has been diverted by pipes (or other means), and carried out of the forms, clear of the WORK. No concrete shall be deposited underwater nor shall the CONTRACTOR allow still water to rise on any concrete until the concrete has attained its initial set. Water shall not be permitted to flow over the surface of any concrete in such manner and at such velocity as will injure the surface finish of the concrete. Pumping or other necessary dewatering operations for removing groundwater, if required, will be subject to the review of the ENGINEER.

G. Openings for pipes, inserts for pipe hangers and brackets, and the setting of anchors shall, where practicable, be provided for during the placing of concrete.

H. Anchor bolts shall be accurately set and shall be maintained in position by templates while being embedded in concrete.

I. Cleaning: The surfaces of all metalwork to be in contact with concrete shall be thoroughly cleaned of all dirt, grease, loose scale and rust, grout, mortar, and other foreign substances immediately before the concrete is placed.

3.3 HANDLING, TRANSPORTING, AND PLACING
A. General: Placing of concrete shall conform to the applicable requirements of ACI 301, Chapter 8, and the requirements of this Section. No aluminum materials shall be used in conveying any concrete.

B. Unauthorized Placement: No concrete shall be placed except in the presence of the ENGINEER. The CONTRACTOR shall notify the ENGINEER in writing at least twenty- four (24) hours in advance of placement of any concrete.

C. Cold Weather Placement: Earth foundations shall be free from frost or ice to a minimum depth of 6 inches when concrete is placed upon or against them. The concrete temperature shall be maintained above 50 degrees Fahrenheit for at least three (3) days after placement.

3.4 FINISHING CONCRETE SURFACES
A. General: Surfaces of curbs, gutters, sidewalks, and driveways shall be free from fins, bulges, ridges, offsets, or honeycombing and shall present a finished, continuously hard surface. Aluminum finishing tools shall not be used.

B. Unformed Surfaces: After proper and adequate vibration and tamping, all unformed top surfaces shall be brought to a uniform surface with suitable tools. For unformed concrete surfaces, sufficient leveling and screeding shall be provided to produce an even, uniform surface with surface irregularities not to exceed 3/8 inch. No further special finish is required.

3.5 PROTECTION
A. The CONTRACTOR shall protect all concrete against injury until final acceptance by the CITY.

8.d
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 252

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________ Technical Provisions 2024 Sewer Lateral Replacement
Page TP-88 Project No. 1737-24
B. Fresh concrete shall be protected from damage due to rain, hail, sleet, or snow. The CONTRACTOR shall provide such protection while the concrete is still plastic and whenever precipitation is imminent or occurring.

3.6 CARE AND REPAIR OF CONCRETE
The CONTRACTOR shall protect all concrete against injury or damage from excessive heat, lack of moisture, overstress, or any other cause until final acceptance by the CITY.

Particular care shall be taken to prevent the drying of concrete and to avoid roughening or otherwise damaging the surface. Any concrete found to be damaged, or that may have been originally defective, or which becomes defective at any time prior to the final acceptance of the completed WORK, or which departs from the established line or grade, or which for any other reason does not conform to the requirements of the Contract Documents shall be satisfactorily repaired or removed and replaced with acceptable concrete at the CONTRACTORs expense.

END OF SECTION

8.d
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 253

1.1 THE REQUIREMENT
The CONTRACTOR shall furnish all labor, materials, and tools necessary to install, test, and complete the piping in accordance with the Contract Documents.

1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Like items of materials provided hereunder shall be the end products of one manufacturer in order to achieve standardization for appearance and manufacturers service.

B. To assure uniformity and compatibility of piping components in piping systems, fittings and couplings shall be furnished by the same manufacturer.

1.3 REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS, CODES, AND STANDARDS
A. Codes: All WORK shall comply with all codes, as referenced herein.

B. CITY standards and specifications shall be met at all times unless otherwise noted.

C. The materials and work performed in this Section shall conform to the applicable standards of the latest edition of the following references. In case of a conflict between the requirements of this Section and those of the listed documents, the requirements of this Section shall prevail.

Commercial Standards:

ANSI American National Standards Institute
ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials
UBC Uniform Building Code
UPC Uniform Plumbing Code
PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 GENERAL
Provide all required piping and fittings in accordance with the individual piping sections.

8.d
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 254

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________ Technical Provisions 2024 Sewer Lateral Replacement
Page TP-90 Project No. 1737-24

2.2 WARNING TAPE
Warning tape shall indicate type of pipeline and shall be specifically designed for this use. Warning tape shall be green in color. The warning tape shall be minimum 12-inches wide and printed continuously with the words "CAUTION: SEWER LINE BELOW". The warning tape shall be 4.0 mil thickness minimum, linear low-density polyethylene specifically formulated for extended use underground and shall be placed in accordance with the Contract Documents.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 PREPARATION
A. Prior work: Dewatering shall be accomplished in accordance with the requirements of Section 2, Dewatering.

B. Layout of Controls : The CONTRACTOR shall establish line and grade control and staking in accordance with the Contract Documents.

3.2 EXCAVATION AND TRENCHING
Perform all excavations for pipelines and appurtenances, of whatever substances encountered, to the depths indicated in the Contract Documents and in accordance with Section 4, Earthwork.

3.3 INSTALLATION
A. General:

1. Each pipe and fitting shall be carefully inspected before the buried pipe or fitting is lowered into the trench. The interior and exterior protective coating shall be inspected, and all damaged areas patched in the field with material similar to the original. Clean ends of pipe thoroughly. Remove foreign matter and dirt from inside of pipe and keep clean during and after laying.

2. Clean out fittings and pipe sections before installing.

3. Furnish and assemble pipe and fittings to provide accurate alignment for joints.

4. Make all joints watertight.

5. Provide temporary plugs or bulkheads for closure of the open ends of piping whenever WORK is stopped.

6. Use proper implements, tools, and facilities for the safe and proper protection of the pipe. Carefully handle pipe in such a manner as to avoid any physical damage to the pipe. Do not drop or dump pipe into trenches under any circumstances.

B. Buried Pipe:

1. Do not deviate more than 1 inch from lines or 1/4 inch from grade, unless reviewed and accepted by the ENGINEER. Measure for grade at the pipe invert, not at the top of the pipe, because of permissible variation in pipe wall thickness.

2. Grade the bottom of the trench by hand to the line and grade to which the pipe is to be laid, with proper allowance for pipe thickness and for gravel bedding when

8.d
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 255

Before laying each section of the pipe, check the grade with a straight edge and correct any irregularities found. The trench bed shall form a continuous and uniform bearing and support for the pipe at every point between bell holes, except that the grade may be disturbed for the removal of lifting tackle.

3. At the location of each joint, dig bell (joint) holes of ample dimensions in the bottom of the trench and at the sides, where necessary, to permit easy visual inspection of the entire joint.

4. Provide and maintain ample means and devices at all times to remove and dispose of all water entering the trench during the process of pipe laying. The trench shall be kept dry until the pipe laying and jointing are completed.

5. When pipe laying is not in progress, including the noon hours, the open ends of pipe shall be closed by approved means, and no trench water, animals, or foreign material shall be permitted to enter the pipe.

6. Minimum pipe cover in the trench shall be 3 feet, unless otherwise indicated.

7. All buried pipe shall be prepared as hereinbefore specified and shall be laid on the prepared granular base and bedded in accordance with the Contract Documents to ensure uniform bearing. No pipe shall be laid in water or when, in the opinion of the ENGINEER, trench conditions are unsuitable. Joints shall be made as herein specified for the respective types. Take all precautions necessary to prevent uplift and floating of the pipe prior to backfilling.

8. Where the pipe is to be connected to concrete structures, the connection shall be made as indicated in the Contract Documents.

3.4 CLEANING
A. Care shall be exercised during fabrication to prevent the accumulation of pipe cuttings, and filings, gravel, cleaning rags, etc., within piping sections. All piping shall be examined to assure removal of these and other foreign objects prior to assembly. Shop cleaning may employ any conventional commercial cleaning method if it does not corrode, deform, swell, or otherwise alter the physical properties of the material being cleaned.

B. Following assembly and testing and prior to final acceptance, all pipelines installed under this Section shall be flushed with high-velocity water or flushed with cleaning ball, and all accumulated construction debris and other foreign matter removed. Flushing velocities shall be a minimum of 2½ feet per second.

END OF SECTION

8.d
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 256

1.1 THE REQUIREMENT
The CONTRACTOR shall furnish and install all underground polyvinyl-chloride (PVC), non-pressure pipe and all appurtenant WORK, complete and in place, all in accordance with the Contract Documents.

1.2 REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS, CODES, AND STANDARDS
A. Codes: All WORK shall comply with all codes, as referenced herein.

B. Commercial Standards:

ASTM C 425 Specification for Compression Joints for Vitrified Clay Pipe and Fittings
ASTM D 1784 Specification for Rigid Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Compounds and Chlorinated Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC) Compounds
ASTM D 2241 Specification for Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Pressure-Rated Pipe (SDR-Series)
ASTM D 2321 Recommended Practice for Underground Installation of Flexible Thermoplastic Sewer Pipe
ASTM D 3034 Specification for Type PSM Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Sewer Pipe and Fittings
ASTM F477 Standard Specification for Elastomeric Seals (Gaskets) for Joining Plastic Pipe
ASTM F 794 Standard Specification for Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Profile Gravity Sewer Pipe and Fittings Based on Controlled Inside Diameter
ASTM F 1803 Standard Specification for Closed Profile Polyvinyl (PVC) Chloride Pipe with a Controlled Inside Diameter

1.3 CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS
A. Shop Drawings : The CONTRACTOR shall submit shop drawings of all pipe, joints, bends, special fittings, and piping appurtenances.

B. Certificates: The CONTRACTOR shall provide manufacturers certificates for all materials indicating conformance to the Contract Documents.

8.d
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 257

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________ Technical Provisions 2024 Sewer Lateral Replacement
Page TP-93 Project No. 1737-24

1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Testing: All materials testing will be based upon applicable ASTM Test Methods, as referenced herein for the materials specified.

B. All costs of such inspection and tests shall be borne by the CONTRACTOR.

C. Certificates: Manufacturers notarized certificates of compliance shall be furnished by the CONTRACTOR.

1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. All plastic materials should be stored out of direct sunlight.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 GENERAL
A. All PVC pipe shall be continuously and permanently marked with the manufacturers name, pipe size, and pressure rating in psi and in conformance with the appropriate ASTM.

B. The CONTRACTOR shall require the manufacturer to mark the date of extrusion on the pipe. This dating shall be done in conjunction with records to be held by the manufacturer for two (2) years, covering quality control tests, raw material batch number, and other information deemed necessary by the manufacturer.

C. Pipe and fittings shall be colored green for in-ground identification as sewer pipe.

2.2 PIPE
A. All PVC pipe shall conform to the requirements of ASTM D 3034, Class SDR 26. Material for PVC pipe shall be manufactured from rigid, unplasticized polyvinyl chloride compound conforming to the requirements of ASTM D 1784 for Class 12454 or 12364.

2.3 FITTINGS
A. Pipe fittings shall be of the same material and rated for the same pressure as the pipe.

Fittings shall conform to the appropriate dimensions to accept the pipe as described above.

2.4 JOINTS
A. Pipe and fittings shall be joined by gasketed compression joints with integral bell and spigot unless otherwise indicated in the Contract Documents.

B. Gaskets for compression-type joints for PVC pipe and fittings shall conform to the requirements of ASTM F477.

8.d
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 258

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________ Technical Provisions 2024 Sewer Lateral Replacement
Page TP-94 Project No. 1737-24

2.5 BEDDING MATERIAL
Pipe bedding material shall conform to the requirements of Section 4, Earthwork.

2.6 FLEXIBLE COUPLINGS
Flexible couplings shall be rubber, full-circle, clamp-on type conforming to ASTM C 425 and provided with two stainless-steel band, screw clamps to secure the coupling tightly to entering and exiting pipes. All screw-clamp hardware shall be Type 316 stainless steel.

Rubber material shall be suitable for sewage service.

2.7 WARNING TAPE
Install warning tape in accordance with Section 17, General Piping.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 GENERAL
A. All laying, jointing, and testing for defects and for leakage shall be performed in the presence of the ENGINEER and shall be subject to inspection before acceptance. All material found during the progress of the WORK to have defects will be rejected, and the CONTRACTOR shall promptly remove such defective materials from the site of the WORK.

B. Installation shall conform to the requirements of ASTM D 2321 and to the supplementary requirements or modifications specified herein. Wherever the provisions of this Section and the requirements of ASTM D 2321 are in conflict, the more stringent provision shall apply.

3.2 TRENCHING AND BACKFILL
A. Trench excavation and backfill shall conform to the requirements of Section 4, Earthwork.

3.3 LAYING PIPE
A. The pipe shall be installed in accordance with the requirements of ASTM D 2321 and as indicated in the Contract Documents. The Sections shall be closely jointed to form a smooth flow line. Immediately before placing each section of pipe in final position for jointings, the bedding for the pipe shall be checked for firmness and uniformity of surface.

B. Proper implements, tools, and facilities, as recommended by the pipe manufacturers standard printed installation instructions, shall be provided and used by the CONTRACTOR for safe and efficient execution of the WORK. All pipe, fittings, and accessories shall be carefully lowered into the trench by means of derrick, ropes, or other suitable equipment in such a manner as to prevent damage to pipe and fittings. Under no circumstances shall pipe or accessories be dropped or dumped into the trench.

8.d
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 259

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________ Technical Provisions 2024 Sewer Lateral Replacement
Page TP-95 Project No. 1737-24
C. Cutting and machining of the pipe shall be accomplished in accordance with the pipe manufacturers standard procedures for this operation. Pipe shall not be cut with a cold- chisel, standard-iron, pipe cutter, nor any other method that may fracture the pipe or produce ragged, uneven edges.

D. The pipe and accessories shall be inspected for defects prior to lowering into the trench.

Any defective, damaged, or unsound pipe shall be repaired or replaced. All foreign matter or dirt shall be removed from the interior of the pipe before lowering into position in the trench. Pipe shall be kept clean during and after laying. All openings in the pipeline shall be closed with watertight, expandable-type sewer plugs or PVC test plugs at the end of each days operation or whenever the pipe openings are left unattended. The use of burlap, wood, or other similar temporary plugs will not be permitted.

E. Adequate protection and maintenance of all underground and surface utility structures, drains, sewers, and other obstructions encountered in the progress of the WORK shall be furnished by the CONTRACTOR, at its own expense, under the direction of the ENGINEER.

F. Where the grade or alignment of the pipe is obstructed by existing utility structures, such as conduits, ducts, pipes, branch connections to main sewers, or main drains, the obstruction shall be permanently supported, relocated, removed, or reconstructed by the CONTRACTOR in cooperation with owners of such utility structures. Unless otherwise indicated, this WORK shall be performed at the CONTRACTORs expense.

3.4 HANDLING
A. Handling of the PVC pipe shall be done with care to ensure that the pipe is not damaged in any manner during storage, transit, loading, unloading, and installation.

B. Pipe shall be inspected both prior to and after installation in the trench, and all defective lengths shall be rejected and immediately removed from the working area.

3.5 FIELD JOINTING
A. Each pipe-compression-type joint shall be joined with a lock-in rubber ring and a ring groove that is designed to resist displacement during pipe insertion.

B. The ring and the ring seat inside the bell shall be wiped clean before the gasket is inserted. At this time, a thin film of lubricant shall be applied to the exposed surface of the ring and to the outside of the clean pipe end. Lubricant other than that furnished with the pipe shall not be used. The end of the pipe shall then be forced into the ring to complete the joint.

C. The pipe shall not be deflected either vertically or horizontally in excess of the printed recommendations of the manufacturer of the coupling.

D. When pipe laying is not in progress, the open ends of the pipe shall be closed to prevent trench water from entering pipe. Adequate backfill shall be deposited on pipe to prevent floating of pipe. Any pipe that has floated shall be removed from the trench, cleaned, and

8.d
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 260

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________ Technical Provisions 2024 Sewer Lateral Replacement
Page TP-96 Project No. 1737-24
relaid in an acceptable manner. No pipe shall be laid when, in the opinion of the ENGINEER, the trench conditions or weather are unsuitable for such work.

3.6 INSTALLATION OF FITTINGS
Fittings shall be installed utilizing standard installation procedures. Fittings shall be lowered into trench by means of rope, cable, chain, or other acceptable means without damage to the fittings. Cable, rope, or other devices used for lowering fittings into trenches shall be attached around exterior of fittings for handling. Under no circumstances shall the cable, rope, or other device be attached through the fittings interior for handling. Fittings shall be carefully connected to pipe or other facility, and joint shall be checked to ensure a sound and proper joint.

3.7 WARNING TAPE INSTALLATION
Warning tape shall be installed with all PVC sewer main pipes. The tape shall be installed along the pipe axis in the backfill minimum 12 inches above the crown of the pipe.

3.8 TESTING
Field testing of PVC gravity sewer pipe shall conform to the requirements of Section 12, Sanitary Sewer System Testing.

END OF SECTION

8.d
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 261

1.1 THE REQUIREMENT
The CONTRACTOR shall furnish, install, and test, complete and in place, high-density polyethylene (HDPE) pipe and fittings, in accordance with the Contract Documents. The HDPE pipe and fittings specified herein shall be used only in association with pipe bursting, unless otherwise approved by the ENGINEER.

1.2 REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS, CODES, AND STANDARDS
A. Codes: All WORK shall comply with all codes, as referenced herein.

B. Commercial Standards:

ASTM D 638 Test Method for Tensile Properties of Plastics ASTM D 790 Standard Test Methods for Flexural Properties of Unreinforced and Reinforced Plastics and Electrical Insulating Materials ASTM D 1238 Test Method for Flow Rates of Thermoplastics by Extrusion Plastometer
ASTM D 1248 Specification for Polyethylene Plastics Molding and Extrusion Materials
ASTM D 1505 Test Method for Density of Plastics by the Density-Gradient Technique
ASTM D 2657 Practice for Heat Joining of Polyolefin Pipe and Fittings ASTM D 3261 Specification for Butt Heat Fusion Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Fittings for Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe and Tubing
ASTM D 3350 Specification for Polyethylene Plastic Pipes and Fittings Materials
ASTM F 585 Standard Guide for Insertion of Flexible Polyethylene Pipe into Existing Sewers
ASTM F 714 Specification for Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe (SDR-PR) Based on Outside Diameter

8.d
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 262

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________ Technical Provisions 2024 Sewer Lateral Replacement
Page TP-98 Project No. 1737-24

1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish certificates to the ENGINEER certifying that the pipe and fittings furnished hereunder is in compliance with the requirements of the Contract Documents.

B. All submittals shall be in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents.

C. Submit list of pipe and fittings to be used, which includes the following information where applicable:

1. List of pipe and fittings to be used

2. Manufacturer

3. Model number, if applicable

4. Size and schedule

5. Material

6. Pressure rating

7. Catalog data

8. Pipe joining methods and equipment, including specific procedures for fusion welding (pipe end cleaning, facing, joining, control of heating plate operation, documentation of jointing, debeading, etc.)
D. Shop Drawings: The CONTRACTOR shall submit detailed layouts and schematics describing the installation of all piping and fittings. The CONTRACTOR shall include site maps indicating all locations where butt-fusion welding work will occur, lay-down areas, pipe storage areas, insertion pits, and pulling pits.

E. Only technicians whom the pipe manufacturer or supplier has certified and who have a minimum of (3) years of experience fusion welding 6-inch or larger diameter pipelines and similar DR as that specified for this project on a minimum of three projects shall operate fusion equipment. Submit documentation on the technician's experience including a current (within the past three years) training certificate.

F. Certified reports for each fusion joint. Submit certified reports within 24 hours of making each joint. Joints for which proper records cannot be produced are subject to rejection.

Reports shall include the following minimum information that is clearly legible using both text and graphics as appropriate for the information presented:

1. Project name.

2. Pipe fusing contractor company name.

3. Make and model of fusing machine and data logger plus a unique identifier for the actual machines used, e.g., serial numbers.

4. Pipe data including size, dimension ratio, manufacturer, plant identification and production date.

5. Date and time of day when fusing starts and ends.

6. Unique identifier for each joint that correlates with an identifier physically marked on the pipe wall.

7. Approximate stationing of joint at joints final installation location.

8. Name of fusing machine technician responsible for fusion of joint.

9. Both heater plate surface temperature and hydraulic pressure vs. time. Time plot shall be concurrent for both temperature and pressure.

8.d
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 263

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________ Technical Provisions 2024 Sewer Lateral Replacement
Page TP-99 Project No. 1737-24

10. Profiles at a number of locations sufficient to indicate that joining was correctly or incorrectly performed.

G. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish to the ENGINEER quality control records, as required herein.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 GENERAL
A. Referenced pipe sizes are nominal pipe diameters.

B. All materials delivered to the job site shall be new, free from defects, and marked to identify manufacturer, material, class, and other appropriate information.

C. Acceptance of materials will be subject to strength and quality testing, in addition to inspection of the completed product. Acceptance of installed piping system will be based on inspection and leakage tests.

2.2 PIPING MATERIALS
A. Pipe shall be high density, high molecular weight polyethylene. The material shall be listed by the Plastic Pipe Institute (PPI) with a designation of PE 4710 and have a minimum cell classification of 445474C or higher as described in ASTM D3350. The pipe shall contain no recycled compound except that generated in the manufacturer's own plant from resin of the same specification from the same raw material pipe.

B. Pipe shall be homogeneous throughout and shall be free of visible cracks, holes, foreign material, blisters, or other deleterious faults. It shall be uniform in density and other physical properties. Any pipe not meeting these criteria shall be rejected.

C. Pipe shall be made in conformance with ASTM F714 and ASTM D3261 as modified for the specified material. Pipe shall be minimum DR 17 with a minimum pressure rating of 125 psi at 73 degrees Fahrenheit.

D. The physical properties of the pipe and fittings material shall be as follows:

PROPERTY TEST METHOD VALUE
Density ASTM D 1505 >0.947-0.955 gm/cm3
Melt Index ASTM D 1238 <0.15
Tensile Strength, Yield ASTM D 638 3,000 - <3,500 psi
Flexural Modulus ASTM D 790 110,000-160,000 psi
E. The pipe and fittings shall have a white or light gray coloring on the interior. The exterior shall have a green stripe for in-ground identification as sewer pipe.

F. The high-density polyethylene pipe shall be provided by the following, or approved equal:

8.d
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 264

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________ Technical Provisions 2024 Sewer Lateral Replacement
Page TP-100 Project No. 1737-24

1. Performance Pipe, Division of Chevron Phillips Chemical Co., LP, Houston, Texas

2. Isco Industries, Louisville, Kentucky

2.3 JOINTS
A. Joints in HDPE pipe shall be made using the thermal butt-fusion method confirming to ASTM D2657 and shall be performed in strict accordance with the pipe manufacturers recommendations. Welding equipment shall be designed for the specific purpose of permanently connecting HDPE pipes. This equipment shall be capable of squarely facing the pipe ends to be joined, properly heating each pipe end to the temperature range specified by the pipe manufacturer, and applying and sustaining the appropriate pressure, as recommended by the pipe manufacturer.

B. The butt-fusion welding machine shall be outfitted with a measuring and recording unit that documents the conditions existing during the fusion of each individual weld. A printout that includes the date and time each joint was made, the joint number, the initials of the machine operator, the plate temperature at the time of mating, the pressure during the heating cycle, the time period for the heating cycle, the pressure during the soak cycle, and the time period of the soak cycle shall be machine-generated and delivered to the ENGINEER at the end of each work shift. The recording unit shall be a DataLogger, as manufactured by McElroy Manufacturing, Inc., or approved equal.

C. Fusion equipment shall be operated by technicians who have been certified by a major gas public utility such as Pacific Gas and Electric or Southern California-Edison for operation of such equipment. Furthermore, all technicians performing butt-fusion welding on this project shall have a minimum of two (2) years experience operating the same equipment used hereon.

D. Butt-fusion welding equipment shall be as follows, or approved equal:

1. McElroy No. 412 Hydraulic Fusion Machine, McElroy Manufacturing, Tulsa, Oklahoma

2. Proweld Field 12 (315)-R, Asahi/America, Malden, Massachusetts

2.4 FITTINGS
A. The CONTRACTOR shall provide fabricated fittings where required. Fabricated fittings shall be of the same material as, and shall have a minimum pressure rating equal to, and shall be from the same manufacturer as the pipe material. If the fitting is in-line with the pipeline (i.e., a flange adapter), then the I.D. of the fitting shall be the same as the pipe. If the fitting is off-line (i.e., a tee), then the fitting shall have an I.D. in accordance with the Contract Documents. Unless otherwise required, all fittings shall be butt-fusion welded.

B. Terminations to pipe or fittings made of other pipe materials shall be made by using couplings.

8.d
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 265

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________ Technical Provisions 2024 Sewer Lateral Replacement
Page TP-101 Project No. 1737-24

2.5 FLEXIBLE COUPLINGS
A. Flexible couplings shall be rubber, full-circle, clamp-on type conforming to ASTM C 425 and provided with two stainless-steel band, screw clamps to secure the coupling tightly to entering and exiting pipes. All screw-clamp hardware shall be Type 316 stainless steel.

Rubber material shall be suitable for sewage service.

2.6 WARNING TAPE
A. Install warning tape in accordance with Section 17, General Piping.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 HANDLING AND STORAGE
A. All pipe, fittings, etc., shall be carefully handled and protected against damage, impact shock, free fall, and scoring. All pipe handling equipment shall be acceptable to the ENGINEER. Pipe shall be stored in a manner that protects the pipe against injury or damage. Stacking of polyethylene pipe will not be allowed. All plastic materials should be stored out of direct sunlight.

B. The CONTRACTOR shall inspect each pipe and fitting prior to butt-fusion welding and again prior to installation. Any damaged pipe or fittings shall be repaired or replaced by the CONTRACTOR, at no additional expense to the CITY and to the satisfaction of the ENGINEER. Damage shall include, but not be limited to, gouges, cuts, or scratches of a depth greater than five percent (5%) of the pipe wall.

C. Prior to butt-fusion welding or installation, each pipe or fitting shall be thoroughly cleaned of any foreign substance that may have collected thereon and shall be kept clean at all times thereafter. The material used to clean the pipe and fittings shall be as recommended by the pipe manufacturer.

3.2 BUTT-FUSION WELDING
A. Only technicians who have been certified in accordance with the requirements of paragraph 1.4.E shall be allowed to operate the butt-fusion welding equipment.

B. Butt-fusion welds shall be performed in accordance with manufacturers instructions. The butt-fusion welding procedures are summarized below:

1. Clean each pipe end with a clean cotton cloth to remove dirt, oil, grease, and other foreign materials.

2. Square (face) the mating surfaces of each of the pipes to be fused.

3. Bring the two (2) pipe ends together and adjust the pipe locations to ensure proper alignment.

4. Verify that the surface temperature of the heater plate is between 375-400 degrees Fahrenheit and then clean the heater surface with a clean cotton cloth.

5. Insert the heater plate between the pipe ends, bring the ends into firm contact with the heater plate without applying pressure, and achieve a proper melt pattern.

8.d
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 266

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________ Technical Provisions 2024 Sewer Lateral Replacement
Page TP-102 Project No. 1737-24

6. After achieving the proper melt bead, remove the heater plate and quickly examine the pipe ends for complete melt.

7. Once complete melt has been accomplished, rapidly bring the pipe ends together and apply pressure as recommended by the pipe manufacturer.

8. Hold the pressure constant and at the proper level throughout the cooling period, for the minimum time period recommended by the pipe manufacturer or as necessary to achieve proper cooling.

9. Do not backfill or expose pipe to water or any medium that may accelerate cooling of the pipe until fused joints have reached ambient temperature. Joints shall not be loaded until they have properly cooled.

C. The CONTRACTOR shall mark each joint with the individual joint number, corresponding to the joint identification number appearing on the printout of the data logger attached to the butt-fusion welding machine. The printout shall be attached to the pipe near the joint for collection by the ENGINEER.

D. The CONTRACTOR shall remove both the internal and external melt bead from the welded joint. Bead removal shall be accomplished in a manner that does not score or gouge the pipe.

3.3 INSTALLATION
A. HDPE pipe shall be used for pipe bursting applications only, unless indicated otherwise in the Contract Documents or approved by the ENGINEER. The CONTRACTOR shall insert the pipe into the horizontal boring through properly prepared insertion and receiving pits, in accordance with the requirements of ASTM F 585.

B. The maximum pulling force that may be applied to any pipe shall be calculated as follows:

F = SA
where F = maximum pulling force on pipe (lb.)
S = maximum allowable stress (1000 psi)
A = cross-sectional area of pipe wall (square inches)
The cross-sectional area of the pipe wall shall be calculated as follows:

A = (D-t)t
where D = outside diameter (in)
t = minimum wall thickness (in)

8.d
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 267

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________ Technical Provisions 2024 Sewer Lateral Replacement
Page TP-103 Project No. 1737-24
C. The CONTRACTOR shall take care not to drag the pipe over rocks or rough surfaces that may damage the pipe. An appropriate pulling head shall be attached to the end of the pipe and shall be used for pulling the pipe at all times.

D. Manhole connections shall be made by attaching a collar to the end of the pipe and encasing the collar in the manhole wall using grout, in accordance with the Contract Documents. The collar shall not be used for pulling the pipe into the horizontal boring.

E. Following installation, the insertion and receiving pits, and any other excavations used, shall be backfilled in accordance with the requirements of Section 4, Earthwork.

3.4 TESTING
HDPE pipeline testing shall be performed in accordance with Section 12, Sanitary Sewer System Testing.

END OF SECTION

8.d
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 268

8.d
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 269

APPENDIX A

DAILY WORK REPORT

8.d
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 270

This Page Intentionally Left Blank

8.d
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 271

EQUIPMENT AND LABOR

IDLE OR DOWN

DESCRIPTION
(Equipment or Labor)
NO.

PERSONS EQUIPMENT NO.
other remarks)

REMARKS
(Reason for Idleness or
WEATHER HOURS - ITEM NO.

Project:

Project No.:

CITY OF SAN CARLOS

DAILY INSPECTION REPORT
Report No.:

Date:

Day:

Shift Start: Stop:

REPORT INSPECTOR'S DAILY
Location and Description of Operation:

NOTES/COMMENTS:

PRINT NAME SIGNATURE TITLE

8.d
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 272

APPENDIX B

CITY STANDARD DETAILS

8.d
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 273

This Page Intentionally Left Blank

8.d
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 274

8.d
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 275

CITY OF SAN CARLOS, CALIFORNIA STANDARD DETAIL
The City of GoodLiving MANHOLE WALLS13STANDARD CONNECTION TO

8.d
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 276

CITY OF SAN CARLOS, CALIFORNIA STANDARD DETAIL
The City of GoodLiving COVER AND FRAME14STANDARD MANHOLE

8.d
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 277

8.d
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 278

8.d
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 279

APPENDIX C

LATERAL REPLACEMENT LIST

8.d
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 280

This Page Intentionally Left Blank

8.d
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 281

# Location
Estimated Full
Length of
Lateral (LF)
Depth Street / Easement Pipe Material Type of Repair Estimate
Approach
(Trench or Burst)
1 510 Walnut 26' 3 ‐4' Street VCP Full Replacement Burst 2 703 Crestview 35' 6' Street VCP Full Replacement Burst 3 1007 Riverton 29' 3' Street VCP Full Replacement Burst 4 602 Cedar 30' 3 ‐4' Street VCP Full Replacement Burst 5 1022 Cherry 25' 3 ‐4' Street VCP Full Replacement Burst 6 926 Bransten 34' 4' Street VCP Full Replacement Burst 7 607 Dartmouth 23' 2' Street VCP Full Replacement Burst 8 41 Ensenada 25' 3 ‐4' Street VCP Full Replacement Burst 9 108 Aster 30' 4' Street VCP Full Replacement Burst
10 205 Devonshire 41' 5' Street VCP/SDR Full Replacement Burst 11 1100 Orange 21' 3' ‐5' Street VCP Full Replacement Burst 12 1052 Hewitt 45' 5' Street VCP Full Replacement Burst 13 968 Hall 22' 2 ‐3' Street VCP Full Replacement Burst 14 2602 Howard 36' 4' Street VCP Full Replacement Burst 15 1029 Walnut 27' 4' Street VCP Full Replacement Burst 16 1564 Morse 19' 3' Street VCP Full replacement Burst
17 1321 Holly 23' 4' Street Cast/VCP Full replacement Burst 18 936 Sunset 8' 2' ‐3' Street VCP Full replacement Trench 19 3 El Sereno 8'‐10' 3' Easement VCP
Full replacement Trench
20 1317 Oakhurst 30' 3 ‐4' Street VCP Full Replacement Burst 21 125 Acacia 10' 4' Easement SDR/VCP Full replacement Trench 23 1043 Riverton 27' 4' Street VCP Full replacement Burst 24 875 Knoll 8' 3 ‐4' Street VCP Full replacement Burst 25 23 Granite 6' 5 ‐6' Easement VCP Full replacement Trench 26 120 Brook 37' 3 ‐4' Street VCP/SDR point repar Full replacement Burst Appendix D ‐ 2024 Lateral Replacement List
22 2031 Eaton 18' 4 ‐5' Street Cast/VCP Full replacement Burst

8.d
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 282

CITY COUNCIL

STAFF REPORT
MEETING DATE: March 25, 2024
ITEM TITLE: Deny Claim of Maria Pisani.

RECOMMENDATION:

Staff recommends that the City Council deny the claim of Maria Pisani as recommended by the Sedgwick representative.

FISCAL IMPLICATIONS:

None for this action.

BACKGROUND:

This item is coming before the Council to act on the claim submitted by Maria Pisani (“Claimant”).

Staff recommends that the City Council deny the claim based on Sedgwick’s guidance.

The Tort Claims Act. California Government Code Sections 900, seq., mandates that all claims for money or damages against a public entity must be presented in writing to the public entity prior to filing suit. Generally, claims concerning personal injury, wrongful death, damage to personal property, or damage to crops must be presented to the public within six (6) months of the accrual of the claim. All other claims, principally claims on contracts and damage to real property, are subject to a one-year statute of limitations for presentation of the tort claim. Once a tort claim is received by the public entity, the entity has forty-five (45) days to act on the claim. A claim can be settled or rejected. If no action is taken within 45 days, the claim is deemed rejected by operation of law on the last day.

Claims Processing in San Carlos. When the City receives a claim, the claim is immediately forwarded to claims examiners at Sedgwick for investigation. After Sedgwick investigates the claim, Sedgwick provides a recommendation to the City on the handling of the claim.

About Sedgwick. Sedgwick is a leading global provider of technology-enabled risk, benefits and integrated business solutions. In July 2019, Sedgwick acquired York Risk Services Group (“York”). York was originally hired through the Pooled Liability Assurance Network Joint Powers Authority (“PLAN JPA”), and Sedgwick will continue claims administration services to provide claims administration services to the City. The City Council approved the City’s participation in the PLAN JPA (previously known as the Association of Bay Area Government Pooled Liability Assurance Network or “ABAG PLAN”) on November 27, 2017 and designated the Administrative Services Director and Senior Management Analyst as primary and alternate PLAN JPA Board members.

8.e
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 283

ANALYSIS:

Claimant filed a claim against the City for a trip and fall incident. The Claimant alleged that on July 30, 2023, while walking on the east side of Elm Street in front of and/or adjacent to 387 Elm Street, she tripped and fell over a raised sidewalk. Claimant requests compensation in excess of $10,000 for her injury.

Staff did not find related records of any previous notice or complaints at the loss location. In addition, per San Carlos Municipal Code section 12.04.020, property owners are required to maintain and repair the sidewalk area in front of their homes. If, as a result of the failure of any property owner to maintain the sidewalk area in a safe and non-dangerous condition any person suffers bodily injury or property damage, the owner shall be liable to such person for the resulting damage or injury. As such, Sedgwick recommends formal rejection of Maria Pisani’s claim.

The Council’s rejection of this claim does not prevent City staff nor the staff of Sedgwick from continuing to work with the claimant to resolve the dispute.

ALTERNATIVES:

The alternatives available to the City Council include:

1. Deny the claim of Maria Pisani; or

2. Do not deny the claim of Maria Pisani; or

3. Provide staff with alternative direction.

Respectfully submitted by:

Rebecca Mendenhall, Administrative Services Director
Approved for submission by:
_______________________
Jeff Maltbie, City Manager
ATTACHMENT(S):

1. Pisani Claim

8.e
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 284

8.e
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 285

8.e
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 286

8.e
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 287

8.e
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 288

8.e
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 289

8.e
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 290

Police report was provided as an
attachment; however, the report
has been taken out for privacy
concerns.

8.e
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 291

CITY COUNCIL

STAFF REPORT
MEETING DATE: March 25, 2024
ITEM TITLE: Deny Claim of Mirella Eiras.

RECOMMENDATION:

Staff recommends that the City Council deny the claim of Mirella Eiras as recommended by the Sedgwick representative.

FISCAL IMPLICATIONS:

None for this action.

BACKGROUND:

This item is coming before the Council to act on the claim submitted by Mirella Eiras. Staff recommends that the Council deny the claim based on Sedgwick’s guidance.

8.f
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 292

ANALYSIS:

Mirella Eiras (“Claimant”) filed a claim against the City for property damages related to a sewer backup incident at her residence on January 22, 2024. Claimant alleged that the City’s contractors made a mistake and caused sewage to back up through her house while working on sewer lines in her neighborhood. On February 22, 2024, City staff received a notice that the Claimant retained the Law Office of Anderlini & McSweeney to represent her in her property damage claim against the City.

Staff investigated this claim and found that the City‘s contractor JMB Construction, Inc. was responsible for work and construction at the loss location. Records show that the City entered into an agreement with JMB Construction, Inc. on September 14, 2023. The agreement shows an indemnity clause to defend, indemnify, and hold City harmless from any and all claims and liabilities related to or as a result of the Contractor’s performance. For this reason, Sedgwick tendered the claim to JMB Construction and recommends formal rejection of Mirella Eiras’ claim.

The Council’s rejection of this claim does not prevent City staff or the staff of Sedgwick from continuing to work with claimant to resolve the dispute.

ALTERNATIVES:

The alternatives available to the City Council include:

1. Deny claim of Mirella Eiras; or

2. Do not deny claim of Mirella Eiras; or

3. Provide staff with alternative direction.

Respectfully submitted by:

Rebecca Mendenhall, Administrative Services Director
Approved for submission by:
_______________________
Jeff Maltbie, City Manager
ATTACHMENT(S):

1.Eiras, M. Claim

8.f
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 293

8.f
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 294

8.f
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 295

8.f
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 296

8.f
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 297

8.f
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 298

8.f
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 299

8.f
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 300

8.f
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 301

8.f
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 302

8.f
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 303

8.f
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 304

8.f
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 305

8.f
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 306

8.f
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 307

8.f
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 308

8.f
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 309

8.f
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 310

8.f
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 311

8.f
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 312

8.f
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 313

8.f
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 314

8.f
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 315

8.f
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 316

8.f
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 317

8.f
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 318

8.f
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 319

8.f
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 320

8.f
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 321

CITY COUNCIL

STAFF REPORT
MEETING DATE: March 25, 2024
ITEM TITLE: Adopt a Resolution Accepting the Grant of a Ten-Feet-Wide Storm Drain Easement from Zachary Turner and Hailey Turner at 227 Edgehill Road.

RECOMMENDATION:

Staff recommends that the City Council adopt a Resolution accepting the grant of a ten-feet-wide storm drain easement from Zachary Turner and Hailey Turner at 227 Edgehill Road.

FISCAL IMPLICATIONS:

Accepting the easement will have no financial impact on the City.

BACKGROUND:

Zachary Turner and Hailey Turner, property owners of 227 Edgehill Road, applied for permits to demolish an existing single-family home and construct a new, two-story home with a detached accessory dwelling unit. An 18-inch storm drain that carries runoff from Emerald Avenue to Edgehill Drive exists across the frontage of the property. During the City’s plan review process, records indicated that the City does not have an easement over the existing storm drain. To enable future maintenance of the storm drain by the City, the property owner has agreed to grant the City a storm drain easement.

ANALYSIS:

A storm drain easement is required by the City for the purposes of access, maintenance, replacement, and repair of the existing storm drain facility at 227 Edgehill Road. Staff recommends that the City Council adopt the Resolution accepting the grant of storm drain easement.

ALTERNATIVES:

The alternatives available to the City Council include:

1. Adopt a Resolution accepting the grant of a ten-feet-wide storm drain easement from Zachary Turner and Hailey Turner at 227 Edgehill Road; or

2. Do not adopt the Resolution; or

3. Provide staff with alternative direction.

8.g
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 322

Respectfully submitted by:

Steven Machida, Public Works Director
Approved for submission by:
_______________________
Jeff Maltbie, City Manager
ATTACHMENT(S):

1. Resolution
Exhibit A to Resolution - Deed of Easement

8.g
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 323

RESOLUTION NO. 2024 – ____

A RESOLUTION OF THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF SAN CARLOS

ACCEPTING THE GRANT OF A TEN-FEET-WIDE STORM DRAIN EASEMENT FROM ZACHARY TURNER AND HAILEY TURNER AT 227 EDGEHILL ROAD.

WHEREAS, the property owners applied for permits to demolish an existing single-family home and construct a new, two-story home with a detached accessory dwelling unit; and WHEREAS, an 18-inch storm drain that carries runoff from Emerald Avenue to Edgehill Drive exists across the frontage of the property; and
WHEREAS, during the City’s plan review process, records indicated that the City does not have an easement over the existing storm drain; and
WHEREAS, a storm drain easement is needed over the private property for the purposes of access, maintenance, replacement, and repair of the existing storm drain facility; and WHEREAS, to enable future maintenance of the storm drain by the City, the property owners are willing to grant the City a storm drain easement.

NOW, THEREFORE BE IT RESOLVED, that the San Carlos City Council hereby accepts the Grant of Storm Drain Easement, described and shown on Exhibit A attached hereto and made a part hereof.
* * * * *
I, Crystal Mui, hereby certify that the foregoing Resolution was duly and regularly passed and adopted by the City Council of the City of San Carlos at a scheduled meeting thereof held on the 25th day of March, 2024 by the following vote:
________________________________
CITY CLERK of the City of San Carlos
APPROVED:
___________________________
MAYOR of the City of San Carlos
Exhibit A. Grant of Storm Drain Easement
AYES, COUNCILMEMBERS:

NOES, COUNCILMEMBERS:

ABSENT, COUNCILMEMBERS:

8.g
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 324

RECORDING REQUESTED BY: No Documentary Transfer Tax Due City of San Carlos
AFTER RECORDING RETURN TO:

City of San Carlos
Public Works, Engineering Division
600 Elm Street
San Carlos, CA 94070-3085
No recordation Fee Required per Government Code Sec 6103 Space above this line for Recorder's Use Governmental entity acquiring title.

Tax exempt effective November 10, 1969

DEED OF EASEMENT
FOR VALUABLE CONSIDERATION, receipt of which hereby acknowledged, GRANTORS: Zachary Turner and Hailey Turner
hereby grant to the City of San Carlos, a municipal corporation of the State of California a storm drain easement, 10 feet width, for the purposes of installation, maintenance, replacement, and repair of storm drain facilities, in, on, over, under, along and across the real property situate in the City of San Carlos, County of San Mateo, State of California, including the right to excavate, construct, install, Operate, repair, maintain, and replace storm drain pipe, facilities and appurtenances thereto, as described in Exhibit “A” and depicted in Exhibit “B”, attached hereto and made a part hereof.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, GRANTORS have executed this document this IZM dayor, (bbe , 2023.

(PLACE NOTARY SEAL ABOVE) By: Date: /O -/2-202-3
(Zachary Turfer, Owner
Date: /0-/2 -202 §
Hailey Tufnér, Owner

8.g
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 325

CALIFORNIA ACKNOWLEDGMENT CIVIL CODE § 1189

Anotary public or other officer completing this certificate verifies only the identity of the individual who signed the document to which this certificate is attached, and not the truthfulness, accuracy, or validity of that document.

State of California \
County of +eo0
on_OC+0ber 12,2022 _betore me, __¢ M0. A : Chness Notary publia, Date Here Insert Name and Title of the Officer ; =. personally appeared

Name(s) of Signer(s) ——————SS ee
who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person(s) whose name(s) is/are subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/she/they executed the same in his/her/their authorized capacity(ies), and that by his/her/their signature(s) on the instrument the person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which the person(s) acted, executed the instrument.

| certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the
laws of the State of California that the foregoing
paragraph is true and correct. GINA A. JONES COMM. #2358064 Notary Public - California San Mateo County
Comm. Expires May 18, 2025

WITNESS my hand and official seal.

Place Notary Seal and/or Stamp Above Signature of Notary Public r ~ OPTIONAL
Completing this information can deter alteration of the document or | fraudulent reattachment of this form to an unintended document.

LOUN

Description of Attached Document _ =
Title or Type of Document: Fr
Document Date: +6 12623 Number of Pages:_ O NE& _
Signer(s) Other Than Named Above: _ <a>.

| Capacity(ies) Claimed by Signer(s)
Signer’s Name: Signer’s Name: O Corporate Officer — Title(s): O Corporate Officer — Title(s):

Q Partner - O Limited O General D Partner — O Limited O General O Individual D Attorney in Fact O Individual 0 Attorney in Fact O Trustee Guardian or Conservator +O Trustee O Guardian or Conservator O Other: QO Others Signer is Representing: Signer is Representing:

8.g
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 326

LEGAL DESCRIPTION
FOR PROPOSED 10’-WIDE STORM DRAIN EASEMENT
227 EDGEHILL DRIVE, SAN CARLOS, SAN MATEO COUNTY, CALIFORNIA All that certain real property situate in the City of San Carlos, County of San Mateo, State of California, being a portion of Lot 48, Block 14 as said Lot and Block are shown on that certain Map entitled “White Oaks Tract Subdivision No.3”, filed for record in the Office of the Recorder of said County and State on May 3, 1926, in Book 13 of Maps at Pages 59 through 61, and being more particularly described as follows:

A ten-foot wide easement for storm drain purposes, lying five feet on each side of the following described centerline:

Beginning at a point on the southerly line of said Lot, said point lying South 78°30°00” East,

22.43 feet from the southwesterly corner of said Lot;
Thence leaving said southerly line North 9°24’18” East, 50.03 feet to the point of terminus on the northerly line of said Lot.

The sidelines of said easement shall be prolonged or shortened so as to terminate in said southerly and northerly lines of said Lot, as shown on the plat attached hereto and made a part hereof.

Description prepared by MacLeod and Associates, Inc.

Daniel G. L.S. 5304
£EB. 23, 2023
Date

8.g
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 327

LOT 47
= _N 783000" W 22.08 “

5.0 |
|
|
|
|
| PROPERTY LINE

EASEMENT LINE

CENTERLINE
LOT 48
BLOCK 14
13 MAPS 59-61
(50 — R/W)
18” E__50.03"

EDGEHILL
DRIVE
N
9°24718"_

PROPOSED
10’-WIDE
STORM
DRAIN

EASEMENT
3 \

5.0"
S 7830 00° £ 22.43"
(aig OR, Soap EASMENT —\_poINT OF BEGINNING
LOT 49
TITLE: PLAT TO ACCOMPANY LEGAL DESCRIPTION FOR
10—WIDE STORM DRAIN EASEMENT — 227 EDGEHILL DRIVE
‘AN CARLOS SAN MATEO COUNTY CALIFORNIA
PLAT: DATE:

OPM
JOB #
02-23-23 | 4838-20
MacLEOD AND ASSOCIATES CIVIL ENGINEERING + LAND SURVEYING 965 CENTER STREET SAN CARLOS CA 94070 (650) 593-8580

8.g
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 328

CERTIFICATE OF ACCEPTANCE
This is to certify that the interest in real property conveyed to the City of San Carlos by the Easement Deed (10 feet width Storm Drain Easement (227 Edgehill Drive)) dated October 12, 2023, from Zachary Turner and Hailey Turner, is hereby accepted in accordance with Resolution No. _______ adopted by the City Council of the City of San Carlos on ______ _ 202_, and the City consents to recordation thereof by its duly authorized officer.

Dated: _______ , 202_
By:

City Clerk of the City of San Carlos
A notary public or other officer completing this certificate verifies only the identity of the individual who signed the document to which this certificate is attached, and not the truthfulness, accuracy, or validity of that document.

STATE OF CALIFORNIA

COUNTY OF
ss.

On _______ , 202_, before me, _____________ , a Notary Public in and for said State, personally appeared _____________ , who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person(s) whose name(s) is/are subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/she/they executed the same in his/her/their authorized capacity(ies), and that by his/her/their signature(s) on the instrument the person(s) or the entity upon behalf of which the person(s) acted, executed the instrument.

I certify under PENAL TY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct.

WITNESS my hand and official seal.

My commission number is: _______ _
My commission expires: ________ _
(Notary Signature) (THIS AREA FOR OFFICIAL NOTARIAL SEAL)

8.g
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 329

CITY COUNCIL

STAFF REPORT
MEETING DATE: March 25, 2024
ITEM TITLE: Adopt a Resolution Accepting Grants of a Public Access Easement and a Street Easement from Brittan West Owner, LLC on Portions of the Property at 1091 Industrial Road.

RECOMMENDATION:

Staff recommends that the City Council adopt a Resolution accepting grants of a public access easement and a street easement from Brittan West Owner, LLC on portions of the property at 1091 Industrial Road.

FISCAL IMPLICATIONS:

Accepting the easements will have no financial impact on the City.

BACKGROUND:

An office/laboratory project has been developed on 1091 Industrial Road. As part of the conditions for development, certain street frontage improvements were required such as a traffic signal, underground utilities, curb ramps, sidewalks, and landscaping. In addition, the developer is to dedicate a right-of-way to widen the intersection at Industrial Road and Brittan Avenue. In order to accommodate all the required improvements, the corner fronting the property at the intersection of Industrial Road and Brittan Avenue was pulled back to construct a sidewalk and widen the street.

ANALYSIS:

A public access easement over the private property is necessary for public access across portions of the sidewalk along Industrial Road and Brittan Avenue. In addition, a street easement is also required for right-of-way uses. Staff recommends that the City Council adopt the Resolution accepting the grants of a public access easement and a street easement.

ALTERNATIVES:

The alternatives available to the City Council include:

1. Adopt a Resolution accepting grants of a public access easement and a street easement from Brittan West Owner, LLC on portions of the property at 1091 Industrial Road; or

2. Do not adopt the Resolution; or

3. Provide staff with alternative direction.

8.h
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 330

Respectfully submitted by:

Steven Machida, Public Works Director
Approved for submission by:
_______________________
Jeff Maltbie, City Manager
ATTACHMENT(S):

1. Resolution
Exhibit A to Resolution - Deed of Easement - Public Access Exhibit B to Resolution - Deed of Easement - Street

8.h
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 331

RESOLUTION NO. 2024 – ____

A RESOLUTION OF THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF SAN CARLOS

ACCEPTING GRANTS OF A PUBLIC ACCESS EASEMENT AND A STREET EASEMENT

FROM BRITTAN WEST OWNER, LLC ON PORTIONS OF THE PROPERTY AT 1091 INDUSTRIAL ROAD.

WHEREAS, an office/laboratory project has been developed on 1091 Industrial Road; and WHEREAS, as part of the conditions for development, the developer is to dedicate right- of-way for widening the intersection at Industrial Road and Brittan Avenue; and WHEREAS, to accommodate all the required improvements, the corner fronting the property at the intersection of Industrial Road and Brittan Avenue was pulled back to widen the intersection. Areas fronting the property were used for the construction of sidewalk and widened street; and
WHEREAS, a public access easement is needed over the private property for public access across portions of the sidewalk along Industrial Road and Brittan Avenue, and a street easement is needed for right-of-way uses.

NOW, THEREFORE BE IT RESOLVED, that the San Carlos City Council hereby accepts the Grants of Public Access Easement and Street Easement, described and shown on Exhibits A and B attached hereto and made a part hereof.
* * * * *
I, City Clerk Crystal Mui, hereby certify that the foregoing Resolution was duly and regularly passed and adopted by the City Council of the City of San Carlos at a scheduled meeting thereof held on the 25th day of March, 2024 by the following vote:
________________________________
CITY CLERK of the City of San Carlos
APPROVED:
___________________________
MAYOR of the City of San Carlos
Exhibits:

A. Deed of Public Easement
B. Deed of Street Easement
AYES, COUNCILMEMBERS:

NOES, COUNCILMEMBERS:

ABSENT, COUNCILMEMBERS:

8.h
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 332

RECORDING REQUESTED BY: No Documentary Transfer Tax Due City of San Carlos
AFTER RECORDING RETURN TO:

City of San Carlos
Engineering Division
600 Elm Street
San Carlos, CA 94070-3085 |
No recordation Fee Required per Government Code Sec 6103 Space above this line for Recorder’s Use Governmental entity acquiring title.

Tax exempt effective November 10, 1969

DEED OF EASEMENT
FOR VALUABLE CONSIDERATION, receipt of which hereby acknowledged, GRANTOR: BRITTAN WEST OWNER, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company hereby grants to the City of San Carlos, a municipal corporation of the State of California a Public Access Easement for the purpose of public access on, over, along and across the real property situate in the City of San Carlos, County of San Mateo, State of California, as described in Exhibit “A” and depicted in Exhibit “B”, attached hereto and made a part hereof.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, GRANTOR(S) have executed this document this 15 dayof_Teeeaey , 2024.
» ZBOZE Name: Michael Halow
Title: Manager

8.h
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 333

CALIFORNIA ALL-PURPOSE ACKNOWLEDGEMENT

A notary public or ather officer completing this certificate onion cnty the inti ot te indivicval who signed
doctnent, lo whit thle cariticale fe etlached, and nc the teultiviness, accuracy, dr Valcity of thek document,

STATE OF CALIFORNIA }
}SS. STATE OF CALIPORNEA cou OF SAN } CONTRA COSTA COMNTY MAT we
On Febuary 1s” AP before me, ah Pho, Notary
Public, personally appeared Mr cha él who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the ae names} is/are subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/ske/they executed the same in his/her/their authorized capacity(iesyand by his/herZtheir signaturefsyon the instrument the person{s), or the entity upon behalf of which the person(syacted, executed the instrument.

| certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct.

WITNESS my hand and offiefaT seal
apepsonessonens
ne COMM. #
BF A NOTARY PUBLIC © CALIFORNIA &
eet CONTRACOSTACOUNTY
z Sew ‘Commission Expires JUNE 4, 2025 $ ARnne need eT ORL CLORC NOTED Signature
OPEN
(PLACE NOTARY SEAL ABOVE)

8.h
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 334

October 23, 2023 7] BKF No. 20190150 7 | Page 1 of 2
EXHIBIT “A”
Legal Description

PUBLIC ACCESS EASEMENT
1091 Industrial Road, San Carlos, CA
An Easement over real property situate in the City of San Carlos, County of San Mateo, State of California, described as follows:

Being a portion of Parcel 1, as said Parcel is shown on that certain Parcel Map, filed for record on October 29, 1968 in Book 6 of Parcel Maps at Page 37, Records of San Mateo County, more particularly described as follows:

Commencing at the most westerly corner of said Parcel 1, said comer being also on the northeasterly right- of-way line of Industrial Road, being 80.00 feet in width, as shown on said Parcel Map; Thence along said northeasterly right-of-way line of Industrial Road, South 35°57°58” East, 64.53 feet to the POINT OF BEGINNING; Thence leaving said Point and said northeasterly right-of-way line of Industrial Road, the following courses and distances:

South 39°59°17” East, 69.18 feet;
South 80°58’01” East, 17.16 feet;
South 42°39’ 12” East, 37.82 feet;
South 08°53’ 10” West, 21.83 feet;
South 35°57758” East, 43.85 feet;
South 42°39°57” East, 55.11 feet;
South 48°26’26” East, 3.17 feet;
North 81°19°09” East, 7.80 feet;
South 87°51’22” East, 4.11 feet;
South 66°45’ 18” East, 7.59 feet;
North 66°05°38” East, 5.86 feet;
North 51°02°24” East, 166.57 feet to the northwesterly right-of-way line of Brittan Avenue, being 66.00 feet in width, as shown on said Parcel Map; e@eeneeeeeneeve
Thence along said northwesterly right-of-way line of Brittan Avenue, South 47°20°52” West, 93.18 feet; Thence leaving said northwesterly right-of-way line of Brittan Avenue, the following courses and distances:
© South 51°02°24” West, 71.90 feet to the beginning of a tangent curve to the right, having a radius of 30.00 feet; ¢ Westerly along said curve, through a central angle of 88°00°48”, an arc length of 46.08 feet; © North 40°56’°48” West, 39.64 feet to said northeasterly right-of-way line of Industrial Road; Thence along said northeasterly right-of-way line of Industrial Road, North 35°57°58” West, 188.77 feet to the POINT OF BEGINNING.

Containing an area of 2,920 square feet, more or less.

As shown on EXHIBIT “B” plat attached hereto and made a part hereof.

8.h
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 335

EXHIBIT “A”
Legal Description

PUBLIC ACCESS EASEMENT
1091 Industrial Road, San Carlos, CA

Page 2 of 2 ends

This legal description was prepared by me, or under my direction, pursuant to the requirements of the Professional Land Surveyors’ Act. by. Se John Koroyan
P.L.S. No. 8883
Date: OcL. 23, 2024

8.h
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 336

PARCEL 1
6 PM 37

BRITTAN WEST OWNER, LLC
O.R. 2021-048360
APN 046-151-060 Z0.1GS PUBLIC ACCESS
EASEMENT 2,920 SQ.FT.+
O6'IL
M42.
aoe g42'39'12"E 37.82 P.0.C. P.0,B.

64.53" ~
mane \..$35°57 58"E
$3557'58"E
e 43.85"
N35°57'58"W 188,77"
N35'57'58"W 328.89'(T) STREET EASEMENT BY

SEPARATE INSTRUMENT

INDUSTRIAL ROAD
(80' WIDE)

UNE TABLE
BEARING | LENGTH
saoss’ot"E | 17.16"
| 2 | soessto"w | 21.83"
Ls | saz3e’57"e | 55.11"
L4 | $46°26'26"E 3.17’
N8119’09"E 7.80° [nerisros"e | 7.80" | | enn L6 | $87°51’22"E 4.17 APN L7 | $66°45'18"E
NQ.}| RADIUS | DELTA | LENGTH
ASSESSOR'S PARCEL NUMBER ; PER ROLL YEAR 2022-2023 7.59 P.O.B.

Ls | nesvs‘se"e | sect | £-0°

POINT OF BEGINNING

POINT OF COMMENCEMENT
SQUARE FEET "56748" PM PARCEL MAP sa | NAC SSE OR. OFFICIAL RECORD (T) TOTAL DISTANCE
—— — —— CENTER LINE
— me am ~EASEMENT LINE
kK: \2019\190150_1 091_JNDUSTIAL_RD_SC\SUR\DWG\PLATS\PAE\PAE.DWG 1730 N. FIRST STREET
SUITE 600
Fava SAN JOSE, CA 95112

SUBJECT PUBLIC ACCESS EASEMENT
4091_| TAL_ROAD, SAN CARLOS, CA JOB NO. 20190150 (408) 467-9100 BY ‘CASC_ www.bkf.com BA APPR, JVK DATE__10~ 4 OF

8.h
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 337

Mathematical Closure Calculations

PUBLIC ACCESS EASEMENT
1091 Industrial Road, San Carlos, CA
October 23, 2023
BKF No. 20190150 Parcel Map Check
Parcel Name: PUBLIC ACCESS EASEMENT
North: 2,010,391.74” East: 6,054,121.31’
Line Course: $39° 59” 17”E Length: 69.18”
North: 2,010,338.74° East: 6,054,165.77°
Line Course: S80° 58’ 01°E Length: 17.16°
North: 2,010,336.05° East: 6,054,182.72°
Line Course: $42° 39° 12”E Length: 37.82’
North: 2,010,308.23’ East: 6,054,208.35’
Line Course: $8° 53° 10°W Length: 21.83”
North: 2,010,286.66" East: 6,054,204.98°
Line Course: $35° 57’ 58”E Length: 43.85”
North: 2,010,251.17° East: 6,054,230.73°
Line Course: $42° 39° 57”E Length: 55.11”
North: 2,010,210.65” East: 6,054,268.08”
Line Course: 848° 26’ 26"E Length: 3.17’
North: 2,010,208.55’ East: 6,054,270.45°
Line Course: N81° 19’ 09°E Length: 7.80’
North: 2,010,209.73” East: 6,054,278.16"
Line Course: $87° 51 22”E Length: 4.11”
North: 2,010,209.58’ East: 6,054,282.27°
Line Course: 66° 45’ 18”E Length: 7.59”
North: 2,010,206.58’ East: 6,054,289,24°
Line Course: N66° 05’ 38”E Length: 5.86’
North: 2,010,208.95’ East: 6,054,294.60’
Line Course: N51° 02’ 24”°E Length: 166.57’
North: 2,010,313.69° East: 6,054,424.12”
Line Course: $47° 20° 52”W Length: 93.18’
North: 2,010,250.56’ East: 6,054,355.59”
Line Course: $51° 02° 24”"W Length: 71.90°
North: 2,010,205.35” East: 6,054,299.68°
Sheet 1 of 2

8.h
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 338

Curve Length: 46.08’
Line
Line
Perimeter: 879.62”
Error Closure: 0.00’
Error North: 0.00’
Delta: 88°00°48”
Chord: 41.68”
Course In: N38° 57’ 36°W
RP North: 2,010,228.68’
End North: 2,010,209.02°
Course: N40° 56’ 48”W
North: 2,010,238.96°
Course: N35° 57° 58”°,W
North: 2,010,391.74°
Precision 1: 879,620,000.00°
Radius: 30.00°
Tangent: 28.98’
Course: N84° 57° 12”W
Course Out: 849° 03’ 12”W
East: 6,054,280.82°
East: 6,054,258.16°
Length: 39.64’
East: 6,054,232.18°
Length: 188.77’
East: 6,054,121.31”
Area; 2,920 Sq. Ft. or 0.067 Ac.

Course: NO° 00’ 00”E
East: 0.00’

Sheet 2 of 2

8.h
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 339

CERTIFICATE OF ACCEPTANCE
This is to certify that the interest in real property conveyed to the City of San Carlos by the Easement Deed (Public Access Easement (1091 Industrial Road)) dated February 15, 2024, from Brittan West Owner, LLC, is hereby accepted in accordance with Resolution No. _______ adopted by the City Council of the City of San Carlos on ______ _ 202_, and the City consents to recordation thereof by its duly authorized officer.

Dated: _______ , 202_
By:

STATE OF CALIFORNIA

COUNTY OF
ss.

I certify under PENAL TY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct.

WITNESS my hand and official seal.

My commission number is: _______ _
My commission expires: ________ _
(Notary Signature) (THIS AREA FOR OFFICIAL NOTARIAL SEAL)

8.h
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 340

RECORDING REQUESTED BY: No Documentary Transfer Tax Due City of San Carlos |
AFTER RECORDING RETURN TO:

City of San Carlos
Planning Division
600 Elm Street
San Carlos, CA 94070-3085
No recordation Fee Required per Government Code Sec 6103 Space above this line for Recorder’s Use Governmental entity acquiring title.

Tax exempt effective November 10, 1969 _

DEED OF EASEMENT
FOR VALUABLE CONSIDERATION, receipt of which hereby acknowledged, GRANTORS: BRITTAN WEST OWNER, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company hereby grant to the City of San Carlos, a municipal corporation of the State of California a STREET EASEMENT, for the purposes of installation, maintenance, replacement, and repair of street facilities, in, on, over, under, along and across the real property situate in the City of San Carlos, County of San Mateo, State of California, including the right to excavate, construct, install, operate, repair, maintain, and replace streets and street facilities and appurtenances thereto, as described in Exhibit “A” and depicted in Exhibit “B”, attached hereto and made a part hereof.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, GRANTORS have executed this document this ZZ dayof_ Decemve- , 2023.

8.h
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 341

CALIFORNIA ALL-PURPOSE ACKNOWLEDGEMENT
STATE OF CALIFORNIA }
ISS. GQMTRA COSTA -COUNTY-OF SAN-MATEO, }
On (Lp) 203 before me, A- Si “gh Rola Notary Public, personally appeared MU ic has ] Nolo iJ who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person(s) whose name(s) is/are subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/she/they executed the same in his/her/their authorized capacity(ies) and by his/her/their signature(s) on the instrument the person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which the person(s) acted, executed the instrument.

| certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct.

WITNESS my hand and official seal.

Signature
NIAAA,
NGH BOLA COMM #2333123 s 0 BLIC ®CALIFORNIA. & TRA COSTA - pires SEPT 03, 2024 (PLACE NOTARY SEAL ABOVE)
By Trustor:

BRITTAN WEST OWNER, LLC,
a Delaware limited liability pany
Name: Michael Halow
Title: Authorized Signatory

8.h
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 342

October 23, 2023 = BKF No. 20190150 BOE Page | of 1
EXHIBIT “A”
Legal Description

STREET EASEMENT
1091 Industrial Road, San Carlos, CA
An Easement over real property situate in the City of San Carlos, County of San Mateo, State of California, described as follows:

Being a portion of Parcel 1, as said Parcel is shown on that certain Parcel Map, filed for record on October 29, 1968 in Book 6 of Parcel Maps at Page 37, Records of San Mateo County, said Easement being more particularly described as follows:

Commencing at the most westerly corner of said Parcel 1, said corner being also on the northeasterly right-of- way line of Industrial Road, being 80.00 feet in width, as shown on said Parcel Map; Thence along said northeasterly right-of-way line of Industrial Road, South 35°57°58” East, 253.30 feet to the POINT OF BEGINNING; Thence leaving said Point and said northeasterly right-of-way line of Industrial Road, the following courses and distances:
¢ South 40°56°48” East, 39.64 feet to the beginning of a tangent curve to the left, having a radius of 30.00 feet; e Easterly along said curve, through a central angle of 88°00°48”, an arc length of 46.08 feet; © North 51°02°24” East, 71.90 feet to the northwesterly right-of-way line of Brittan Avenue, being 66.00 feet in width, as shown on said Parcel Map; Thence along said northwesterly right-of-way line of Brittan Avenue, South 47°20°52” West, 84.94 feet to the most easterly corner of the parcel of land conveyed to the City of San Carlos, a municipal corporation, by that certain Grant Deed, recorded June 27, 2002 as Instrument No. 2002-126229, Official Records of San Mateo County, said corner being also the beginning of a tangent curve to the right, having a radius of 20.00 feet; Thence westerly along said curve and along the northerly line of said parcel of land conveyed to the City of San Carlos (O.R. 2002-126229), through a central angle of 96°41°10”, an arc length of 33.75 feet to said northeasterly line of Industrial Road; Thence along said northeasterly right-of-way line of Industrial Road, North 35°57°58” West, 53.11 feet to the POINT OF BEGINNING.

Containing an area of 640 square feet, more or less.

As shown on EXHIBIT “B” plat attached hereto and made a part hereof.

This legal description was prepared by me, or under my direction, pursuant to the requirements of the Professional Land Surveyors’ Act.

Date: OGT. 23, 2023 John Koroyan
P.L.S. No. 8883

8.h
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 343

PARCEL 1
6 PM 37

SITE AREA
69,602 SQ. FT.4 OR 1.598 ACRES+ (GROSS AREA) 68,962 SQ. FT. OR 1.583 ACRES (NET AREA) BRITTAN WEST OWNER, LLC ” O.R. 2021-048360
APN 046-151-060

zs'v6l

M97
GE-LVS

STREET EASEMENT 640 SQFT.+

253.30’
$35°57'58"E
$35°57'58"E 328.89"(T)

INDUSTRIAL ROAD 2

(80° WIDE)

LINE TABLE CURVE TABLE
NO.| BEARING | LENGTH NO. | RADIUS | DELTA | LENGTH
| Li | S40's6'48"E | 39.64” ci | 30.00° 88'00"48" | 46.08" ys | t2 N51'02'24"E | 71.90" c2 | 20.00’ | 96°4110" | 33.75° X O. L3 | N35°57’58"w | 53.11’

LEGEND

APN ASSESSOR'S PARCEL NUMBER
PER ROLL YEAR 2022-2023
P.O.B. POINT OF BEGINNING ( SCALE IN FEET ) P.O.C. POINT OF COMMENCEMENT SQ.FT. SQUARE FEET

PM PARCEL MAP

OR, OFFICIAL RECORD
(T) TOTAL DISTANCE
—— — — CENTER LINE
— mee ome EASEMENT LINE

k:\2019\1 90150_1091_JNDUSTIAL_RD_SC\SUR\DWG\ PLATS \STREET_ESMT\STREET_ESMT.DWG 1730 N. FIRST STREET SUBJECT STREET EASEMENT SUITE 600 1091 INDUSTRIAL ROAD, SAN CARLOS, CA m4 SAN JOSE, CA 95112 JOB NO. 20190150 SE (408) 467-9100 BY____CASC APPR. JVK___ DATE__ 10-23-2023 1 OF 1 www.bkf.com

8.h
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 344

Mathematical Closure Calculations

STREET EASEMENT
1091 Industrial Road, San Carlos, CA
October 23, 2023 Parcel Map Check BKF No. 20190150

Parcel Name: STREET EASEMENT
North: 2,010,734.39”
Line Course: S40° 56’ 48”E
North: 2,010,704.45”
East: 6,054,501.41°
Length: 39.64’
East: 6,054,527.39°
Radius: 30.00’
Tangent: 28,98”
Course: S84° 57’ 12”E No. 8883
Course Out: S38° 57’ 36"E /
East: 6,054,550.05°
East: 6,054,568.91’
Length: 71.90’
East: 6,054,624.82°
Length: 84.94’
East: 6,054,562.35’
Radius: 20.00’
Tangent: 22.48”
Course: N84° 18’ 33°W
Course Out: $54° 02” 02”°W
East: 6,054,548 .80’
East: 6,054,532.61°
Length: 53.11’
East: 6,054,501.42’
Curve Length: 46.08’
Delta: 88°00°48”
Chord: 41.68”
Course In: N49° 03’ 12”E
RP North: 2,010,724.11°
End North: 2,010,700.78”
Line Course: N51° 02” 24”E
North: 2,010,745.99°
Line Course: S47° 20’ 52”W
North: 2,010,688.44”
Curve Length: 33.75’
Delta: 96°41710”
Chord: 29.89”
Course In: N42° 39’ 08” W
RP North: 2,010,703.15°
End North: 2,010,691.40°
Line Course: N35° 57° 58”W
North: 2,010,734.39°

KOROYAN

Perimeter: 329,42’
Error Closure: 0.01’
Error North: 0.00’
Precision 1: 32,942.00’
Area: 640 Sq. Ft. or 0.015 Ac.

Course: N90° 00’ 00”E
East: 0.01’

Sheet 1 of 1

8.h
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 345

CERTIFICATE OF ACCEPTANCE
This is to certify that the interest in real property conveyed to the City of San Carlos by the Easement Deed (Street Easement (1091 Industrial Road)) dated December 22, 2023, from Brittan West Owner, LLC, is hereby accepted in accordance with Resolution No. _______ adopted by the City Council of the City of San Carlos on ______ _ 202_, and the City consents to recordation thereof by its duly authorized officer.

Dated: _______ , 202_
By:

STATE OF CALIFORNIA

COUNTY OF
ss.

I certify under PENAL TY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct.

WITNESS my hand and official seal.

My commission number is: _______ _
My commission expires: ________ _
(Notary Signature) (THIS AREA FOR OFFICIAL NOTARIAL SEAL)

8.h
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 346

CITY COUNCIL

STAFF REPORT
MEETING DATE: March 25, 2024
ITEM TITLE: Adopt a Resolution Authorizing the City Manager to Execute a Three- Year Agreement for Product and/or Services with Thor Audio for Sound Services for Community Events in an Amount Not to Exceed $322,038, with an Option to Renew for Two Additional Years.

RECOMMENDATION:

Staff recommends that the City Council adopt a Resolution authorizing the City Manager to execute a three-year agreement for products and/or services with Thor Audio for sound services for community events in a total amount not to exceed $322,038, with an option to renew for two additional years.

FISCAL IMPLICATIONS:

There is no fiscal impact and no additional appropriation is necessary for Fiscal Year (“FY”) 2023-

24. Sound services for the Parks and Recreation Department’s community events have been budgeted as a part of the Special Events professional services budget. The included contingency allows for unforeseen changes in sound services for community events and provides for the ability to modify services based on event needs.

Event Year Contract Amount Contingency (10%)
2024 $53,230 $5,320
2025 $55,892 $5,590
2026 $58,553 $5,855
2027 $61,215 $6,122
2028 $63,876 $6,388
BACKGROUND:

Each year, the Parks and Recreation Department coordinates approximately twenty-five community events. Currently, thirteen of those community events planned throughout the year require professional audio services for bands and other stage entertainment. Events include Hometown Days weekend, eight Music in the Park summer concerts, two Harringtunes Block Party events, Art & Wine Faire weekend, and Night of Holiday Lights.

Sound services may include onsite sound engineers and support staff; extensive audio equipment including cables, speaker systems, amplifiers, and monitors; lighting equipment and controls; snow machines; equipment transportation; and pre-event communication with performers to determine stage layouts and equipment needs.

8.i
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 347

ANALYSIS:

A request for proposals (RFP) proposals for sound services for Parks and Recreation community events was released on January 29, 2024. Two vendors submitted timely proposals and each vendor was ranked based on set criteria for the services requested.

Of the two proposals received, Thor Audio met all of the requirements for the services and proposed the lowest total cost. In addition, Thor Audio sound services has been the vendor that Parks and Recreation has used for several years. Thor Audio personnel and management understand the dynamics of each event and provide excellent services in our community.

Therefore, staff recommends that Thor Audio be selected to provide community event sound services.

ALTERNATIVES:

The alternatives available to the City Council include:

1. Adopt a Resolution authorizing the City Manager to execute a three-year agreement for products and/or services with Thor Audio for sound services for community events in a total amount not to exceed $322,038, with an option to renew for two additional years; or

2. Do not adopt the Resolution; or

3. Provide staff with alternative direction.

Respectfully submitted by:

Amy Newby, Parks & Recreation Director
Approved for submission by:
_______________________
Jeff Maltbie, City Manager
ATTACHMENT(S):

1. Resolution

2. Thor Audio Proposal

8.i
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 348

RESOLUTION NO. 2024 – ____

A RESOLUTION OF THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF SAN CARLOS

AUTHORIZING THE CITY MANAGER TO EXECUTE A THREE-YEAR AGREEMENT FOR

PRODUCTS AND/OR SERVICES WITH THOR AUDIO FOR SOUND SERVICES FOR COMMUNITY EVENTS IN AN AMOUNT NOT TO EXCEED $322,038, WITH AN OPTION TO RENEW FOR TWO ADDITIONAL YEARS.

WHEREAS, the Parks and Recreation Department coordinates a variety of community events throughout the year, including Hometown Days, summer concerts, movie nights, Block Party, Art & Wine Faire, Goblin Walk, and Night of Holiday Lights; and WHEREAS, of the over twenty-five events Parks and Recreation Department coordinates annually, thirteen of those events require professional sound services; and WHEREAS, sound services for events include a list of items such as onsite sound engineers and support staff, extensive audio equipment, speaker systems, amplifiers, monitors, lighting equipment and controls, pre-event communication with performers, and stage configurations; and
WHEREAS, a request for proposals was posted on the City’s website on January 29, 2024; and
WHEREAS, two sound service proposals were submitted by sound companies to the City by the advertised deadline; and
WHEREAS, the bid proposal submitted by Thor Audio was the lowest bid for services; and
WHEREAS, Thor Audio has provided the City with reliable, professional, and skilled services for San Carlos community events over more than fifteen years; and WHEREAS, Thor Audio has demonstrated meaningful interest in the success of San Carlos community events.

NOW, THEREFORE BE IT RESOLVED, that the San Carlos City Council hereby authorizes the City Manager to sign an agreement for products and/or services with Thor Audio for sounds services for community events.
* * * * *
I, City Clerk Crystal Mui, hereby certify that the foregoing Resolution was duly and regularly passed and adopted by the City Council of the City of San Carlos at a scheduled meeting thereof held on the 25th day of March 2024, by the following vote:

AYES, COUNCILMEMBERS:

NOES, COUNCILMEMBERS:

ABSENT, COUNCILMEMBERS:

8.i
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 349

________________________________
CITY CLERK of the City of San Carlos
APPROVED:
___________________________
MAYOR of the City of San Carlos

8.i
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 350

THOR AUDIO THOR AUDIO

SOLUTIONS SOLUTIONS
650-823-5361650-823-5361
Perry Thorwaldson
Thor Audio Solutions
945 Berryessa Rd., Ste 4
San Jose, CA 95133
[email protected]
thoraudio.com
Bid Proposal for the City of San Carlos 2024 Special Events

8.i
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 351

City of San Carlos, Parks and Recreation Department
600 Elm Street, San Carlos CA 94070 | (650) 802-4421

APPENDIX A

Proposer Checklist

RFP FOR EVENT SOUND

SECTION Initial: Comments/Notes:

A. COVER PAGE ____________
B. STATEMENT OF QUALIFICATIONS ____________
C. SCOPE OF SERVICES MATRIX (APPENDIX B)
D. PROJECT IMPLEMENTATION PLAN
E. PROPOSAL PRICING PAGE (APPENDIX C)
F. ITEMIZED PRICE LIST OF RENTALS/SERVICES ____________

8.i
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 352

Section B – Statement of Qualifications

1. Information / Background of the Firm
Thor Audio Solutions is a full event sound and production company. Our address is 945 Berryessa Road, San Jose, California 95133. The phone number is 650-823-5361 and email [email protected]. Perry Thorwaldson is the primary contact person.

Thor Audio Solutions began in 1997. After several smaller club gigs, Thor Audio Solutions expanded to produce larger corporate events and summer concert series for many local communities. Currently, Thor Audio is owned and operated by Perry Thorwaldson. Thor Audio Solutions employs a staff ranging between 6-24, depending on the time of the year, with summer requiring the most employees. Thor Audio has a very strong foundation. Over the past 27 years, we have developed lasting relationships, financial stability and productions that set us apart from our competition. We remain stable and strong with the financial resources to service your audio needs. We have a strong banking relationship with Wells Fargo Bank.

Thor Audio Solutions has been financially solvent since its beginnings and has generated positive cash flow from the start.

Thor Audio Solutions has never had any lawsuit or litigation levied against us at any time.

2. Experience
Thor Audio Solutions has a long history of providing quality audio support for many city sponsored summer concerts and events throughout the region. We have a large network of talented engineers and professional stage hands available to ensure successful events.

We have a scheduled maintenance policy that keeps our equipment running reliably, year round. The quality and consistency that we offer is the reason that our clients continue to use us year after year.

Over the past twenty seven years, Thor Audio Solutions has supplied like services and equipment for similar types of special events in park settings. Some examples are:

Fox Theater Production Management, Technical Direction, Lead Audio and Staffing Los Gatos Music and Arts Jazz on the Plazz, Summer Concerts and Special Events City of Redwood City Summer Concerts and Special Events San Carlos Art and Wine Festival, Summer Concerts and Special Events Los Altos Summer Concerts and Special Events
Menlo Park Summer Concerts and Special Events
San Mateo Summer Concerts and Special Events
CSM Jazz on the Hill

8.i
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 353

Thor Audio Solutions

Client Project Work Performed Project Dates Reference Data Facebook Facebook Festivals and Sound & technical support May - October 2016 - 2023 Dena Grim Talent Booking (650) 218-4588
Los Gatos Music & Arts Jazz on the Plazz Sound, Lighting and technical support June - August 2014 - 2023 T eri Hope 10 annual concerts plus gala event Founder and Co-chair - Jazz on the Plazz

T own of Los Gatos Music in the Park Sound & technical support Annually 2014 - 2023 Jessica Ertell (512) 917-3907 and Special Events Neal T urley 512) 917-3907
City of San Carlos Summer Concert Series Sound & technical support Annually 2002 – 2023 Lauren Burd and Special Events 8 annual concerts and sepcial events Recreation Coordinator I City of San Carlos (650) 802-4127

City of San Mateo Summer Concerts Series Sound, Stage, Dance Floor, Anually 2016 - 2023 Christine Peralta and Special Events Food Booths and ADA lift San Mateo Parks and Rec (650) 522-7478

Fox Theatre Redwood City Concerts, Private Events Production Management and 2013 - 2023 Ernie Schmidt and Corporate Conferences AV equipment rentals and staffing Fox Theater RWC General Manager Manager (415) 717-9136
City of Redwood City Summer Concerts Sound & technical support June - August 2003 – 2023 Lucas Wilder or Brandon Council Redwood City Parks & Recreation
(650) 780-7340 or (650) 780-7323
City of Menlo Park Summer Concerts Sound & technical support for 4th of July June - August 2003 – 2023 Natalya R. Jones Celebration Concert & Recreation Department
Summer Concerts when needed 650-330-2271
Belmont-Redwood Shores Save and Celebrate The Music Sound for 3 sound systems 2005 – 2023 Allen Sarver Public Schools Foundation Fundraiser for School Force 2-1/2 full stages with roofs Co-Chair and 3 - 25,000 kw power generators (650) 592-6129

T own of Colma Summer Concert Series Sound and contracting the bands August 2016 - 2023 Dinora Navarro Recreation Coordinator
(650) 985-5681

Rev. 2/10/24
References

8.i
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 354

Section C
Appendix B – Functionality Matrix
page 1 of 2
Response
Yes, No, Future,
Partial
A-1 Digital mixing console M Y
A-2 Digital snake system M Y
A-3 Speakers M Y
A-4 Sub woofers M Y
A-5 15” Monitors M Y
A-6 Power amplifiers M Y
A-7 System Processor M Y
A-8 Music Playback system M Y
A-9 Microphones & Direct Boxes M Y
A-10 Power/sound/lighting cables as needed M Y
A-11 Stage snakes M Y
A-12 Speaker and microphone stands as needed M Y
A-13 Stage lighting M Y
A-14 Dimmer packs & lighting board M Y
A-15 Lighting standards with sand bags M Y
A-16 2 Lead engineers M Y
A-17 2 Support technicians M Y
B-1 Digital mixing console M Y
B-2 Digital snake system M Y
B-3 Main speakers M Y
B-4 Double sub woofers M Y
B-5 15” Monitors M Y
B-6 Power amplifiers M Y
B-7 System processor M Y
B-8 Music playback system M Y
B-9 Microphones & Direct Boxes M Y
B-10 Power/sound/lighting cables as needed M Y
B-11 Stage snakes M Y
B-12 Speaker and microphone stands as needed M Y
B-13 1 Lead engineer M Y
B-14 1 Support technician M Y
C-1 Digital mixing console M Y
C-2 Digital snake system M Y
C-3 Main speakers M Y
C-4 Double sub woofers M Y
C-5 15” Monitors M Y
C-6 Power amplifiers M Y
C-7 System processor M Y
C-8 Music playback system M Y
C-9 Microphones & Direct Boxes M Y
C-10 Power/sound/lighting cables as needed M Y
C-11 Stage snakes M Y
C-12 Speaker and microphone stands as needed M Y
C-13 Shade canopy M Y
C-14 Power distribution box M Y
C-15 1 Lead engineer M Y
C-16 1 Support technician M Y
D-1 Digital mixing consoles M Y
D-3 Digital snake system M Y
D-4 Main speakers M Y
D-5 Double sub woofers M Y
D-6 Monitor speakers M Y
D-7 Power amplifiers M Y
D-8 System processor / EQ M Y
D-9 Music playback systems M Y
D-10 Microphones & Direct Boxes complete pro sets M Y
D-11 Wireless microphones M Y
D-12 Power/sound/lighting cables as needed M Y
D-13 Whirlwind stage snakes M Y
D-14 Speaker and microphone stands as needed M Y
D-15 Shade canopies M Y
D-16 Power distribution box M Y
D-17 3 Lead engineers (1 per stage) M Y
D-18 4 Support technicians M Y
Item # Description Mandatory, Desired,
Optional
Vendor Comment/Solution - Response Codes “F” and “P” require a written response describing how and when the specification will be met.

D. Art & Wine Faire: 10/12-13/2024 (Future tentative dates: 10/11-12/2025, 10/10-11/2026, 10/9-10/2027, 10/7-8/2028) A. Hometown Days: 5/17-19/2024 (Future tentative dates: 5/16-18/2025, 5/15-17/2026, 5/21-23/2027, 5/19-21/2028) Two stages: 20'x24'3' with canopy/covering and back wall. Performance times 10:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m.

B. Music in the Park: 6/14-8/2, 2024 (Future tentative dates: 6/13-8/1/2025, 6/19-8/7/2026, 6/18-8/6/2027, 6/16-8/4/2028) C. Harringtunes: 8/25/2024, 9/8/2024(Future tentative dates: 8/24/2025, 9/7/2025, 8/23/2026, 9/6/2026, 8/22/2027, 9/5/2027, 8/20/2028, 9/10/2028) E. Night of Holiday Lights: 12/6/2024 (Future tentative dates: 12/5/2025, 12/4/2026, 12/3/2027, 12/1/2028) Single stage, 20'x24'x3' with canopy and back wall. Performance times 6:00 p.m. to 8:00 p.m.

Single stage, 20'x24'x3' with canopy. Performance times 12:00 to 2:00 p.m.

Three stages: (2) 20'x24'3' with canopy/covering and back wall, (1) tertiary performance area 20'x20'x0'. Performance times 10:00a.m. to 6:00 p.m.

Single stage, 20'x24'x3' with canopy and back wall. Performance time 5:00 to 8:30 p.m.

8.i
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 355

Appendix B – Functionality Matrix
page 2 of 2
Response
Yes, No, Future,
Partial
Item # Description Mandatory, Desired,
Optional
Vendor Comment/Solution - Response Codes “F” and “P” require a written response describing how and when the specification will be met.

E-1 Digital mixing console M Y
E-2 Digital snake system M Y
E-3 Main speakers M Y
E-4 Double sub woofers M Y
E-5 15” Monitor speakers M Y
E-6 Power amplifiers M Y
E-7 System processor M Y
E-8 Music playback system M Y
E-9 Microphones & Direct Boxes M Y
E-10 Wireless microphones M Y
E-11 Power/sound/lighting cables as needed M Y
E-12 Stage snakes M Y
E-13 Speaker and microphone stands as needed M Y
E-15 Shade canopy M Y
E-16 Power distribution box M Y
E-17 Lighting control board M Y
E-18 Par lighting fixtures M Y
E-19 Lighting standards M Y
E-20 Cable ramps & carpet runners M Y
E-21 4 Snow machines & mounting equipment M Y
E-22 1 Lead engineer M Y
E-23 2 Support technicians M Y
Section C

8.i
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 356

For all events, my team will arrive 3 hours prior to the event start time to set up and test the system. There is buffer built into this time line to allow for possible vehicle trouble or severe traffic issues. We will be ready to sound check the bands a minimum of 30 min - utes prior to the event start time, and more if the band or performers arrive with enough lead time to start that process earlier.

As a matter of practice we carry extra equipment beyond the minimums needed for any show to ensure that there is redundancy to allow us to be successful even in the event of the equipment failure. We also rotate out and sell off old gear and replace it with newer models to ensure that we are utilizing the latest technology, and also minimize breakdowns. Our attention to gear rotation and regular maintenance also creates a safer work environment for our staff and the general public.

My staff is instructed to utilize audio measurement tools to ensure we operate within safe decibel levels for the audience. We are responsive to any feedback from the band, audience or the end client, regarding audio levels at any given show.

During the set up and take down of our systems, Thor Audio Solutions employees strive to create a safe work environment for coworkers and the public.

It is our goal to help produce high quality events in a safe and sustainable way and to ensure our ability to support our client base on current projects and long into the future.

Section D - Project Implemlementation Plan

THOR AUDIO THOR AUDIO

SOLUTIONS SOLUTIONS
650-823-5361650-823-5361
Perry Thorwaldson
Thor Audio Solutions
945 Berryessa Rd., Ste 4
San Jose, CA 95133
Date Bid#
2/10/24 14125

8.i
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 357

City of San Carlos, Parks and Recreation Department
600 Elm Street, San Carlos CA 94070 | (650) 802-4421

APPENDIX C

Cost Proposal Pricing Page

EVENT SOUND

This Cost Proposal Pricing Page must itemize the cost to the City for all services to perform the Scope of Services outlined in Section III of the RFP and itemized in Appendix B. A narrative may be attached to clarify any pricing data submitted (e.g. hourly rates).

In addition to the Cost Proposal Pricing Page, please include an itemized list of all products and services available.

2024 2025 2026 2027 2028
A. HOMETOWN DAYS $14,000.00 $14,700.00 $15,400.00 $16,100.00 $16,800.00 B. HARRINGTUNES (2 DATES) $4,400.00 $4,620.00 $4,840.00 $5,060.00 $5,280.00 C. MUSIC IN THE PARK
SERIES $17,600.00 $18,480.00 $19,360.00 $20,240.00 $21,120.00 D. ART & WINE FAIRE $11,230.00 $11,791.50 $12,353.00 $12,914.50 $13,476.00 E. NIGHT OF HOLIDAY
LIGHTS $6,000.00 6,300.00 $6,600.00 $6,900.00 $7,200.00

Total Annual Cost
$53,230.00 $55,891.50 $58,553.00 $61,214.50 $63,876.00

Section E

8.i
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 358

• Hometown Days - 5/17, 5/18 & 5/19/24
• Music in the Park - (8 consecutive Fridays) 6/14, 6/21, 6/28, 7/5, 7/12, 7/19, 7/26 & 8/2/24 • Harringtunes - 8/25 & 9/8/24
• Art & Wine Faire - 10/12 & 10/13/24
• Night of Holiday Lights - 1st Friday in December 12/6/24 See event propsal detail on following pages.

THOR AUDIO THOR AUDIO

SOLUTIONS SOLUTIONS
650-823-5361650-823-5361
Perry Thorwaldson
Thor Audio Solutions
945 Berryessa Rd., Ste 4
San Jose, CA 95133
Bid Proposal for the City of San Carlos 2024 special events Date Bid#
2/10/24 14125
San Carlos Department of Parks & Recreation
Lauren Burd - Recreation Coordinator
601 Chestnut Street
San Carlos,, CA 94070

8.i
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 359

Burton Park Grass Field System (3 Days)
Description Quantity Rate Hours Days Price
Midas M32 Digital mixing console 1 250.00 1 250.00
DL32 digital snake system 1 140.00 1 140.00
Main speakers, Eastern Acoustic Works 4 100.00 1 400.00 Double 18” Eastern Acoustic Works Sub woofers 2 100.00 1 200.00 Yamaha 15” Monitors 5 80.00 1 400.00
QSC power amplifiers, 6,400w @ 8 ohms 5 40.00 1 200.00 DriveRack 260 System Processor / EQ 1 60.00 1 60.00
Music Playback system 1 40.00 1 40.00
Microphones & Direct Boxes complete pro set 22 10.00 1 220.00 Stage drop power, speaker, patch and XLR mic cables 30 3.00 1 90.00 Whirlwind stage snakes 2 30.00 1 60.00
Speaker Stands 4 20.00 1 80.00
Microphone stands 14 5.00 1 70.00
Par-64 stage lighting 8 25.00 1 200.00
Dimmer packs & lighting board 1 220.00 1 220.00
14’ lighting standards with sand bags 2 60.00 1 120.00 Lead Engineer 1 600.00 3 1,800.00
Support T echnician 1 450.00 3 1,350.00
Trucking 1 350.00 1 350.00
Equipment Rental billed at 1.5 days for the 3 days 1 2,750.00 1.5 4,125.00 Labor and Trucking 1 3,500.00 3,500.00

Sub T otal 7,625.00
Professional Discount -2,225.00
Total Burton Park Grass Field System for 3 days $5,400.00 Hometown Days 2024

THOR AUDIO THOR AUDIO

SOLUTIONS SOLUTIONS
650-823-5361650-823-5361
Perry Thorwaldson
Thor Audio Solutions
945 Berryessa Rd., Ste 4
San Jose, CA 95133
Date Bid#
2/10/24 14125

8.i
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 360

Burton Park Stage System (3 Days)
Description Quantity Rate Hours Days Price
Midas M32 Digital mixing console 1 250.00 1 250.00
DL32 digital snake system 1 140.00 1 140.00
Main speakers, Eastern Acoustic Works 4 100.00 1 400.00 Double 18” Eastern Acoustic Works Sub woofers 2 100.00 1 200.00 Yamaha 15” Monitors 5 80.00 1 400.00
QSC power amplifiers, 6,400w @ 8 ohms 5 40.00 1 200.00 DriveRack 260 System Processor / EQ 1 60.00 1 60.00
Music Playback system 1 40.00 1 40.00
Microphones & Direct Boxes complete pro set 22 10.00 1 220.00 Stage drop power, speaker, patch and XLR mic cables 30 3.00 1 90.00 Whirlwind stage snakes 2 30.00 1 60.00
Speaker Stands 4 20.00 1 80.00
Microphone stands 14 5.00 1 70.00
Lead Engineer 1 600.00 3 1,800.00
Support T echnician 1 450.00 3 1,350.00
Trucking 1 350.00 1 350.00
Equipment Rental billed at 1.5 days 1 2,210.00 1.5 3,315.00 Labor & Trucking 3,500.00
Sub T otal 6,815.00
Professional Discount -1,415.00
Total Burton Park Stage System (3 Days) $5,400.00
Hometown Days 2024

THOR AUDIO THOR AUDIO

SOLUTIONS SOLUTIONS
650-823-5361650-823-5361
Perry Thorwaldson
Thor Audio Solutions
945 Berryessa Rd., Ste 4
San Jose, CA 95133
Date Bid#
2/10/24 14125

8.i
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 361

Parade Rout System (4 small systems, 1 day)
Description Quantity Rate Hours Days Price
Main speakers, 8 80.00 1 640.00
Small format mixers 4 120.00 1 480.00
Speaker Stands 8 20.00 1 160.00
Microphones 4 10.00 1 40.00
Audio T echnicians 2 400.00 1 800.00
Cable Package 1 40.00 1 40.00
Carpet runners and cable ramps 8 20.00 1 160.00
Trucking 1 200.00 1 200.00
Sub T otal 2,520.00
Professional Discount -320.00
Total Parade Route Sound Systems $2,200.00
Fun Run Protable System (1 Day)

Description Quantity Rate Hours Days Price
Main speakers, 2 100.00 1 100.00
Small format mixer 1 120.00 1 120.00
Speaker Stands 2 20.00 1 40.00
Pandora music playback 1 40.00 1 40.00
Wireless Microphones 2 120.00 1 240.00
T echnician 1 600.00 1 600.00
Sub T otal 1,140.00
Professional Discount -140.00
Total Fun Run Protable System $1,000.00
Homtown Days Combined Totals
Total Burton Park Grass Field System for 3 days $5,400.00 Total Burton Park Stage System (3 Days) $5,400.00
Total Parade Route Sound Systems $2,200.00
Total Fun Run Protable System $1,000.00
Total Hometown Days: $14,000.00
Hometown Days 2024

THOR AUDIO THOR AUDIO

SOLUTIONS SOLUTIONS
650-823-5361650-823-5361
Perry Thorwaldson
Thor Audio Solutions
945 Berryessa Rd., Ste 4
San Jose, CA 95133
Date Bid#
2/10/24 14125

8.i
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 362

Description Quantity Rate Hours Days T otal
Midas M32 Digital mixing console 1 250.00 1 250.00
DL32 digital snake system 1 140.00 1 140.00
Main speakers, Eastern Acoustic Works 6 100.00 1 600.00 Double 18” Eastern Acoustic Works Sub woofers 2 100.00 1 200.00 Yamaha 15” Monitors 6 80.00 1 480.00
QSC power amplifiers, 6,400w @ 8 ohms 6 40.00 1 240.00 DriveRack 260 System Processor / EQ 1 60.00 1 60.00
Music Playback system 1 40.00 1 40.00
Microphones & Direct Boxes complete pro set 22 10.00 1 220.00 Stage drop power, speaker, patch and XLR mic cables 30 3.00 1 90.00 Whirlwind stage snakes 2 30.00 1 60.00
Speaker Stands 6 20.00 1 120.00
Microphone stands 14 5.00 1 70.00
Power distribution box and feeder cable 1 60.00 1 60.00 Lead Engineer 1 600.00 1 600.00
Support T echnician 1 450.00 1 450.00
Trucking: 1 250.00 1 250.00
Audio Equipment Rental 2,630.00
Labor and Trucking 1,300.00
Sub T otal per concert 3,930.00
Professional Discount per concert -1,730.00
T otal per Concert: 2,200.00
Total for 8 Concerts $17,600.00

Music in the Park - Friday evenings in Mid-June to Mid August (8 consecutive Fridays) 2024

THOR AUDIO THOR AUDIO

SOLUTIONS SOLUTIONS
650-823-5361650-823-5361
Perry Thorwaldson
Thor Audio Solutions
945 Berryessa Rd., Ste 4
San Jose, CA 95133
Date Bid#
2/10/24 14125

8.i
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 363

Description Quantity Rate Hours Days T otal
Midas M32 Digital mixing console 1 250.00 1 250.00
DL32 digital snake system 1 140.00 1 140.00
Main speakers, Eastern Acoustic Works 4 100.00 1 400.00 Double 18” Eastern Acoustic Works Sub woofers 2 100.00 1 200.00 Yamaha 15” Monitors 5 80.00 1 400.00
QSC power amplifiers, 6,400w @ 8 ohms 5 40.00 1 200.00 DriveRack 260 System Processor / EQ 1 60.00 1 60.00
Music Playback system 1 40.00 1 40.00
Microphones & Direct Boxes complete pro set 22 10.00 1 220.00 Wireless Microphones 4 100.00 1 400.00
Stage drop power, speaker, patch and XLR mic cables 30 3.00 1 90.00 Whirlwind stage snakes 2 30.00 1 60.00
Speaker Stands 4 20.00 1 80.00
Microphone stands 14 5.00 1 70.00
Power distribution box and feeder cable 1 60.00 1 60.00 Lead Engineer 1 600.00 1 600.00
Support T echnician 4 450.00 1 450.00
Trucking 1 250.00 1 250.00
Audio Equipment Rental 2,670.00
Labor and Trucking 1,300.00
Sub T otal per concert 3,970.00
Professional Discount per concert -1,770.00
T otal for Harringtunes per concert $2,200.00

Total for Harringtunes for 2 concerts $4,400.00
Harringtunes - 8/25 & 9/8/24

THOR AUDIO THOR AUDIO

SOLUTIONS SOLUTIONS
650-823-5361650-823-5361
Perry Thorwaldson
Thor Audio Solutions
945 Berryessa Rd., Ste 4
San Jose, CA 95133
Date Bid#
2/10/24 14125

8.i
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 364

Description Quantity Rate Hours Days T otal
Main Stage System:

Midas M32 Digital mixing console 1 250.00 1 250.00
DL32 digital snake system 1 140.00 1 140.00
EAW Fr159z main speakers 4 100.00 1 400.00
EAW SB528 double 18” sub woofers 2 100.00 1 200.00
EAW LA212 / LA215 monitor speakers 7 80.00 1 560.00
QSC power amplifiers, 6,400w @ 8 ohms 6 40.00 1 240.00 DriveRack 260 System Processor / EQ 1 60.00 1 60.00
Music Playback system 1 40.00 1 40.00
Microphones & Direct Boxes complete pro set 22 10.00 1 220.00 Wireless Microphones 4 100.00 1 400.00
Stage drop power, speaker, patch and XLR mic cables 30 3.00 1 90.00 Whirlwind stage snakes 2 30.00 1 60.00
Speaker Stands 4 20.00 1 80.00
Microphone stands 14 5.00 1 70.00
10’x10’ shade canopy 1 60.00 1 60.00
Power distribution box and feeder cable 1 60.00 1 60.00 Lead Engineer 1 600.00 1 600.00
Support T echnician 1 450.00 1 450.00
Trucking 1 250.00 1 250.00
Audio Equipment Rental billed at 1 day 1 2,930.00 1 2,930.00 Labor and Trucking 1 1,300.00 2 2,600.00
Sub T otal 5,530.00
Professional Discount -550.00
Total Main Stage System 4,980.00
Description Quantity Rate Hours Days T otal
Secondary Stage System:

Midas M32R digital mixing console 1 200.00 1 200.00
EAW Fr159z main speakers 2 100.00 1 200.00
EAW SB528 single 18” sub woofers 2 80.00 1 160.00
EAW LA212 / LA215 monitor speakers 6 80.00 1 480.00
QSC power amplifiers, 6,400w @ 8 ohms 5 40.00 1 200.00 DriveRack 260 System Processor 1 60.00 1 60.00
Music Playback system 1 40.00 1 40.00
Microphones & Direct Boxes complete pro set 18 10.00 1 180.00 Stage drop power, speaker, patch and XLR mic cables 30 3.00 1 90.00 Whirlwind stage snakes 2 30.00 1 60.00
Speaker Stands 2 20.00 1 40.00
Microphone stands 14 5.00 1 70.00
10’x10’ shade canopy 1 60.00 1 60.00
Power distribution box and feeder cable 1 60.00 1 60.00 Lead Engineer 1 600.00 1 600.00
Support T echnician 1 450.00 1 450.00
Trucking 1 250.00 1 250.00
Audio Equipment billed at 1 day 1 1,900.00 1 1,900.00 Labor & Trucking 1 1,300.00 2 2,600.00
Sub T otal Secondary Stage System 4,500.00
Professional Discount -450.00
Total Secondary Stage System 4,050.00
San Carlos Art & Wine Faire - (2 day event) 10/12 & 10/13/24

THOR AUDIO THOR AUDIO

SOLUTIONS SOLUTIONS
650-823-5361650-823-5361
Perry Thorwaldson
Thor Audio Solutions
945 Berryessa Rd., Ste 4
San Jose, CA 95133
Date Bid#
2/10/24 14125

8.i
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 365

Description Quantity Rate Hours Days T otal
Children’s Area System:

Midas M32R Digital mixing console 1 200.00 1 200.00
EAW Fr159z main speakers 2 100.00 1 200.00
EAW LA212 / LA215 monitor speakers 4 80.00 1 320.00
QSC power amplifiers, 6,400w @ 8 ohms 3 40.00 1 120.00 Music Playback system 1 40.00 1 40.00
Microphones & Direct Boxes complete pro set 12 10.00 1 120.00 Stage drop power, speaker, patch and XLR mic cables 20 3.00 1 60.00 Speaker Stands 2 20.00 1 40.00
Microphone stands 8 5.00 1 40.00
10’x10’ shade canopy 1 60.00 1 60.00
Power distribution box and feeder cable 1 60.00 1 60.00 Lead Engineer 1 600.00 1 600.00
Audio Equipment Rental billed at 1 day 1 1,260.00 1 1,260.00 Labor 1 600.00 2 1,200.00
Sub T otal 2,460.00
Professional Discount -260.00
Total Children’s Area System 2,200.00
San Carlos Art & Wine Totals:

Total Main Stage System (2 Days) 4,980.00
Total Secondary Stage System (2 Days) 4,050.00
Total Children’s Area System (2 Days) 2,200.00
Total San Carlos Art & Wine $11,230.00
San Carlos Art & Wine Faire - (2 day event) 10/12 & 10/13/24

THOR AUDIO THOR AUDIO

SOLUTIONS SOLUTIONS
650-823-5361650-823-5361
Perry Thorwaldson
Thor Audio Solutions
945 Berryessa Rd., Ste 4
San Jose, CA 95133
Date Bid#
2/10/24 14125

8.i
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 366

Description Quantity Rate Hours Days T otal
Midas M32 Digital mixing console 1 250.00 1 250.00
EAW Fr159z main speakers 4 100.00 1 400.00
EAW SB528 double 18” sub woofers 2 100.00 1 200.00
EAW LA212 / LA215 monitor speakers 5 80.00 1 400.00
QSC power amplifiers, 6,400w @ 8 ohms 5 40.00 1 200.00 DriveRack 260 System Processor / EQ 1 60.00 1 60.00
Music Playback system 1 40.00 1 40.00
Microphones & Direct Boxes complete pro set 22 10.00 1 220.00 Wireless Microphones 4 100.00 1 400.00
Stage drop power, speaker, patch and XLR mic cables 30 3.00 1 90.00 Whirlwind stage snakes 2 30.00 1 60.00
Speaker Stands 4 20.00 1 80.00
Microphone stands 14 5.00 1 70.00
10’x10’ shade canopy 1 60.00 1 60.00
Power distribution box and 2x feeder cable 1 90.00 1 90.00 Lighting control board 1 160.00 1 160.00
Par 64 LED Par lighting fixtures 16 25.00 1 400.00
Lighting standards 4 60.00 1 240.00
Cable ramps and carpet runners 10 20.00 1 200.00
Snow Machines with snow fluid and post use cleaning 4 200.00 1 800.00 25kw Production Generator with two way transportation and refueling: 1 560.00 1 560.00 Lead Engineer 1 600.00 1 600.00
Support T echnician 2 500.00 1 1,000.00
Trucking 1 250.00 2 500.00
Equipment Rental 1 4,980.00 1 4,980.00
Labor and Trucking 1 2,100.00 2 2,100.00
Sub T otal 7,080.00
Professional Discount -1,080.00
Total Night of Holiday Lights $6,000.00
Night of Holiday Lights 2024

THOR AUDIO THOR AUDIO

SOLUTIONS SOLUTIONS
650-823-5361650-823-5361
Perry Thorwaldson
Thor Audio Solutions
945 Berryessa Rd., Ste 4
San Jose, CA 95133
Date Bid#
2/10/24 14125

8.i
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 367

San Carlos Art & Wine Totals
Total Main Stage System (2 Days) $4,000.00
Total Secondary Stage System 2,200.00
Total Children’s Area System 1,400.00
Tota San Carlos Art & Winel: $7,700.00
2024 City of San Carlos Special Events Totals
Total Hometown Days $14,000.00
Total for 8 Concerts Music in the Park $17,600.00
Total for Harringtunes $4,400.00
Total San Carlos Art & Wine $11,230.00
Total Night of Holiday Lights $6,000.00
Total 2024 City of San Carlos Special Events $53,230.00 City of San Carlos Special Events Proposal 2024

THOR AUDIO THOR AUDIO

SOLUTIONS SOLUTIONS
650-823-5361650-823-5361
Perry Thorwaldson
Thor Audio Solutions
945 Berryessa Rd., Ste 4
San Jose, CA 95133
Date Bid#
2/10/24 14125

8.i
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 368

CITY COUNCIL

STAFF REPORT
MEETING DATE: March 25, 2024
ITEM TITLE: Adopt a Resolution Appropriating $200,000 from the General Capital Fund (Fund 25) Unassigned Fund Balance in Fiscal Year 2023-24 to Create a New Capital Improvement Project for the Kadence Adaptive Traffic Signal Project, Authorizing the City Manager to Execute a Professional Services Agreement with Kimley-Horn & Associates, Inc. for a Three-Year Contract in the Amount of $164,000, and Authorizing the Expenditure of Contingency up to the Project Budget.

RECOMMENDATION:

Staff recommends that the City Council adopt a Resolution appropriating $200,000 from the General Capital Fund (Fund 25) Unassigned Fund Balance in Fiscal Year (FY) 2023-24 to create a new capital improvement project for the Kadence Adaptive Traffic Signal Project (“Project”), authorizing the City Manager to execute a professional services agreement with Kimley-Horn & Associates, Inc (“Kimley-Horn”) for a three-year contract in the amount of $164,000, and authorizing the expenditure of contingency up to the Project budget.

FISCAL IMPLICATIONS:

Approval of this Resolution will require a budget appropriation in the amount of $200,000 for FY 2023-24 from the Fund 25 Unassigned Fund Balance. There are sufficient funds available to cover this request. The project costs include installation and implementation as well as three years of support and maintenance. Should the contract be extended, an additional operating budget will be required in the amount of $15,000 per year.

BACKGROUND:

Kimley-Horn’s Kadence software solution is an adaptive traffic control tool for traffic signals. This technology will maximize traffic throughput on a coordinated route, provide access equity for all signal phases at an intersection, and reduce traffic congestion.

In recent years, the State of California Department of Transportation (Caltrans) purchased several Kadence licenses and worked with Kimley-Horn to implement the technology along El Camino Real in the cities of Menlo Park and Belmont.

ANALYSIS:

Staff has been working with Kimley-Horn and looking into the new technology in order to improve and modernize the City’s traffic signal network. Kimley-Horn suggested Kadence as a solution to assist with keeping roadways clear of congestion and reducing collisions. The Kadence software

8.j
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 369

manages fluctuation in demand and changes in traffic patterns by using a combination of different turnings and phase sequence selection.

Kimley-Horn’s scope includes furnishing, installing, and configuring the Kadence adaptive system for 14 traffic signals along El Camino Real (State Route 82) and on adjacent City roads where City and Caltrans coordination is required. Kimley-Horn will also provide three years of maintenance, support, and warranty.

An appropriation of $200,000 is needed to create a new capital project budget now to begin the project with an estimated completion by the end of 2024. Staff recommends approval of the professional services agreement in the amount of $164,000 with Kimley-Horn and an appropriation of $200,000 for this Project.

ALTERNATIVES:

The alternatives available to the City Council include:

1. Adopt a Resolution appropriating $200,000 from the General Capital Fund (Fund 25) Unassigned Fund Balance in FY 2023-24 to create a new capital improvement project for the Kadence Adaptive Traffic Signal Project, authorizing the City Manager to execute a Professional Services Agreement with Kimley-Horn & Associates, Inc. for a three-year contract in the amount of $164,000, and authorizing the expenditure of contingency up to the Project budget; or

2. Do not adopt the Resolution; or

3. Provide staff with alternative direction.

Respectfully submitted by:

Steven Machida, Public Works Director
Approved for submission by:
_______________________
Jeff Maltbie, City Manager
ATTACHMENT(S):

1. Resolution

2. Kimley-Horn Kadence Proposal

8.j
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 370

RESOLUTION NO. 2024 – ____

A RESOLUTION OF THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF SAN CARLOS APPROPRIATING $200,000 FROM THE GENERAL CAPITAL FUND (FUND 25) UNASSIGNED FUND BALANCE IN FISCAL YEAR 2023-24 TO CREATE A NEW CAPITAL

IMPROVEMENT PROJECT FOR THE KADENCE ADAPTIVE TRAFFIC SIGNAL PROJECT,

AUTHORIZING THE CITY MANAGER TO EXECUTE A PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

AGREEMENT WITH KIMLEY-HORN & ASSOCIATES, INC FOR A THREE-YEAR CONTRACT IN THE AMOUNT OF $164,000, AND AUTHORIZING THE EXPENDITURE OF CONTINGENCY UP TO THE PROJECT BUDGET.

WHEREAS, Kimley-Horn’s Kadence software solution is an adaptive traffic control tool for traffic signals; and
WHEREAS, this technology will maximize traffic throughput on a coordinated route, provide access equity for all signal phases at an intersection and reduce traffic congestion; and WHEREAS, Caltrans has purchased several Kadence licenses and has implemented the technology along El Camino Real in collaboration with the cities of Menlo Park and Belmont; and WHEREAS, staff has been working with Kimley-Horn and looking into new technology to improve the City’s traffic signal network; and
WHEREAS, Kimley-Horn suggested Kadence as a solution to assist with keeping roadways clear of congestion and reducing collisions; and WHEREAS, this action will require a budget appropriation in the amount of $200,000 from the Fund 25 Unassigned Fund Balance to create a new project; and WHEREAS, there is sufficient funding in Fund 25 to cover this request.

NOW, THEREFORE BE IT RESOLVED, that the San Carlos City Council hereby appropriates $200,000 from the General Capital Fund (Fund 25) Unassigned Fund Balance in Fiscal Year 2023-24 to create a new capital improvement project for the Kadence Adaptive Traffic Signal Project; authorizes the City Manager to execute a Professional Services Agreement with Kimley-Horn & Associates, Inc for a three year contract in the amount of $164,000; and authorizes the expenditure of contingency up to the project budget. * * * * *
I, City Clerk Crystal Mui, hereby certify that the foregoing Resolution was duly and regularly passed and adopted by the City Council of the City of San Carlos at a scheduled meeting thereof held on the 25th day of March 2024, by the following vote:

AYES, COUNCILMEMBERS:

NOES, COUNCILMEMBERS:

ABSENT, COUNCILMEMBERS:

8.j
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 371

________________________________
CITY CLERK of the City of San Carlos
APPROVED:
___________________________
MAYOR of the City of San Carlos

8.j
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 372

kimley-horn.com 1300 Clay Street | Suite 325, Oakland, CA 94612 510 625 0712

February 29, 2024 (Via Email)
Hanieh Houshmandi
Sr. Traffic Engineer
City of San Carlos
Department of Public Works
600 Elm Street
San Carlos, CA 94070
RE: City of San Carlos – Kadence Scope and Fee
Kimley-Horn and Associates, Inc (Kimley-Horn) will provide engineering and software services to the City of San Carlos to furnish, install, configure, and fine-tune the Kadence adaptive system for fourteen (14) traffic signals along the El Camino Real (SR 82) corridor and at several intersections on crossing roadways. The project includes the following 14 traffic signals, which note to the agency ownership/maintenance responsibility for each:

1. El Camino Real/Hull Drive (Caltrans)

2. El Camino Real/Holly Street (Caltrans)

3. Holly Drive/Old County Road (City owned/Caltrans maintained)

4. Holly Drive/Industrial Avenue (City)

5. Holly Drive/US-101 SB Ramps (Caltrans)

6. El Camino Real/San Carlos Avenue (Caltrans)

7. El Camino Real/Cherry Street (Caltrans)

8. El Camino Real/Arroyo Avenue (Caltrans)

9. El Camino Real/Brittan Avenue (Caltrans)

10. Brittan Avenue/Old County Road (City owned/Caltrans maintained)

11. Brittan Avenue/Industrial Boulevard (City)

12. El Camino Real/Howard Avenue (Caltrans)

13. Howard Avenue/Old County Road (City owned/Caltrans maintained)

14. El Camino Real/St. Francis Way (Caltrans)
Scope
The following summarize the tasks and scope of work for the project.

TASK 1: PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND MEETINGS
This task includes project management related tasks and meetings to consist of preparation of invoices/progress reports, budget oversight, adherence to project scheduling, and general project coordination. The Kimley-Horn project manager will lead this task and will be the primary person communicating with the City project manager.

An initial Kick-off meeting will be arranged with City staff to discuss some of the elements associated with the project and to review project schedule, deliverables, and develop consensus on the overall project approach. The Kimley-Horn project manager and task leaders will attend the Kick-off meeting. With the City’s involvement, Kimley-Horn will review the proposed project approach and deliverables, and will set timetables for City review periods, scheduling of implementation, and other administrative details.

8.j
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 373

Page 2 ends

kimley-horn.com 1300 Clay Street | Suite 325, Oakland, CA 94612 510 625 0712

Kimley-Horn will also coordinate with the City and Caltrans to collect any available data for the project including:
 Hard copies or electronic copies of the existing timing sheets  Traffic signal as-builts, including existing detector mapping and configuration  Historic traffic volume data (as available)
In addition to the Kick-off meeting, Kimley-Horn will arrange and attend periodic progress meetings to discuss the project progress, schedule, and any other pertinent items. The Kimley-Horn project manager, and other staff as pertinent to the discussion, will attend the progress meetings. An estimated five (5) progress meetings are included in the scope of work and fee. It is assumed that most of the progress meetings will be completed by conference call.

Task 1 Deliverables:
 Attendance at Kick-off meeting
 Attendance at up to five progress meetings (conference calls) TASK 2: DETECTOR EVALUATION AND DESIGN UPGRADES
Kimley-Horn will work with City and Caltrans staff to review the existing vehicle detection systems at all project signals. Based on field and operational status review, Kimley-Horn will provide recommendations for additional detection or changes to improve Kadence operations. Kimley-Horn will provide a technical memorandum identifying the detection configuration and necessary updates to existing setup. It is assumed that any recommended detection modifications identified in the memorandum will be completed by Caltrans. As such, this scope does not include traffic signal modification design.

Task 2 Deliverables:
 Memorandum on required modifications to existing detection TASK 3 – FURNISH AND INSTALL KADENCE SOFTWARE AND

LICENSES
Kimley-Horn will utilize the existing KITS servers to run the Kadence software module since these servers are adequate for Kadence and fully comply with the system requirements. No other hardware is required for Kadence since it operates entirely from Central.

Kimley-Horn will furnish, configure, and integrate Kadence software on the existing City server (Kadence services and user interface) and any additional workstations or laptops. Kadence is not resource-heavy; most modern laptops and desktop computers are fully capable of running the Kadence GUI without performance issues. Kadence requires Windows 10 and Microsoft Office (primarily Excel for exporting). It will be the responsibility of the City to upgrade any older computers to Windows 10 and install Excel.

Caltrans will provide all Kadence licenses for Caltrans signals. The City will cover Kadence licenses for the five City owned signals:

1. Holly Drive/Old County Road (City owned/Caltrans maintained)

2. Holly Drive/Industrial Avenue (City)

3. Brittan Avenue/Old County Road (City owned/Caltrans maintained)

4. Brittan Avenue/Industrial Boulevard (City)

5. Howard Avenue/Old County Road (City owned/Caltrans maintained) All licenses will be perpetual and non-expiring.

8.j
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 374

Page 3 ends

kimley-horn.com 1300 Clay Street | Suite 325, Oakland, CA 94612 510 625 0712

Task 3 Deliverables:
 Furnish and Install Kadence Software
 Kadence licenses for five (5) City-owned signals
TASK 4 – CONFIGURE AND TUNE KADENCE
Kimley-Horn team will configure the Kadence system including uploading all timings, set-up of intersections, maps, real-time displays, and other system parameters, such as alarms. In addition, after detection modifications have been made, the Kimley-Horn team will configure the Kadence parameters for the 14 signals. Prior to configuration of Kadence, Kimley-Horn will review the existing “base” signal coordination plans for the City and Caltrans signals and suggest recommended changes to the plans for adaptive operations. Configuration and tuning of Kadence, which is straightforward, will consist of the following steps:

1. Upload configuration data from each field controller using NTCIP/AB3418E a. Time of Day (TOD) schedule
b. Detector to phase assignments
c. Coordination patterns (cycle, splits, offset, sequence, etc.) d. Phase timings (min. green, yellow, red, walk, etc.)

2. Determine which detectors are used for which type of algorithms and where they are located (stop bar, advance) on which links

3. Determine which algorithms to use on each location and setup their configuration parameters

4. Put the system in “monitoring” mode to verify configuration is correct

5. Enable system in adaptive mode

6. Tune as desired based on field operation feedback
Initial configuration and setup will likely be completed in two weeks for this number of signals. Tuning based on operational feedback may take several more weeks as the algorithm parameters and settings are modified based on user experiences.

Task 4 Deliverables:
 Assist with detection set-up at 14 Kadence intersections  Configuration of users, sections, alarms, and security  Review and make updates to “base” signal coordination plans  Configuration and tuning of Kadence field parameters
TASK 5 – TRAINING AND DOCUMENTATION
Kimley-Horn will provide a minimum of 4 hours of virtual training to an unlimited number of City/Caltrans staff. At minimum, two sessions will be held throughout the duration of the project. The first training session will be focused on basic functionality followed by one additional training covering more advanced operations. A training outline shall be provided prior to each training.

Kimley-Horn will provide the City with the Kadence user manual, on-line help, and detection configuration memorandum. All documents are provided in PDF with full text search. The City will have unlimited rights to reproduce, copy, and distribute.

8.j
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 375

Page 4 ends

kimley-horn.com 1300 Clay Street | Suite 325, Oakland, CA 94612 510 625 0712

Task 5 Deliverables:
 Training outlines
 Up to 4 hours of virtual training
 Kadence user manual and on-line help
 Detector configuration memorandum
TASK 6 - 3 YEARS OF MAINTENANCE, SUPPORT, AND WARRANTY
Kimley-Horn will provide support and maintenance services for three years. During the initial period and all subsequent maintenance years, Kimley-Horn will provide all Kadence upgrades to the City including maintenance patches for known defects, new functional features and enhancements.

Kimley-Horn typically provide an “unlimited” number of support hours during maintenance and support via phone, email, and on-site visits, as appropriate. Throughout the maintenance and support period, Kimley- Horn will provide an unlimited number of additional training opportunities for City staff. This can take the form of ad hoc, one-on-one sessions for new users or pre-arranged training sessions for multiple staff.

Kimley-Horn will warranty the ASCT system for suitability of its purpose against all defects for the three- year warranty period following implementation of the system. Kimley-Horn will resolve all defects according to the procedures identified by the City.

As part of the project, Kimley-Horn will include most travel expenses (hotel, airfare, most meals, local transportation for TMC visits, etc.) for one City of San Carlos staff to attend the annual KITS/Kadence user group meeting during the project deployment and for each year thereafter while the City is under a paid maintenance agreement.

After 3 years, additional years of maintenance and support can be provided at the same cost on a renewable annual basis.

Task 6 Deliverables:
 3-year maintenance and support, including system updates TASK 7 – PUBLIC MEETINGS (OPTIONAL)
This optional task will be done on an as-needed basis and with written authorization from the City of San Carlos. This optional task includes preparation and participation for up to two public meetings.

Task 7 Deliverables:
 Attendance at up to two public meetings (in-person)

TASK 8 – SUPPLEMENTAL KADENCE SUPPORT (OPTIONAL)
This optional task will be done on an as-needed basis and with written authorization from the City of San Carlos. This optional task includes additional troubleshooting efforts by Kimley-Horn if unexpected issues arise and additional fine-tuning support.

8.j
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 376

Page 5 ends

kimley-horn.com 1300 Clay Street | Suite 325, Oakland, CA 94612 510 625 0712

Fee Proposal
Proposed Terms: Kimley-Horn will provide the services outlined in the Scope of Services on a Lump Sum basis for a total fee of $164,000, to include 3-years of Maintenance, Support, and Warranty that will begin after implementation of the system. Tasks 1 through 5 will be billed on a monthly basis, based upon the actual percent complete of the Lump Sum amount per task. Task 6 will be billed at the beginning of each support year based upon the yearly fee of $15,000.

The fee proposal remains valid through June 30, 2024.

Task
No.

Task Name Cost
1 Project Management and Meetings $10,000
2 Detector Evaluation and Design Upgrades $12,000
3 Furnish and Install Kadence Software $10,000
3 Furnish and Install Five Kadence Licenses $19,000
4 Configure and Tune Kadence $28,000
5 Training and Documentation $10,000
6 3 Years of Maintenance, Support, and Warranty $45,000 ($15,000 per year)
Project Total $134,000
7 Optional Task – Public Meetings $5,000
8 Optional Task – Supplemental Kadence Support $25,000
Optional Task Total $30,000
Grant Total $164,000

8.j
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 377

San Carlos Kadence Project
Kickoff Meeting, Coordination, 5 Progress Meetings
Detector Review and Memorandum
Furnish and Install Kadence
Supply Kadence Licenses
Initial Configuration (Detection, Coord Plans, Etc.)
Adaptive Turn On and Fine Tuning
Online Help
Training Sessions and Outline
Detector Configuration Memorandum
Maintenance, Support, and Warranty (3 years)
Legend:

Task Summary
Agency Review Period
Deliverable
Project Meeting
2024 Jan 2025+
Task 2: Detector Evaluation and Design Upgrades
Apr May June Aug
Task 1: Project Management and Meetings
Task Name July Nov DecSept Oct
Est. Jan 2025 to Nov 2027
Task 3: Furnish and Install Kadence Software and Licenses Task 4: Configure and Tune Kadence
Task 5: Training and Documentation
Task 6: Maintenance, Support, and Warranty (3 Years)
2/29/2024

8.j
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 378

CITY COUNCIL

STAFF REPORT
MEETING DATE: March 25, 2024
ITEM TITLE: Adopt Resolutions Awarding Landslide Repairs at 995 Crestview Drive, 3144 Brittan Avenue, 3141-61 Melendy Drive, and 270 Dartmouth Avenue; Authorizing the City Manager to Execute an Agreement with the Lowest Responsible Bidders; and Authorizing the Expenditure of a 20% Contingency for each Landslide Repair.

RECOMMENDATION:

Staff recommends that the City Council adopt the following four Resolutions:
i. Awarding the landslide repair project at 995 Crestview Drive; authorizing the City Manager to execute an agreement with Beals Martin and Associates, Inc. in the amount of $52,010; and authorizing the expenditure of a 20% contingency. ii. Awarding the landslide repair project at 3144 Brittan Avenue; authorizing the City Manager to execute an agreement with Central Pacific Engineering, Inc. in the amount of $250,999; and authorizing the expenditure of a 20% contingency. iii. Awarding the landslide repair project at 3141-61 Melendy Drive; authorizing the City Manager to execute an agreement with Beals Martin and Associates, Inc. in the amount of $65,840; and authorizing the expenditure of a 20% contingency. iv. Awarding the landslide repair project at 270 Dartmouth Avenue; authorizing the City Manager to execute an agreement with Ground Control, Inc. in the amount of $93,585; and authorizing the expenditure of a 20% contingency.

FISCAL IMPLICATIONS:

There are no fiscal impacts associated with this recommendation and no additional funding is needed at this time.

Funding for the projects comes from C2318, C2319, C2320, and C2321. The available project budgets for Fiscal Year 2023-24 are shown below. There is sufficient budget to award and complete the projects with contingency.

Project Project Location Available
Budget
Project Bid
Amount
Bid Award and
Contingency
C2318 995 Crestview Drive $918,772 $52,010 $62,450
C2319 3144 Brittan Avenue $1,373,042 $250,999 $301,200
C2320 3141-61 Melendy Drive $1,365,737 $65,840 $79,010
C2321 270 Dartmouth Avenue $891,705 $93,585 $112,300

8.k
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 379

The disparity between the Available Project Budget and the Engineer’s Estimate/Bid Amount for these projects is due to the timing of the City’s budget preparation versus development of the project designs. As rain and wet weather continued well into March 2023, staff had to wait until August 2023, when the soil was dry and stable, to conduct the geotechnical work to determine the extent and depth of the damage in the affected areas.

As the City’s budget preparation began in January 2023, staff budgeted for the worst-case scenario, so much larger and deeper repair areas were assumed. This led to the higher budget request. Once the engineers obtained the geotechnical information in September 2023, they determined that the size and depth of the repair areas were smaller than estimated, which led to significantly lower costs.

All of the bids came in well under the respective project budgets, therefore, any budgeted funds not spent will be returned to the fund balance to be applied toward future projects.

BACKGROUND:

During the 2023 winter storms, the City experienced extended periods of heavy rains which oversaturated the ground causing surface flooding and caused multiple landslides throughout the City within the right-of-way and adjacent to private property due to erosion.

In the spring, staff retained ENGEO, Inc. (“Consultant”) to perform post storm assessments to determine the extent of damage at each landslide and provide recommendations for permanent improvements.

The Consultant was tasked with providing engineering services and preparing the construction documents. Staff and the Consultant worked with site-adjacent residents and businesses during the preparation of construction documents to ensure the improvements would not result in any negative impacts.

ANALYSIS:

On February 13, 2024, the City advertised for bids for construction of the landslide repairs and bids were opened on March 5, 2024. Bids for the following Projects were received with the following results:
995 Crestview Drive
Contractor Bid Amount
Engineer’s Estimate $50,225
Beals Martin and Associates, Inc. $52,010
Ground Control, Inc. $70,980
C2R Engineering, Inc. $96,740
Central Pacific Engineering, Inc. $108,244
Sandstone Engineering, Inc. $148,809
3144 Brittan Avenue
Contractor Bid Amount
Engineer’s Estimate $262,950
Central Pacific Engineering, Inc. $250,999
Ground Control, Inc. $253,190

8.k
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 380

Beals Martin and Associates, Inc. $272,771
C2R Engineering, Inc. $312,305
VNH Builders $333,390
Sandstone Engineering, Inc. $344,290
3141-61 Melendy Drive
Contractor Bid Amount
Engineer’s Estimate $53,550
Beals Martin and Associates, Inc. $65,840
Central Pacific Engineering, Inc. $67,549
Ground Control, Inc. $95,028
C2R Engineering, Inc. $101,800
270 Dartmouth Avenue
Contractor Bid Amount
Engineer’s Estimate $104,925
Ground Control, Inc. $93,585
Beals Martin and Associates, Inc. $110,095
Central Pacific Engineering, Inc. $111,199
C2R Engineering, Inc. $147,750
Sandstone Engineering, Inc. $198,050
The lowest responsible and responsive bids for the four projects were submitted by Beals Martin and Associates, Inc. in the amounts of $52,009.82 for the repairs at 995 Crestview Drive and $65,840 at 3141-61 Melendy Drive; Central Pacific Engineering, Inc. in the amount of $250,999 for the repairs at 3144 Brittan Avenue; and Ground Control, Inc. in the amount of $93,585 for the repairs at 270 Dartmouth Avenue.

After conducting bid evaluations staff recommends awarding the contracts to the lowest responsible and responsive bidders identified above and authorizing the expenditure of a 20% contingency for each landslide repair.

ALTERNATIVES:

The alternatives available to the City Council include:

1. Adopt four Resolutions:
i. Awarding the landslide repair project at 995 Crestview Drive; authorizing the City Manager to execute an agreement with Beals Martin and Associates, Inc. in the amount of $52,010; and authorizing the expenditure of a 20% contingency. ii. Awarding the landslide repair project at 3144 Brittan Avenue; authorizing the City Manager to execute an agreement with Central Pacific Engineering, Inc. in the amount of $250,999; and authorizing the expenditure of a 20% contingency. iii. Awarding the landslide repair project at 3141-61 Melendy Drive; authorizing the City Manager to execute an agreement with Beals Martin and Associates, Inc. in the amount of $65,840; and authorizing the expenditure of a 20% contingency. iv. Awarding the landslide repair project at 270 Dartmouth Avenue; authorizing the City Manager to execute an agreement with Ground Control, Inc. in the amount of $93,585; and authorizing the expenditure of a 20% contingency.

8.k
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 381

2. Do not adopt the four proposed Resolutions; or

3. Provide staff with alternative direction.

Respectfully submitted by:

Steven Machida, Public Works Director
Approved for submission by:
_______________________
Jeff Maltbie, City Manager
ATTACHMENT(S):

1. Resolution for 995 Crestview Drive

2. Resolution for 3144 Brittan Avenue

3. Resolution for 3141-61 Melendy Drive

4. Resolution for 270 Dartmouth Avenue

8.k
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 382

RESOLUTION NO. 2024 – ____

A RESOLUTION OF THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF SAN CARLOS AWARDING THE LANDSLIDE REPAIR PROJECTS AT 995 CRESTVIEW DRIVE;

AUTHORIZING THE CITY MANAGER TO EXECUTE AN AGREEMENT WITH BEALS MARTIN AND ASSOCIATES, INC. IN THE AMOUNT OF $52,010; AND AUTHORIZING THE EXPENDITURE OF A 20% CONTINGENCY.

WHEREAS, during the 2023 winter storms the City experienced extended periods of heavy rains which oversaturated the ground causing surface flooding and leading to multiple landslides throughout the City within its right-of-way and adjacent to private property due to erosion; and
WHEREAS, staff retained ENGEO, Inc. (“Consultant”) to perform post storm assessments to determine the extents of damages at each landslide and provide recommendations for permanent improvements; and
WHEREAS, the Consultant was then tasked with providing engineering services and preparing the construction documents; and
WHEREAS, staff and the Consultant worked with site-adjacent residents and businesses during the preparation of construction documents to ensure the improvements would not result in any negative impacts; and
WHEREAS, on February 13, 2024, the City advertised for bids for construction of the landslide repairs and bids were opened on March 5, 2024; and
WHEREAS, the lowest responsible and responsive bid for 995 Crestview Drive was submitted by Beals Martin and Associates, Inc. in the amount of $52,010.

NOW, THEREFORE BE IT RESOLVED, that the San Carlos City Council hereby awards the landslide repair project at 995 Crestview Drive; authorizes the City Manager to execute an agreement with Beals Martin and Associates, Inc. in the amount of $52,010; and authorizes the expenditure of a 20% contingency.
* * * * *
I, City Clerk Crystal Mui, hereby certify that the foregoing Resolution was duly and regularly passed and adopted by the City Council of the City of San Carlos at a scheduled meeting thereof held on the 25th day of March 2024, by the following vote:

AYES, COUNCILMEMBERS:

NOES, COUNCILMEMBERS:

ABSENT, COUNCILMEMBERS:

8.k
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 383

________________________________
CITY CLERK of the City of San Carlos
APPROVED:
___________________________
MAYOR of the City of San Carlos

8.k
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 384

1 8
0 7
RESOLUTION NO. 2024 – ____

A RESOLUTION OF THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF SAN CARLOS AWARDING THE LANDSLIDE REPAIR PROJECT AT 3144 BRITTAN AVENUE;

AUTHORIZING THE CITY MANAGER TO EXECUTE AN AGREEMENT WITH CENTRAL PACIFIC ENGINEERING, INC. IN THE AMOUNT OF $250,999; AND AUTHORIZING THE EXPENDITURE OF A 20% CONTINGENCY.

WHEREAS, during the 2023 winter storms the City experienced extended periods of heavy rains which oversaturated the ground causing surface flooding and leading to multiple landslides throughout the City within the right-of-way and adjacent to private property due to erosion; and
WHEREAS, staff retained ENGEO, Inc. (“Consultant”) to perform post storm assessments to determine the extent of damage at each landslide and provide recommendations for permanent improvements; and
WHEREAS, the Consultant was tasked with providing engineering services and preparing the construction documents; and
WHEREAS, staff and the Consultant worked with site-adjacent residents and businesses during the preparation of construction documents to ensure the improvements would not result in any negative impacts; and
WHEREAS, on February 13, 2024, the City advertised for bids for construction of the landslide repairs and bids were opened on March 5, 2024; and
WHEREAS, the lowest responsible and responsive bids for 3144 Brittan Avenue was submitted by Central Pacific Engineering, Inc. in the amount of $250,999.

NOW, THEREFORE BE IT RESOLVED, that the San Carlos City Council hereby awards the landslide repair project at 3144 Brittan Avenue; authorizes the City Manager to execute an agreement with Central Pacific Engineering, Inc. in the amount of $250,999; and authorizes the expenditure of a 20% contingency.
* * * * *
I, City Clerk Crystal Mui, hereby certify that the foregoing Resolution was duly and regularly passed and adopted by the City Council of the City of San Carlos at a scheduled meeting thereof held on the 25th day of March 2024, by the following vote:

AYES, COUNCILMEMBERS:___________________________________________ NOES, COUNCILMEMBERS:___________________________________________ ABSENT, COUNCILMEMBERS:___________________________________________

8.k
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 385

1 8
0 7
________________________________
CITY CLERK of the City of San Carlos
APPROVED:
___________________________
MAYOR of the City of San Carlos

8.k
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 386

RESOLUTION NO. 2024 – ____

A RESOLUTION OF THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF SAN CARLOS AWARDING THE LANDSLIDE REPAIR PROJECT AT 3141-61 MELENDY DRIVE;

AUTHORIZING THE CITY MANAGER TO EXECUTE AN AGREEMENT WITH BEALS MARTIN AND ASSOCIATES, INC. IN THE AMOUNT OF $65,840; AND AUTHORIZING THE EXPENDITURE OF A 20% CONTINGENCY.

WHEREAS, during the 2023 winter storms the City experienced extended periods of heavy rains which oversaturated the ground causing surface flooding and leading to multiple landslides throughout the City within its right-of-way and adjacent to private property due to erosion; and WHEREAS, retained ENGEO, Inc. (“Consultant”) to perform post storm assessments to determine the extents of damages at each landslide and provide recommendations for permanent improvements; and
WHEREAS, the Consultant was then tasked with providing engineering services and preparing the construction documents; and
WHEREAS, staff and the Consultant worked with site-adjacent residents and businesses during the preparation of construction documents to ensure the improvements would not result in any negative impacts; and
WHEREAS, on February 13, 2024, the City advertised for bids for construction of the landslide repairs and bids were opened on March 5, 2024; and
WHEREAS, the lowest responsible and responsive bid for 3141-61 Melendy Drive was submitted by Beals Martin and Associates, Inc. in the amount of $65,840.

NOW, THEREFORE BE IT RESOLVED, that the San Carlos City Council hereby awards the landslide repair project at 3141-61 Melendy Drive; authorizes the City Manager to execute an agreement with Beals Martin and Associates, Inc. in the amount of $65,840; and authorizes the expenditure of a 20% contingency.
* * * * *
I, City Clerk Crystal Mui, hereby certify that the foregoing Resolution was duly and regularly passed and adopted by the City Council of the City of San Carlos at a scheduled meeting thereof held on the 25th day of March 2024, by the following vote:

AYES, COUNCILMEMBERS:___________________________________________ NOES, COUNCILMEMBERS:___________________________________________ ABSENT, COUNCILMEMBERS:___________________________________________ ________________________________
CITY CLERK of the City of San Carlos

8.k
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 387

APPROVED:
___________________________
MAYOR of the City of San Carlos

8.k
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 388

1 8
0 8
RESOLUTION NO. 2024 – ____

A RESOLUTION OF THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF SAN CARLOS AWARDING THE LANDSLIDE REPAIR PROJECT AT 270 DARTMOUTH AVENUE;

AUTHORIZING THE CITY MANAGER TO EXECUTE AN AGREEMENT WITH GROUND CONTROL, INC. IN THE AMOUNT OF $93,585; AND AUTHORIZING THE EXPENDITURE OF A 20% CONTINGENCY.

WHEREAS, during the 2023 winter storms the City experienced extended periods of heavy rains which oversaturated the ground causing surface flooding and leading to multiple landslides throughout the City within the right-of-way and adjacent to private property due to erosion; and
WHEREAS, staff retained ENGEO, Inc. (“Consultant”) to perform post storm assessments to determine the extent of damage at each landslide and provide recommendations for permanent improvements; and
WHEREAS, the Consultant was tasked with providing engineering services and preparing the construction documents; and
WHEREAS, staff and the Consultant worked with site-adjacent residents and businesses during the preparation of construction documents to ensure the improvements would not result in any negative impacts; and
WHEREAS, on February 13, 2024, the City advertised for bids for construction of the landslide repairs and bids were opened on March 5, 2024; and
WHEREAS, the lowest responsible and responsive bids for 270 Dartmouth Avenue was submitted by Ground Control, Inc. in the amount of $93,585.

NOW, THEREFORE BE IT RESOLVED, that the San Carlos City Council hereby awards the landslide repair project at 270 Dartmouth Avenue; authorizes the City Manager to execute an agreement with Ground Control, Inc. in the amount of $93,585; and authorizes the expenditure of a 20% contingency.
* * * * *
I, Crystal Mui, hereby certify that the foregoing Resolution was duly and regularly passed and adopted by the City Council of the City of San Carlos at a scheduled meeting thereof held on the 25th day of March 2024, by the following vote:

AYES, COUNCILMEMBERS:_______________________________________________ NOES, COUNCILMEMBERS:_______________________________________________ ABSENT, COUNCILMEMBERS:_______________________________________________ ________________________________
CITY CLERK of the City of San Carlos
APPROVED:
___________________________
MAYOR of the City of San Carlos

8.k
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 389

CITY COUNCIL

STAFF REPORT
MEETING DATE: March 25, 2024
ITEM TITLE: Adopt Ordinance 1613 Rezoning the 308-310 Phelps Road Project Site to RS-6 Single-Family Zone within a Hillside Overlay District for Construction of Nine Single Family Homes (APNs: 049-292-050; 049- 292-040; 049-292-060).

RECOMMENDATION:

Staff recommends that the City Council, by second reading, adopt Ordinance 1613 to rezone 308- 310 Phelps Road from the RS-3 Single-Family, Low Density to the RS-6 Single-Family within the Hillside Overlay District, for the construction of nine single-family homes with eight accessory dwelling units.

FISCAL IMPLICATIONS:

There is no fiscal impact and no additional appropriation is needed for this action.

BACKGROUND:

On March 11, 2024, the City Council conducted the first reading and introduced Ordinance 1613 to rezone 308-310 Phelps Road from the RS-3 Single-Family, Low Density to the RS-6 Single- Family within the Hillside Overlay District. At the March 11, 2024 public hearing, the City Council also adopted Resolution 2024-22 adopting an Initial Study/Mitigated Negative Declaration and Resolution 2024-23 approving a General Plan Amendment designating the project site from Single Family, 3DUs/acre to Single Family, 6DUs/acre.

On February 5, 2024, the Planning and Transportation Commission approved the Design Review, Conditional Use Permit, Below Market Rate Housing Plan, Protected Tree Removal Permit, Natural State Reduction, Tentative Subdivision Map, and Dirt Haul and Grading Certificate for nine single family homes on 3.12 acres located at 308-310 Phelps Road. These approvals will not be effective until the City Council approves and adopts this Ordinance.

Environmental Determination
With adoption of Resolution 2024-22, the City Council adopted the Initial Study/Mitigated Negative Declaration (IS/MND) and the Mitigation Monitoring and Reporting Program (MMRP). The project would have potentially significant impacts on air quality biological resources, cultural resources, geology/paleontological resources, and tribal cultural resources. Mitigation measures have been

8.l
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 390

included in the project to reduce potentially significant impacts to less than significant levels.

Therefore, the project is in compliance with the requirements of CEQA (California Public Resources Code, Division 13, Section 21000, et seq.) and the CEQA Guidelines (Title 14 of the California Code of Regulations, Division 6, Chapter 3, Section 15000, et seq.).

Next Steps
Should the City Council adopt Ordinance 1613 at this second reading, the proposed amendments would become effective on April 25, 2024. The Planning and Transportation Commission’s approval of the Design Review, Conditional Use Permit, Below Market Rate Housing Plan, Protected Tree Removal Permit, Natural State Reduction, Tentative Subdivision Map, and Dirt Haul and Grading Certificate would also become effective at that time.

ALTERNATIVES

1. Adopt Ordinance 1613 approving the rezoning of 308-310 Phelps Road project site from the RS-3 Single-Family, Low Density to the RS-6 Single-Family within the Hillside Overlay District; or

2. Do not adopt Ordinance 1613; or

3. Provide staff with alternative direction.

Respectfully submitted by:

Al Savay, Community Development Director
Approved for submission by:
_______________________
Jeff Maltbie, City Manager
ATTACHMENT(S):

1. Ordinance 1613 with Exhibit A Zoning Map
Additional project information available online at: www.cityofsancarlos.org/308phelpsroad

8.l
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 391

2 1
9 4
ORDINANCE NO. 1613

AN ORDINANCE OF THE CITY OF SAN CARLOS REZONING THE
308-310 PHELPS ROAD PROJECT SITE TO RS-6 SINGLE FAMILY ZONE WITHIN A HILLSIDE OVERLAY DISTRICT FOR CONSTRUCTION OF NINE SINGLE FAMILY HOMES. (APNs: 049-292-050; 049-292-040; 049-292-060).
________________________________________________________________________ SECTION 1: The City Council of the City of San Carlos does hereby find and declares as follows:

WHEREAS, pursuant to Title 18 of the City of San Carlos Municipal Code (the “Zoning Code”), Phelps San Carlos LLC filed an application for approval of a Zoning Ordinance Amendment for the development of nine single-family homes at 308-310 Phelps Road (APNs:
049-292-050; 049-292-040; 049-292-060); and
WHEREAS, by Resolution 2024-22, adopted on March 11, 2024, the City Council adopted the Initial Study/Mitigated Negative Declaration and Mitigation Monitoring and Reporting Plan pursuant to the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA) for the implementation of the mitigation measures outlined in the Initial Study/Mitigated Negative Declaration; and WHEREAS, by Resolution 2024-23, adopted on March 11, 2024, the City Council approved the General Plan Amendment for 3.12 acres at 308-310 Phelps Road from a General Plan designation of Single Family, Low Density 3 Dus/acre to Single Family, 6 Dus/acre; and WHEREAS, at a duly noticed public hearing held on February 5, 2024, the Planning and Transportation Commission approved the Conditional Use Permit, Design Review, Tentative Subdivision Map, Below Market Rate Housing Plan, Protected Tree Removal Permit, Natural State Reduction, and Dirt Haul and Grading Certificate; and WHEREAS, by Resolution PTC2024-03, adopted on February 5, 2023, the Planning and Transportation Commission recommends the City Council approve the Zoning Ordinance Amendment to rezone the site from RS-3 Single Family, Low Density to RS-6 Single Family within the Hillside Overlay District as set forth in Exhibit A to this Ordinance; and WHEREAS, the City Council of the City of San Carlos held a duly noticed public hearing on March 11, 2024 and introduced an Ordinance 1613 for a Zoning Ordinance Amendment rezoning the 308-310 Phelps road project site from RS-3 Single Family, Low Density to RS-6 Single Family within a Hillside Overlay District; and
SECTION 2: Findings. The City Council makes the following findings:

A. The proposed ordinance amendment is consistent with the General Plan.

Basis for Finding: With the adoption of Resolution 2024-23, the RS-6 Single Family zone (Hillside Overlay) is consistent with the General Plan designation of Single Family, 6 DUs/acre. The project is consistent with the General Plan policies in that the density is compatible with the general development pattern in the area (Policies LU-8.2, LU-8.19, and LU-9.12) has pedestrian-friendly

8.l
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 392

2 1
9 4
elements, including enhanced pedestrian access to open space in Arguello Park with the connection to the emergency vehicle access (Policy LU-8.4). The project is sensitive to the neighborhood and is designed to respect the natural topography (Policy-10.2). This site is identified as an opportunity site in the 2023 Housing Element. The site assists the City in meeting its housing goals in that it facilitates and encourages the development of a variety of housing types suitable for all income levels.

B. The ordinance amendment is consistent with the purpose of the Zoning title to promote the growth of the City in an orderly manner and to promote and protect the public health, safety, peace, comfort and general welfare.

Basis for Finding: The request to rezone to the RS-6 Single Family zone is consistent with the prevailing neighborhood pattern. The property would remain in the Hillside Overlay Zone. While the proposed density is 2.9 du/ac, the rezoning is necessary to allow Small Lot Developments pursuant to SCMC 18.04.040 J., while the existing RS-3 Single-Family, Low-Density zone does not permit Small Lot Developments. The eight accessory dwelling units do not count in the density calculation.

SECTION 3: The Zoning Map of San Carlos is hereby amended to change the project site from RS-3 Single Family, Low Density to RS-6 Single Family within the Hillside Overlay (Exhibit A) APNs: 049-292-050; 049-292-040; 049-292-060.

SECTION 4: California Environmental Quality Act Determination. The City prepared an Initial Study/Mitigated Negative Declaration as the lead agency under the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA Section 15070) to determine if the Project may have a significant effect on the environment, and concluded that there is no substantial evidence that the Project may cause a significant effect on the environment with adoption of mitigation measures to reduce potentially significant environmental effects to a less than significant level.

SECTION 5: Severability. The City Council hereby declares that it would have passed this Ordinance sentence by sentence, paragraph by paragraph, and section by section, and does hereby declare that any provisions of this Ordinance are severable and if for any reason any sentence, paragraph or section of this Ordinance shall be held invalid, such decision shall not affect the validity of the remaining parts of this Ordinance.

SECTION 6: This Ordinance shall be published and posted according to law and shall take effect and be in force from and after 30 days after its passage and adoption. *****
I, City Clerk Crystal Mui, hereby certify that the foregoing Ordinance was introduced on the 11th day of March, 2024 and passed and adopted as an Ordinance of the City Council of the City of San Carlos at a regular meeting thereof held on the 25th day of March, 2024 by the following vote:

8.l
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 393

2 1
9 4
________________________________
CITY CLERK of the City of San Carlos
APPROVED:
____________________________
MAYOR of the City of San Carlos
Exhibit A – Zoning Map Rezoning the Project Site to RS-6, Single-Family AYES, COUNCILMEMBERS:

NOES, COUNCILMEMBERS:

ABSENT, COUNCILMEMBERS:

8.l
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 394

2 1
9 4
Exhibit A
Zoning Map Rezoning the Project Site to RS-6, Single-Family Existing Zoning
Proposed Zoning
RS-6

8.l
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 395

CITY COUNCIL

STAFF REPORT
MEETING DATE: March 25, 2024
ITEM TITLE: Receive a Presentation on the Housing Element Annual Progress Report for 2023.

RECOMMENDATION:

Staff recommends that the City Council receive a presentation on the City of San Carlos’ 2023 Housing Element Annual Progress Report.

FISCAL IMPLICATIONS:

There are no fiscal impacts associated with this item.

BACKGROUND:

Government Code Section 65400 requires the City to prepare an annual report on the status and progress in implementing the San Carlos 2023-2031 Housing Element, adopted January 23, 2023. To comply with this requirement, staff completed the 2023 Annual Progress Report and presented it to the Planning and Transportation Commission on March 18, 2024. City Council review is required by state law prior to staff submitting the report to the State Office of Housing and Community Development (HCD) and the Governor’s Office of Planning and Research (OPR).

The 2023-2031 Housing Element was adopted by the City Council on January 23, 2023. One of its primary goals is to respond to San Carlos’ Regional Housing Needs Allocation (RHNA) by planning for a base requirement of 2,735 net new housing units to the year 2031. In responding to the City’s RHNA assignment, the City went above and beyond the base requirement of 2,735 and planned for 3,173 units in its adopted Housing Element. This figure serves as a buffer to ensure the City can meet its RHNA obligation as mandated by HCD. While the Housing Element itself sets in place 3,173 net new units to the year 2031, the Annual Progress Report tracks against the base RHNA requirement of 2,735 units.

ANALYSIS:

The Annual Progress Report for 2023 is presented on standardized excel spreadsheets that were formatted and created by HCD (see Attachment 1). The state requires local jurisdictions to complete fifteen key data sets, as applicable. These data sets are described below:

1. Housing development applications deemed “Complete.”

2. Housing development applications that received a Planning entitlement (i.e. approval).

3. Housing development applications that were issued a Building Permit to begin construction.

9.a
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 396

4. Housing development applications that received a Certificate of Occupancy.

5. RHNA Progress (i.e. number of Building Permits issued).

6. Sites identified or rezoned to accommodate shortfall housing need and no net-loss housing law.

7. Program (i.e. Housing Element Action Item) implementation status.

8. Commercial Development Bonus approvals.

9. Units rehabilitated, preserved, and acquired for alternative adequate sites.

10. Above-moderate income units converted to moderate income units.

11. Locally owned lands included in the Housing Element Sites Inventory, that have been sold, leased, or otherwise disposed of.

12. Locally owned surplus sites.

13. Student housing development for lower income students granted a density bonus.

14. Tenant preference policy.

15. Local Early Action Planning (LEAP) grant reporting.

A concise summary of San Carlos’ progress is provided below:

1. In 2023, 107 housing units were deemed complete.

2. In 2023, 410 units received Planning approvals. This includes 47 deed-restricted very low- income units; 33 deed-restricted low-income units; 1 deed-restricted moderate-income unit; and 328 above-moderate (i.e. market rate) units.

3. In 2023, the City issued Building Permits to construct a net increase of 32 units to the City’s housing supply. As a reminder, San Carlos’ RHNA is 2,735 units for the 2023-2031 planning period. HCD tracks progress towards RHNA by counting building permits issued in each calendar year. All 32 units are in the above moderate (i.e. market rate) category. See table below.

9.a
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 397

4. In 2023, a total of 27 above-moderate (i.e. market rate) units received a Certificate of Occupancy (i.e. Final Inspection).

5. San Carlos’s 2023-2031 RHNA goal is 2,735 units by the year 2031. The first year of this planning period is looking at the production of 32 net new units added to the City’s housing supply. All of the 32 units are in the above-moderate, or market rate income category and consist of ADUs and one unit added at a mixed-use building at 1749 Laurel Street. HCD also counts the number of units that were issued a Building Permit from June 30, 2022 through January 30, 2023; there were 14 units. This totals to 46 units (32+14) in the above moderate-income category, resulting in a balance of 1,088 market rate units to 2031. In the first year of reporting, no below market rate units were issued a Building Permit.

However, the City issued planning approvals for 410 new units in 2023. Of these 410 units, 47 are very-low-income units, 33 are low-income units, and 1 unit is above-moderate.

Once the City issues Building Permits for these 410 units, they count towards San Carlos’ RHNA progress.

9.a
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 398

6. San Carlos’ Housing Element does not need, and thus does not contain, sites identified for rezoning to accommodate shortfall housing needs.

7. The Housing Element’s goals, policies, and actions (i.e. what actions or programs the City will undertake in the planning period) were developed and written in response to the City’s identified housing needs, constraints confronting the City, and resources available to address housing needs. These goals, policies, and actions address the State’s requirements by:
•Identifying adequate sites with appropriate zoning to accommodate San Carlos’ RHNA •Assisting in the development of adequate housing to meet the needs of extremely low, very low, and low and moderate income households
•Removing governmental constraints that impede the maintenance, improvement, and production of housing
•Preserving and improving the condition of existing housing •Promoting equal housing opportunities for all people
With adoption of the Housing Element in 2023, the City commits to completing a total of 37 over-arching actions and 148 subtasks over the 8-year planning period. These are described in detail in Tab D of Attachment 1.

8. In 2023, there were no projects that used the Commercial Development Bonus provision.

9. In 2023, the City did not acquire, rehabilitate, nor preserve sites for use as alternative adequate sites.

10. In 2023, no above-moderate housing units were converted into moderate-income housing.

11. In 2023, no locally owned land had been disposed of.

12. In 2023, San Carlos had no declared surplus lands.

13. In San Carlos, no student housing units were developed for lower income students.

14. The City of San Carlos has a Tenant Preference Policy, which is set forth under San Carlos Municipal Code Section 18.16.080, B and provided on its website at:
https://www.cityofsancarlos.org/city_hall/departments_and_divisions/community_develo pment/housing/affordable_housing_and_resources/index.php

15. In September 2020, San Carlos received $150,000 in Local Early Action Planning (LEAP) grant funds to help offset the costs of preparing the Housing Element Update. In 2021, the city submitted its first reimbursement request in the amount of $69,966.48. In early 2022, the City submitted its second and final reimbursement request in the amount of $80,033.52. In 2023, the City received the final payment after submitting a close out report.

The LEAP grant requirements and reimbursements are now deemed complete.

Respectfully submitted by:

Al Savay, Community Development Director

9.a
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 399

Approved for submission by:
_______________________
Jeff Maltbie, City Manager
ATTACHMENT(S):

1. San Carlos Housing Element 2023 Annual Progress Report

9.a
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 400

Jurisidiction Name
Reporting Calendar Year
First Name
Last Name
Title Click here to download APR Instructions
Email
Phone
Street Address
City
Zipcode
v_2_15_24
Click here to add rows to a table. If you add too many rows, you may select a cell in the row you wish to remove and type ctrl + d.
600 Elm Street
San Carlos
94070
Lisa
Porras
Planning Manager
[email protected]
6504547785
Mailing Address
Please Start Here
General Information
2023
San Carlos
Contact Information
Optional: Click here to import last year's data. This is best used when the workbook is new and empty. You will be prompted to pick an old workbook to import from. Project and program data will be copied exactly how it was entered in last year's form and must be updated. If a project is no longer has any reportable activity, you may delete the project by selecting a cell in the row and typing ctrl + d.

Annual Progress Report January 2020

9.a
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 401

Optional: This runs a macro which checks to ensure all required fields are filled out. The macro will create two files saved in the same directory this APR file is saved in. One file will be a copy of the APR with highlighted cells which require information. The other file will be list of the problematic cells, along with a description of the nature of the error.

Optional: Save before running. This copies data on Table A2, and creates another workbook with the table split across 4 tabs, each of which can fit onto a single page for easier printing. Running this macro will remove the comments on the column headers, which contain the instructions. Do not save the APR file after running in order to preserve comments once it is reopened.

Optional: This macro identifies dates entered that occurred outside of the reporting year. RHNA credit is only given for building permits issued during the reporting year.

Link to the online system: https://apr.hcd.ca.gov/APR/login.do Toggles formatting that turns cells green/yellow/red based on data validation rules.

Submittal Instructions
Please save your file as Jurisdictionname2023 (no spaces). Example: the city of San Luis Obispo would save their file as SanLuisObispo2023 Housing Element Annual Progress Reports (APRs) forms and tables must be submitted to HCD and the Governor's Office of Planning and Research (OPR) on or before April 1 of each year for the prior calendar year; submit separate reports directly to both HCD and OPR pursuant to Government Code section 65400. There are two options for submitting APRs:

1. Online Annual Progress Reporting System - Please see the link to the online system to the left. This allows you to upload the completed APR form into directly into HCD’s database limiting the risk of errors. If you would like to use the online system, email [email protected] and HCD will send you the login information for your jurisdiction. Please note: Using the online system only provides the information to HCD. The APR must still be submitted to OPR. Their email address is [email protected].

2. Email - If you prefer to submit via email, you can complete the excel Annual Progress Report forms and submit to HCD at [email protected] and to OPR at [email protected]. Please send the Excel workbook, not a scanned or PDF copy of the tables.

9.a
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 402

Jurisdiction San Carlos
Reporting Year 2023
Housing Element Planning Period 6th Cycle
Current Year
Deed Restricted 0
Non-Deed
Restricted 0
Deed Restricted 0
Non-Deed
Restricted 0
Deed Restricted 0
Non-Deed
Restricted 0
32 32
Units by Structure Type Entitled Permitted Completed
Single-family Attached 1 1 1
Single-family Detached 1 0 1
2 to 4 units per structure 8 0 0
5+ units per structure 377 0 0
Accessory Dwelling Unit 23 31 25
Mobile/Manufactured Home 0 0 0
Total 410 32 27
Infill Housing Developments and Infill Units Permitted # of Projects Units 32 32
0 0
15 107
107
0 0
0 Income Rental Ownership Total
Very Low 0 0 0
Low 0 0 0
Moderate 0 0 0
Above Moderate 0 0 0
Total 0 0 0
Streamlining Provisions Used - Permitted Units # of Projects Units SB 9 (2021) - Duplex in SF Zone 0 0
SB 9 (2021) - Residential Lot Split 0 0
AB 2011 (2022) 0 0
SB 6 (2022) 0 0
SB 35 (2017) 0 0
Ministerial and Discretionary Applications

Applications Units
Ministerial 8 8
Discretionary 7 99
Density Bonus Applications and Units Permitted
Number of Applications Submitted Requesting a Density Bonus 1 Number of Units in Applications Submitted Requesting a Density Bonus 87 Number of Projects Permitted with a Density Bonus 0
Number of Units in Projects Permitted with a Density Bonus 0 Housing Element Programs Implemented and Sites Rezoned Count 75 0
Programs Implemented
Sites Rezoned to Accommodate the RHNA
(Jan. 1 - Dec. 31)
01/31/2023 - 01/31/2031
Units Constructed - SB 35 Streamlining Permits
Number of SB 35 Streamlining Applications Approved
Very Low
Low
Moderate
Total Housing Applications Submitted:

Number of Proposed Units in All Applications Received:

Total Housing Units Approved:

Total Housing Units Disapproved:

Total Units
Housing Applications Summary
Use of SB 35 Streamlining Provisions - Applications
Note: Units serving extremely low-income households are included in the very low-income permitted units totals Number of SB 35 Streamlining Applications
Above Moderate
Indicated as Infill
Not Indicated as Infill
Building Permits Issued by Affordability Summary
Income Level

9.a
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 403

Jurisdiction San Carlos ANNUAL ELEMENT PROGRESS REPORT Note: "+" indicates an optional field Reporting Year 2023 ( Jan. 1 - Dec. 31) Housing Element Implementation Planning Period 6th Cycle 01/31/2023 - 01/31/2031
Date
Application
S
ubmitted
Total
Approved
Units by
Project
Total
Disapproved
Units by
Project
Streamlining Application
Status Project Type Notes
2 3 4 6 7 8 9 11 12 13
Prior APN+ Current APN Street Address Project Name+ Local Jurisdiction Tracking ID
Unit Category
(SFA,SFD,2 to
4 ,5+,ADU,MH)
Tenure
R=Renter
O=
Owner
Date
Application
S
ubmitted
(see
instructions)
Very Low-
Income Deed
Restricted
Very Low-
Income Non
D
eed
Restricted
Low-Income
Deed
Restricted
Low-Income
Non Deed
R
estricted
Moderate-
Income
D
eed
Restricted
Moderate-
Income
N
on Deed
Restricted
Above
Moderate-
I
ncome
Total PROPOSED
Units by Project
Total

APPROVED
Units by project
Total

DISAPPROVED
Units by Project
Please select
streamlining
pr
ovision/s the
application was
submitted pursuant
to.

Did the housing
development
ap
plication seek
incentives or
concessions
pursuant to
Government Code
section 65915?
Were incentives
or concessions
r
eqested
pursuant to
Government
Code section
65915 approved?
Please indicate
the status of the
a
pplication.

Is the project
considered a
m
inisterial
project or
discretionary
project?
Notes+
Summary Row: Start Data Entry Below 0 0 10 0 0 0 97 107 107 0 049-221-130 97 Club Drive PLN2021-00187 SFD O
5/2/2023
1 1 1 0 NONE No N/A Approved Discretionary
After Dec 13, 2023 all sing
051-394-050 1552 Chestnut
St PLN2022-00161 ADU R
4/17/2023
1 1 1 0 NONE No N/A Approved Ministerial
This ADU was submitted w
049-360-060;
050-220-170;
050-
220-160;
050-220-020
808 Alameda de
las Pulgas PLN2018-00209
SFA O
5/1/2023
10 77 87 87 0 NONE Yes Yes Approved Discretionary
051-131-370 2540 Howard
Ave PLN2022-00181 SFD O
5/16/2023
1 1 1 0 NONE No N/A Approved Discretionary
051-131-370 2540 Howard
Ave PLN2022-00181 ADU R
5/16/2023
1 1 1 0 NONE No N/A Approved Ministerial
This ADU was submitted w
050-034-150 549 Prospect St PLN2022-00193 2 to 4 O
1/20/2023
4 4 4 0 NONE No N/A Approved Discretionary
050-034-120 575 Prospect St PLN2022-00204 2 to 4 O
1/20/2023
4 4 4 0 NONE No N/A Approved Discretionary
051-321-030 975 Chestnut St PLN2023-00023 SFD O
4/17/2023
1 1 1 0 NONE No No Approved Discretionary
050-372-070 1110 Hudson Ct PLN2023-00035 SFD O
3/21/2023
1 1 1 0 NONE No No Approved Discretionary
051-201-160 2116
Greenwood Ave PLN2023-00058
ADU R
1/24/2023
1 1 1 0 NONE No No Approved Ministerial
051-245-050 212 Park Ave PLN2023-00069 ADU R
5/12/2023
1 1 1 0 NONE No No Approved Ministerial
This is a J-ADU
049-182-090 30 Kenton PLN2023-00072 ADU R
5/16/2023
1 1 1 0 NONE No No Approved Ministerial
This is a J-ADU
049-263-010 248 Molton Ave PLN2023-00076 ADU R
6/1/2023
1 1 1 0 NONE No No Approved Ministerial
050-022-300 160 Palm Ave PLN2023-00082 ADU R
7/2/2023
1 1 1 0 NONE No No Approved Ministerial
051-281-310 2033 White Oak
Way PLN2023-00086 ADU R
7/18/2023
1 1 1 0 NONE No No Approved Ministerial
0 Table A
Cells in grey contain auto-calculation formulas
51 Project Identifier Unit Types Proposed Units - Affordability by Household Incomes Density Bonus Law Applications
10 Housing Development Applications Submitted

9.a
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 404

Jurisdiction San Carlos ANNUAL ELEMENT PROGRESS REPORT
Reporting Year 2023 (Jan. 1 - Dec. 31) Housing Element Implementation Cells in grey contain auto-calculation formulas Planning Period 6th Cycle 01/31/2023 - 01/31/2031
Table A2
2 3 5 6 8 9
Prior APN+ Current APN Street Address Project Name+ Local Jurisdiction Tracking ID
Unit Category
(SFA,SFD,2 to
4,5+,ADU,MH)
Tenure
R=Renter
O=Owner
Very Low-
Income Deed
Restricted
Very Low-
Income Non
Deed Restricted
Low- Income
Deed Restricted
Low- Income
Non Deed
Restricted
Moderate-
Income Deed
Restricted
Moderate-
Income Non
Deed Restricted
Above
Moderate-
Income
Entitlement
Date Approved # of Units issued
Entitlements
Very Low-
Income Deed
Restricted
Very Low-
Income Non
Deed Restricted
Low- Income
Deed
Restricted
Low- Income
Non Deed
Restricted
Moderate-
Income Deed
Restricted
Moderate-
Income Non
Deed Restricted
Above
Moderate-
Income
Building Permits
Date Issued
# of Units Issued
Building Permits
Very Low-
Income Deed
Restricted
Very Low-
Income Non
Deed
R
estricted
Summary Row: Start Data Entry Below 47 0 33 0 1 0 329 410 0 0 0 0 0 0 32 32 0 0 50061080 530 Chestnut St BLD2023-00012 ADU R 1 10/20/2023 1 1 10/30/2023 1 51375130 1749 Laurel St BLD2023-00126 SFA R 1 3/9/2023 1 1 3/21/2023 1 51192380 117 Brook St BLD2021-00896 ADU R 1 11/15/2021 1 1 2/3/2023 1 51228440 61 Hilltop Dr BLD2022-00678 ADU R 1 11/1/2021 1 1 5/31/2023 1 51222070 208 Oakview Dr BLD2022-00172 ADU R 1 7/5/2022 1 1 6/15/2023 1 51193200 100 Wildwood BLD2023-00045 ADU R 1 10/17/2022 1 1 6/14/2023 1 51355210 916 Elm St BLD2023-00076 ADU R 1 1/17/2023 1 1 4/25/2023 1 51331020 1383 Rosewood BLD2023-00148 ADU R 1 2/21/2023 1 1 6/5/2023 1 50283210 2072 Eucalyptus BLD2023-00154 ADU R 1 2/28/2023 1 1 5/15/2023 1 49182090 30 Kenton Ave BLD2023-00193 ADU R 1 3/6/2023 1 1 10/12/2023 1 50153210 725 Walnut St BLD2023-00643 ADU R 1 1/5/2023 1 1 3/6/2023 1 46111050 940 Holly St BLD2023-00058 ADU R 1 10/7/2022 1 1 7/6/2023 1 49211190 468 Wellington Dr BLD2023-00143 ADU R 1 1/11/2023 1 1 6/22/2023 1 51201160 2116 Greenwood BLD2023-00511 ADU R 1 5/22/2023 1 1 8/24/2023 1 51203030 2267 Howard BLD2023-00779 ADU R 1 8/30/2023 1 1 12/13/2023 1 50161020 1532 School St BLD2023-00541 ADU R 1 6/19/2023 1 1 10/31/2023 1 50104120 2054 Alma St BLD2023-00579 ADU R 1 8/24/2023 1 1 10/30/2023 1 51347050 1025 Walnut St BLD2023-00807 ADU R 1 10/27/2023 1 1 12/12/2023 1 51245050 212 Park Ave BLD2023-00390 ADU R 1 5/12/2023 1 1 7/24/2023 1 51226410 118 Oakview Dr BLD2019-01001 ADU R 1 3/15/2020 1 1 7/3/2023 1 46124210 1049 Montgomery BLD2021-00750 ADU R 1 2/3/2022 1 1 2/21/2023 1 45212250 435 Shelford Ave BLD2021-00841 ADU R 1 12/16/2022 1 1 3/3/2023 1 46111150 1008 Holly St BLD2022-00067 ADU R 1 1/30/2023 1 1 2/27/2023 1 46072210 1052 Springfield BLD2022-00528 ADU R 1 12/8/2022 1 1 2/6/2023 1 49411050 125 Coventry BLD2022-00629 ADU R 1 12/13/2022 1 1 1/18/2023 1 51391670 1500 Elm St BLD2022-00630 ADU R 1 10/31/2022 1 1 5/11/2023 1 51232030 215 Ruby Ave BLD2022-00649 ADU R 1 1/3/2023 1 1 5/30/2023 1 51365200 1439 Walnut Ave BLD2022-00673 ADU R 1 5/18/2023 1 1 6/20/2023 1 50265160 911 Sunset Dr BLD2022-00847 ADU R 1 2/7/2023 1 1 2/28/2023 1 49211030 371 Dartmouth BLD2023-00040 ADU R 1 5/19/2023 1 1 9/11/2023 1 51272080 344 Oakview Dr BLD2023-00106 ADU R 1 8/3/2023 1 1 8/24/2023 1 49341190 16 Coronado BLD2023-00425 ADU R 1 6/29/2023 1 1 6/30/2023 1 049360060;050220
020;050220170;05
0220160
808 Alameda De
Las Pulgas PLN2018-00209 5+ O 10 77 5/ 1/2023
87 0
51361050 1383 Laurel St PLN2022-00110 5+ O 2 13 5/ 15/2023 15 0
050132110;050132
100;050680040 1232 Cherry St PLN2022-00171 5+ R 21 11 1 6/ 7/2023 33 0
045320170;045320
220 11 El Camino Real PLN2023-00004 5+ R 24 12 206 9/ 18/2023 242
0 50034150 549 Prospect PLN2022-00193 2 to 4 O 4 11/20/2023 4 0 50034120 575 Prospect PLN2022-00204 2 to 4 O 4 11/20/2023 4 0 51131370 2540 Howard PLN2022-00181 ADU R 1 5/16/2023 1 0 49221130 97 Club Dr PLN2021-00187 SFD O 1 5/2/2023 1 0
49263010 248 Molton PLN2023-00076 ADU R 1 9/29/2023 1 0 51281310 2033 White Oak
Way PLN2023-00086 ADU R 1 11/ 7/2023 1 0
51111070 2632 Graceland BLD2019-00191 ADU R 0 0
50253040 819 Rutherdale BLD2019-01004 ADU R 0 0
50272240 1082 Lupin Way BLD2020-00220 ADU R 0 0
49314730 308 Clifton Ave BLD2020-00796 ADU R 0 0
51236090 2321 Eaton Ave BLD2020-00807 ADU R 0 0
50201060 2721 San Miguel BLD2021-00789 ADU R 0 0
50265070 172 Rogers Ave BLD2021-00895 ADU R 0 0
49252130 113 Plymouth BLD2022-00129 ADU R 0 0
50104200 1985 Carmelita BLD2022-00280 ADU R 0 0
50311180 1971 Belle Ave BLD2022-00364 ADU 0 0
46126060 1034 Hall St BLD2022-00401 ADU R 0 0
49332150 2227 Carmelita BLD2022-00593 ADU R 0 0
51281180 113 Pearl Ave BLD2023-00031 ADU R 0 0
50054150 387 Laurel St BLD2020-00275 ADU R 0 0
51229220 125 Garnet Ave BLD2021-00008 ADU R 0 0
49163300 27 Exeter Ave BLD2022-00001 ADU R 0 0
50272020 904 Lupin Way BLD2022-00343 ADU R 0 0
51311340 1732 Greenwood BLD2022-00377 ADU R 0 0
45292230 176 Hillcrest Rd BLD2022-00414 ADU R 0 0
51303070 1365 Geneva Ave BLD2023-00459 ADU R 0 0
49141670 528 Winding Way BLD2019-00678 SFD O 0 0
0 0
1 Unit Types Affordability by Household Incomes - Completed Entitlement Affordability by Household Incomes - Building Permits 4 7
Note: "+" indicates an optional field
Project Identifier
Annual Building Activity Report Summary - New Construction, Entitled, Permits and Completed Units

9.a
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 405

Streamlining Infill
Housing without Financial
Assistance or Deed
Restrictions
Term of Affordability
or Deed Restriction Notes
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25
Low- Income
Deed
Restricted
Low- Income
Non Deed
Restricted
Moderate-
Income Deed
Restricted
Moderate-
Income Non
Deed Restricted
Above
Moderate-
Income
Certificates of
Occupancy or other
forms of readiness
(see instructions) Date
Issued
# of Units issued
Certificates of
Occupancy or
ot
her forms of
readiness
How many of the
units were
Extremely Low
I
ncome?
Please select the
streamlining
provision the project
was APPROVED
pursuant to. (may
select multiple)
Infill Units?
Y/N+
Assistance Programs
for Each Development
(may select multiple -
see i
nstructions)
Deed Restriction
Type
(may select multiple -
see instructions)
For units affordable without
financial assistance or deed
restrictions, explain how the
l
ocality determined the units
were affordable
(see instructions)
Term of Affordability or
Deed Restriction (years)
(if affordable in perpetuity
ent
er 1000)+
Number of
Demolished/Destroyed
Units
Demolished or
Destroyed Units
Demolished/Des
troyed Units
Owner or
Renter
Total Density Bonus Applied to
the Project (Percentage
Increase in Total Allowable
U
nits or Total Maximum
Allowable Residential Gross
Floor Area)
Number of Other
Incentives,
Concessions, Waivers,
or
Other Modifications
Given to the Project
(Excluding Parking
Waivers or Parking
Reductions)
List the incentives,
concessions,
waivers, and
m
odifications
(Excluding Parking
Waivers or Parking
Modifications)
Did the project receive a
reduction or waiver of
parking standards? (Y/N)
Notes+
0 0 0 0 27 27 0 0
0 0 NONE Y 0
1 6/23/2023 1 0 NONE Y 0
0 0 NONE Y 0
0 0 NONE Y 0
0 0 NONE Y 0
0 0 NONE Y 0
0 0 NONE Y 0
0 0 NONE Y 0
0 0 NONE Y 0
0 0 NONE Y 0
0 0 NONE Y 0
0 0 NONE Y 0
0 0 NONE Y 0
0 0 NONE Y 0
0 0 NONE Y 0
0 0 NONE Y 0
0 0 NONE Y 0
0 0 NONE Y 0
0 0 NONE Y 0
0 0 NONE Y 0
0 0 NONE Y 0
1 5/2/2023 1 0 NONE Y 0
0 0 NONE Y 0
1 10/9/2023 1 0 NONE Y 0
1 11/15/2023 1 0 NONE Y 0
1 12/5/2023 1 0 NONE Y 0
0 0 NONE Y 0
0 0 NONE Y 0
0 0 NONE Y 0
0 0 NONE Y 0
0 0 NONE Y 0
1 12/7/2023 1 0 NONE Y 0
0 0 NONE Y IN C 1000 0 27.5%
2 On-Site
Improvements, Off-
site Improvements
No
0 0 NONE Y IN C 1000
0 50.0%
2 Development
Standards
Modification
No
0 0 NONE Y IIG , LHTF Other 1000 0 13.8%
4 Development
Standards
Modification
Yes
6 existing units would
need to be demolished;
have not been
demolished yet.
0 0 NONE Y IN C 1000
2 Development
Standards
Modification
No
SB330
0 NONE Y 0 No
0 NONE Y No
0 NONE Y
0 NONE Y
0 NONE Y
0 NONE Y
1 9/14/2023 1 NONE Y
1 3/10/2023 1 NONE Y
1 2/3/2023 1 NONE Y
1 3/14/2023 1 NONE Y
1 12/7/2023 1 NONE Y
1 4/26/2023 1 NONE Y
1 4/6/2023 1 NONE Y
1 7/14/2023 1 NONE Y
1 12/22/2023 1 NONE Y
1 6/26/2023 1 NONE Y
1 6/5/2023 1 NONE Y
1 3/15/2023 1 NONE Y
1 11/13/2023 1 NONE Y
1 11/28/2023 1 NONE Y
1 9/8/2023 1 NONE Y
1 10/12/2023 1 NONE Y
1 11/22/2023 1 NONE Y
1 7/28/2023 1 NONE Y
1 11/6/2023 1 NONE Y
1 11/14/2023 1 NONE Y
1 12/7/2023 1 NONE Y
0 Density BonusA ffordability by Household Incomes - Certificates of Occupancy 10 Housing with Financial Assistance
and/or Deed Restrictions Demolished/Destroyed Units

9.a
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 406

Jurisdiction San Carlos ANNUAL ELEMENT PROGRESS REPORT
Reporting Year 2023 (Jan. 1 - Dec. 31) Housing Element Implementation Planning Period 6th Cycle 01/31/2023 - 01/31/2031
1 Projection Period 3 4
RHNA Allocation by
Income Level
Projection Period -
06/30/2022-
01/30/2023
2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 2028 2029 2030 2031 Total Units to Date (all years)
Total Remaining
RHNA by Income
Level
Deed Restricted - - - - - - - - - - Non-Deed Restricted - - - - - - - - - - Deed Restricted - - - - - - - - - - Non-Deed Restricted - - - - - - - - - - Deed Restricted - - - - - - - - - - Non-Deed Restricted - - - - - - - - - - Above Moderate 1,133 14 31 - - - - - - - - 45 1,088 2,735
14 31 - - - - - - - - 45 2,690 5 6 7
Extremely low-Income
Need 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 2028 2029 2030 2031 Total Units to Date
Total Units
Remaining
370 - - - - - - - - - - 370 VLI Deed Restricted
VLI Non Deed Restricted
LI Deed Restricted
LI Non Deed Restricted
MI Deed Restricted
MI Non Deed Restricted
Above Mod Income
Please note: The APR form can only display data for one planning period. To view progress for a different planning period, you may login to HCD s online APR system, or contact HCD staff at [email protected].
438
-
This table is auto-populated once you enter your jurisdiction name and current year data. Past year information comes from previous APRs.
- Moderate
739
425
438
Please contact HCD if your data is different than the material supplied here -
2 Table B
Regional Housing Needs Allocation Progress
Permitted Units Issued by Affordability
739
425
Please note: For the last year of the 5th cycle, Table B will only include units that were permitted during the portion of the year that was in the 5th cycle. For the first year of the 6th cycle, Table B will only include units that were permitted since the start of the planning period. Projection Period units are in a separate column.

Total RHNA
Total Units
Income Level
Very Low
Low
Extremely Low-Income Units*
Note: units serving extremely low-income households are included in the very low-income RHNA progress and must be reported as very low-income units in section 7 of Table A2. They must also be reported in the extremely low-income category (section 13) in Table A2 to be counted as progress toward meeting the extremely low-income housing need determined pursuant to Government Code 65583(a)(1). *Extremely low-income houisng need determined pursuant to Government Code 65583(a)(1). Value in Section 5 is default value, assumed to be half of the very low-income RHNA. May be overwritten.

Progress toward extremely low-income housing need, as determined pursuant to Government Code 65583(a)(1).

Please Note: Table B does not currently contain data from Table F or Table F2 for prior years. You may login to the APR system to see Table B that contains this data.

9.a
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 407

Jurisdiction San Carlos ANNUAL ELEMENT PROGRESS
Reporting Year 2023 (Jan. 1 - Dec. 31) Housing Element Implementatio Planning Period 6th Cycle 01/31/2023 - 01/31/2031
Date of Rezone
2 APN Street Address Project Name+
Local
Jurisdiction
Tracking ID+
Date of Rezone Very Low-Income Low-Income Moderate-Income Above Moderate- Income
Summary Row: Start Data Entry Below
3 Project Identifier RHNA Shortfall by Household Income Category 1 Sites Identified or Rezoned to Accommodate S
Table

9.a
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 408

S REPORT
on
Rezone Type
4 5 6 7 9 10 11
Rezone Type Parcel Size
(Acres)
General Plan
Designation Zoning Minimum
Density Allowed
Maximum
Density Allowed
Realistic
Capacity Vacant/Nonvacant Description of Existing
Uses
Note: "+" indicates an optional field
Cells in grey contain auto-calculation formulas
8 Sites Description
Shortfall Housing Need and No Net-Loss Law
e C

9.a
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 409

Jurisdiction San Carlos
Reporting Year 2023 (Jan. 1 - Dec. 31)
1 2 3 4
Name of Program Objective Timeframe in H.E Status of Program Implementation ACTION HOU-1.1 Continue the Rental Inspection Program to preserve and improve existing housing stock and neighborhood quality.

Ongoing; annually conduct approximately
240 inspection visits
Restarted Apartment Inspection program and mailings to begin inspections in 2024. Had been on hold due to Covid.

ACTION HOU-1.2
As CDBG funds are available through San Mateo County
Consortium, provide grants or loans to low- and moderate-income households for the rehabilitation of residences. Examples of eligible repairs and improvements include but are not limited to energy efficiency and water conservation improvements, removal of impediments and material barriers that obstruct accessibility, roofing, plumbing repairs, electrical repairs, exterior painting, window replacement, seismic and flooding safety
repairs/adaptations, and climate resiliency adaptations. Promote the availability of home repair services for low-income and special needs households available from private agencies in the county.

The City will proactively outreach to low- and moderate-income households regarding available grants or loans for residential rehabilitation throughout the planning period.

Continue to participate in the San Mateo
County Consortium; add information on
home repair organizations to the City’s
website in 2024, meet with affordable housing
developers in 2024 to discuss rehabilitation
opportunities; engage in proactive outreach
to low-and-moderate income households
annually
While San Carlos did not receive CDBG funds in 2023, the City did utilize its own funding sources to award $88,300 to non-profit agencies to support rehabilitation of low to moderate income residences. City of San Carlos' Housing Resources webpage provides referral links to local organizations specializing in home repair services for low-income and special needs households. The City of San Carlos offers an annual Notice of Funding Availability grant program to expand and enhance affordable housing options for moderate-, low-, very low-, and extremely low-income households. Housing organizations can receive funding to proactively promote the preservation and improvement of existing housing quality through home repair, capital improvements, and rehabilitation programs.

ACTION HOU-1.3
"Retention of subsidized (i.e., assisted) housing is a critical part of maintaining the supply of affordable housing in San Carlos. San Carlos will continue to monitor the affordability of existing deed- restricted units and coordinate with property owners to encourage the retention of affordability of these units. At this time, San Carlos has no units at-risk of converting to market rate in the next ten years; however, programs are included in the unforeseen event that affordable units become at-risk during or immediately following the Housing Element period. Annually monitor the affordability status of at-risk rental units."
Maintain and update the City’s list of nonprofit and community- based organizations to contact regarding possible ownership and management of the at-risk units if they are in imminent risk of conversion.

In the event a project becomes at risk of converting to market-rate housing, work with property owners or other interested non-profit housing providers
Ongoing; Annually monitor/report the
affordability status of at-risk rental units as
part of the Annual Progress Report process;
Contact owners with expiring covenants two
years in advance of the expiring covenant
The San Carlos Housing Department conducts annual re-certifications to monitor the affordability status of all Below Market Rate units. All other objectives are ongoing.

ANNUAL ELEMENT PROGRESS REPORT
Housing Element Implementation
Housing Programs Progress Report
Describe progress of all programs including local efforts to remove governmental constraints to the maintenance, improvement, and development of housing as identified in the housing element.

Table D
Program Implementation Status pursuant to GC Section 65583

9.a
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 410

Jurisdiction San Carlos
Reporting Year 2023 (Jan. 1 - Dec. 31)
1 2 3 4
Name of Program Objective Timeframe in H.E Status of Program Implementation

Table D
Program Implementation Status pursuant to GC Section 65583 ACTION HOU-1.4
San Carlos encourages the maintenance and improvement of housing for all income levels through its Code Enforcement Program. The goal of code enforcement is to minimize deferred maintenance and eliminate health and safety problems.

Continue to implement the Code Enforcement program to bring substandard housing units into compliance with City building and property maintenance codes.

Continue to refer eligible households to the available resources provided by nonprofits in the region, and as feasible connect with local volunteer groups for rehabilitation support. Continue to evaluate staffing and funding to ensure adequate resources for the Code Enforcement Program.

Ongoing
Code Enforcement continues to address non-compliant buildings and address complaints regarding property maintenance. Code Enforcement assists property owners and directs them to proper resources in order to address non-compliant items.

ACTION HOU-2.1
(1)As taller and denser housing developments are constructed as a result of the City Density Bonus and revisions to the Zoning Ordinance, determine whether additional incentives are necessary for the development of small and odd-shaped lots and/or lot consolidation. Incentives could include: Rounding up when calculating allowable units to encourage lot consolidation. (2) Providing technical assistance, such as land development counseling by Community Development staff, with consolidation or development of small and odd-shaped lots. (3) Conduct proactive outreach by advertising lot consolidation and potential site opportunities to existing property owners and prospective developers. Advertising efforts may include the preparation and distribution of a brochure with information about program incentives and an invitation to attend a working session to discuss opportunities for lot consolidation or the development of small and odd-shaped lots. (4) Providing priority processing for affordable housing and projects that exceed minimum BMR requirements. (5) Continue to provide fee deferrals and waivers for 100% affordable housing projects.

Ongoing; conduct a review to assess the City
Density Bonus and density, height, and
parking standards in the Zoning Ordinance in
2025; as needed identify additional incentives
and present options to Council in 2026;
review this action item on an annual basis to
evaluate its effectiveness and make
recommendations as needed; conduct
proactive outreach annually.
(1) The City of San Carlos' Zoning Ordinance sets forth provision to round up when calculation units. See Section SCMC 18.03.030, A. B. (2) The City provides technical assistance Monday through Friday, during regular business hours, both in person and on call. (3) The City provides its housing element opportunity sites GIS layer to the public, which includes sites identified for lot consolidation.

The City will develop an online brochure by end of 2024. (4) The City prioritize all affordable housing projects. (5)The City waived all city fees for 817 Walnut, which was approved in 2019; 1232 Cherry, another 100% affordable housing project that was approved in 2023 will also receive a waiver from city fees.

9.a
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 411

Jurisdiction San Carlos
Reporting Year 2023 (Jan. 1 - Dec. 31)
1 2 3 4
Name of Program Objective Timeframe in H.E Status of Program Implementation

Table D
Program Implementation Status pursuant to GC Section 65583 ACTION HOU-2.2
As part of the 2022-2024 Downtown Specific Plan project, identify new incentives for small lot development and/or lot consolidation.

The program may include incentives for small lots such as:
(1)Increasing allowable zoning density. (2) Relaxed development standards (including parking reductions for small lots). (3) Streamlined permitting process. (4) City financial contributions, as well as other density bonuses, incentives and concessions that are otherwise required by State density bonus law for the provision of higher levels of affordable housing. (5) Rounding up when calculating allowable units to encourage lot consolidation. (6)Providing technical assistance, such as land development counseling by Community Development staff, with consolidation or development of small and odd-shaped lots.(7) Conduct proactive outreach by advertising lot consolidation and potential site opportunities to existing property owners and prospective developers. Advertising efforts may include the preparation and distribution of a brochure with information about program incentives and an invitation to attend a working session to discuss opportunities for lot consolidation or the development of small and odd-shaped lots. (8) Providing priority processing for affordable housing and projects that exceed minimum BMR requirements. (9)Continue to provide fee deferrals and waivers for 100% affordable housing projects.

Adopt a new Downtown Specific Plan with
small lot development incentives by
December 2025; review this action item on an
annual basis to evaluate its effectiveness and
make recommendations as needed; conduct
proactive outreach annually
(1)N/A. (2) Underway; the Downtown Specific Plan area is subject to the provisions of AB2097. (3)Underway; opportunities for streamlining the processing will be evaluated. (4) Approved 100% affordable housing project consisting of 33 units on an infill development site located within the Downtown Specific Plan. The City contributed a total of $13,125,000 to the project, including land donation, and also provided waivers for all development fees charged by the City. (5)Completed. The San Carlos Municipal Code, Zoning Ordinance contains provisions for rounding up. (6) Ongoing; Staff from Current and Advance Planning continue to provide technical assistance as needed. (7) Initiation of outreach and advertisement will commence in 2024. (8) This has been done for 817 Walnut St and 1232 Cherry St 100% affordable development projects. The City will continue to prioritize future proposals. This is an ongoing objective. (9) This has been done for 817 Walnut St and 1232 Cherry St 100% affordable development projects. The City will continue to prioritize future proposals. This is an ongoing objective.

9.a
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 412

Jurisdiction San Carlos
Reporting Year 2023 (Jan. 1 - Dec. 31)
1 2 3 4
Name of Program Objective Timeframe in H.E Status of Program Implementation

Table D
Program Implementation Status pursuant to GC Section 65583 ACTION HOU-3.1
(1)Extremely low-income households and households with special needs have limited housing options. To meet the needs of special needs groups, innovative housing options should also be implemented. Continue to apply the commercial/housing linkage fee to fund affordable housing and monitor fee amount to ensure it reflects market conditions. Encourage concurrent production of on or off-site affordable housing, in lieu of fee payment. Collaborate with existing and new major employers to encourage the
development and funding of more affordable housing. (2) Offer financial and technical assistance for housing development projects for persons with special needs. (3) As part of the Housing Element Annual Progress Report, track and report the number of new affordable housing units providing a preference for people with special needs, including seniors, homeless, people with developmental disabilities, etc. that are added to the housing stock each year. (4) Monitor and pursue county, state, and federal funding programs and sources for the creation of affordable housing. Prioritize available housing funding to assist in the development of housing affordable to extremely low-income households and other special needs populations. Conduct annual proactive outreach to identify development opportunities and funding and incentives for special needs housing. (5) Proactively contact non-profit service providers and developers for persons with disabilities and other special needs groups and notify them about funding opportunities, as they become available. (6) Continue to consult with the San Mateo County Center on Homelessness to further align efforts and coordinate homeless services.

Ongoing; re-evaluate opportunities for
construction in-lieu of fee payment in 2024;
collaborate with city’s 10 largest employers at
least every other year; annually monitor and
pursue funding opportunities through
county, state, and federal funding programs
and sources to leverage City funds; offer
funding and technical assistance to projects
as they are proposed, acquire property, or
issue a Notice of Funding Availability when
sufficient funds are acquired; conduct
proactive outreach to identify development
opportunities, funding, and incentives for
housing affordable to extremely low-income
and other special needs households and
report annually through the Housing Element
Annual Report.
(1) Ongoing. The City continues to collect fee for future affordable housing development and preservation. The City continues to encourage developers to provide housing concurrent with non-residential development. (2) Through the City's Affordable Housing Grant Program, the City supports special needs housing. (3) Ongoing. (4) Ongoing. (5) Ongoing. (6) Ongoing.

9.a
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 413

Jurisdiction San Carlos
Reporting Year 2023 (Jan. 1 - Dec. 31)
1 2 3 4
Name of Program Objective Timeframe in H.E Status of Program Implementation

Table D
Program Implementation Status pursuant to GC Section 65583 ACTION HOU-3.2
Continue to implement the City’s Below Market Rate (BMR) Ordinance requirements for rental and ownership development.

Establish a process for granting priority permit processing status for approved housing projects that exceed the City’s minimum BMR requirement. Evaluate the BMR Ordinance’s density
bonuses, incentives, and concessions to determine if they continue to make the production of affordable housing feasible. As part of this process, consult with local non-profit affordable housing developers to identify potential revisions that would better support development of affordable housing, and especially Low-Income Housing Tax Credit financed housing. Revise as necessary.

Ongoing; establish priority permit processing
in 2024; re-evaluate the BMR Ordinance in
2024 and update as needed
The City prioritizes these projects by utlizing outside consultants to expecdite review. All other objectives are ongoing.

ACTION HOU-3.3 (1 of 2)
(1)Support the development of accessory dwelling units during the planning period and as new State laws modify accessory dwelling unit requirements, update the City’s ordinance to comply. The City last updated its ADU ordinance in August 2022. The City will draft amendments to address laws passed in 2022, including AB 2221 and SB 897 to reflect an up-to-date ordinance compliant with Government Code Section 65852.2. (2) Collaborate with
surrounding jurisdictions through the 21 Elements working group to determine best approach for tracking affordability throughout the planning period. (3) Encourage the legalization of unpermitted accessory dwelling units to better ensure that they are safe and habitable. As sunset date of San Carlos Municipal Code Section

18.23.210(H) approaches, consider an extension, based on history of use of this provision and anticipated ongoing need. (4) Work with other regional/agencies countywide partnerships to identify potential funding sources for ADU construction. (5)Meet with three or four ADU builders to discuss needs and best practices.

Review best practices from other cities for “pre-approved” ADUs and expedited review. Create submittal materials with
documentation to facilitate expedited review. Update the City’s website and include links to “pre-approved” plans. Conduct ongoing outreach with community.

Ongoing; update the ADU ordinance by June
2023; as new State laws modify accessory
dwelling unit requirements, update the City’s
ordinance within a timely manner (i.e., within
six months); San Carlos Municipal Code
Section 18.23.210(H) - 2028; work with 21
Elements – 2023; identify funding for
incentive program and complete pre-
approved plans - 2024; establish priority
process in development review and ADU
specialist in 2023; all others - Ongoing
(1)Ongoing. The City adopted an ADU Ordinance in December 2023 to bring the City's ADU Ordinance consistent with the State Law. (2) 21 Element will be establish a tracking methodology to determine the affordability ADUs; the City will continue to collaborate with 21 Elements. (3)Provide guidance to applicants wishing to legalize non-compliant structures into ADU's to meet current code requirements for habitation. 3-ADU's were legalized in 2023. (4) Ongoing (5)Ongoing. The City Council will consider participating in the regional ADU Resource center.

9.a
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 414

Jurisdiction San Carlos
Reporting Year 2023 (Jan. 1 - Dec. 31)
1 2 3 4
Name of Program Objective Timeframe in H.E Status of Program Implementation

Table D
Program Implementation Status pursuant to GC Section 65583 ACTION HOU-3.3 (2 or 2)
(1)Provide homeowner/applicant assistant tools by including and promoting State funding resources including the CalHFA ADU grant program and Casita Coalition financing guide on the City’s website. Review and as new information is available, update public education materials on accessory dwelling units, including planning and building requirements, streamline processing, funding possibilities, and other resources. (2) Encourage local agencies, districts, and utility providers to reduce hook-up or other fees to facilitate the development of accessory dwelling units. (3) Prioritize ADU applications to be consistent with Government Code Section 65852.2(a)(3) requirements for approval/denial within 60 days from the date a completed application is received. (4)In 2024, research and pursue the development of an incentive program to provide low-interest loans and grants to single-family homeowners to develop accessory dwelling units with affordability restrictions on their property and other incentives to accept Section 8 Housing Choice Vouchers. This research should also explore outside funds. If funding is available, establish a pilot program within one year of funding identification and implement it at least annually thereafter with a goal of achieving at least five affordable ADUs annually. (5)Promote home sharing programs to connect ADU owners and renters. (6) Identify and retain an ADU specialist within the Planning Division to respond to inquiries and support outreach efforts.

Ongoing; update the ADU ordinance by June
2023; as new State laws modify accessory
dwelling unit requirements, update the City’s
ordinance within a timely manner (i.e., within
six months); San Carlos Municipal Code
Section 18.23.210(H) - 2028; work with 21
Elements – 2023; identify funding for
incentive program and complete pre-
approved plans - 2024; establish priority
process in development review and ADU
specialist in 2023; all others - Ongoing
(1)The City is in the process of making these resources available on the City's website, adding on to the existing resources. (2) Ongoing. (3)Ongoing. (4)The City will continue to research opportunities. (5)The City supports and promotes the HIP Housing Home Sharing Program. (6)The City has identified a point person for ADUs within the Planning Division to respond to inquiries and support outreach efforts.

ACTION HOU-3.4
Direct prospective first-time homebuyers to HEART or other County programs intended for first time homebuyers. Encourage the use of these programs though annual outreach and education.

Maintain and provide information on local BMR ownership units that are resold. Coordinate with regional providers of homebuyer programs to monitor trends and identify financing gaps amongst recipients.

Ongoing; update information on the City’s
website at least annually; conduct outreach
annually to direct prospective first-time
homebuyers to available resources;
coordinate with regional providers in 2024.

The City supports and promotes the County of San MAteos' HEART program, and other first time homebuyer programs offered. The City oversees all BMR units that are resold.

9.a
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 415

Jurisdiction San Carlos
Reporting Year 2023 (Jan. 1 - Dec. 31)
1 2 3 4
Name of Program Objective Timeframe in H.E Status of Program Implementation

Table D
Program Implementation Status pursuant to GC Section 65583 ACTION HOU-3.5
Continue to implement the BMR ordinance, which specifies Housing Choice Voucher (Section 8) eligibility in the BMR program. Continue to work with the San Mateo County
Department of Housing and nonprofit organizations to implement Housing Choice Voucher Rental Assistance programs. Continue to provide information on the Housing Choice Voucher program, including new legal requirements pursuant to SB 329, which prohibits housing discrimination on the basis of source of income (including Housing Choice Vouchers). Continue to collaborate with other cities in San Mateo County, regional organizations, and/or nonprofit organizations to evaluate and quantify potential discrimination against Housing Choice Voucher users or other rental assistance voucher programs. Continue to develop and act upon measures to address these issues. Coordinate with the San Mateo County Housing Authority in 2024 about utilizing a mobility counseling program in San Carlos. This program would market to landlords and property owners and inform Housing Choice Voucher holders about their residential options in areas throughout the city and provide holistic supports to voucher holders seeking to move to highest resource areas. Through landlord outreach and mobility counseling, the City's goal will be to increase the use of Housing Choice Vouchers in San Carlos by five percent and through implementation of the City’s SB 9 and ADU ordinances, seek to integrate at least five units annually in highest opportunity areas.

Ongoing; update the City’s website annually;
coordinate with the San Mateo Housing
Authority in 2024
All objectives are ongoing.

ACTION HOU-3.6
Monitor State legislation as changes are made to Government Code §65915; update the City’s density bonus programs
accordingly.

Ongoing; annually monitor State legislation
and update the City’s ordinances as needed Ongoing

9.a
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 416

Jurisdiction San Carlos
Reporting Year 2023 (Jan. 1 - Dec. 31)
1 2 3 4
Name of Program Objective Timeframe in H.E Status of Program Implementation

Table D
Program Implementation Status pursuant to GC Section 65583 ACTION HOU-3.7
Government Code §65863 states that no jurisdiction shall “reduce, or require, or permit the reduction of, the residential density for any parcel to, or allow development of any parcel at, a lower residential density, or allow development at a lower residential density than projected” for properties identified in the Housing Element sites inventory unless the jurisdiction makes written findings that the reduction is consistent with the General Plan, and that the remaining sites identified in the Housing Element are adequate to accommodate the jurisdiction’s need. Develop and maintain a sites inventory throughout the planning period.

Evaluate residential development proposals for consistency with goals and policies of the General Plan and the 2023-2031 Housing Element sites inventory and make written findings that any density reduction is consistent with the General Plan and that the remaining sites identified in the Housing Element are adequate to accommodate the RHNA by income level. If a proposed reduction of residential density will result in the residential sites inventory failing to accommodate the RHNA by income level, identify and make available additional adequate sites to accommodate its share of housing need by income level within 180 days of approving the reduced density project.

Sites Inventory – 2023, All Others - Ongoing
Completed and ongoing; this is an effort implemented by both Current and Advance Planning Divisions. The City will monitor this on an ongoing basis and commits to ensuring adequate sites to meet it's RHNA.

9.a
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 417

Jurisdiction San Carlos
Reporting Year 2023 (Jan. 1 - Dec. 31)
1 2 3 4
Name of Program Objective Timeframe in H.E Status of Program Implementation

Table D
Program Implementation Status pursuant to GC Section 65583 ACTION HOU-3.8
(1)Pursuant to Government Code §65583.2(g)(3), require the replacement of units affordable to the same or lower income level as a condition of any development on a nonvacant site identified in the Housing Element consistent with those requirements set forth in Government Code §65915(c)(3). Replacement requirements shall be required for sites identified in the inventory that currently have residential uses, or within the past five years have had residential uses that have been vacated or demolished, and were subject to a recorded covenant, ordinance, or law that restricts rents to levels affordable to persons and families of low- or very low-income; or subject to any other form of rent or price control through a public entity’s valid exercise of its police power; or occupied by low- or very low-income households. For the purpose of this program “previous five years” is based on the date the application for development was submitted. (2)Pursuant to Government Code §66300(d) (Chapter 654, Statutes of 2019 (SB 330)), the City shall not approve a housing development project that will require the demolition of residential dwelling units regardless of whether the parcel was listed in the inventory unless a) the project will create at least as many residential dwelling units as will be demolished, and b) certain affordability criteria are met. (3)To provide clarity in the development process, the City will modify the Zoning Ordinance to reference these requirements.

Routinely as part of the housing development
approval process, require replacement of any
of units if (a) they are planned to be
demolished for purposes of building new
housing, and (b) they are determined to be
occupied by low-income households, require
the provision of assistance to prevent
displacement of lower-income households
due to loss of affordable units. Draft an
amendment to the Zoning Ordinance to
implement/reference replacement
requirements of State law and bring to
hearings by 2024.
(1)This is an ongoing objective enforced through a requirement that developments maintain or increase the availability of affordable housing. Ideally, such projects can significantly boost the number of affordable units, like 1232 Cherry St replacing 6 units with 33 units. (2)Ongoing. (3)Zoning Ordinance amendments will be initiated in 2024.

ACTION HOU-3.9
Promote residential development on non-vacant sites by: (1) Targeting nonvacant sites identified in the Housing Element as priorities for fund allocation as funds are available. (2) Building on outreach conducted during the Housing Element update, continue to proactively outreach to property owners with a survey on how the city can support redevelopment/new housing efforts.

Ongoing; proactively outreach to property
owners in 2023 and, in response to any
additional identified constraints, draft
amendments to existing policies and
procedures and bring to hearings by 2024.

Underway. The City will initiate a survey in 2024.

9.a
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 418

Jurisdiction San Carlos
Reporting Year 2023 (Jan. 1 - Dec. 31)
1 2 3 4
Name of Program Objective Timeframe in H.E Status of Program Implementation

Table D
Program Implementation Status pursuant to GC Section 65583 ACTION HOU-3.10
The City will take the following actions to reduce displacement risk due to discriminatory actions: (1) Fair Housing Counseling. Ensure all tenants have access to legal counseling, and landlords are aware of their rights and responsibilities. Support coordination of biannual workshops for landlords and property managers on discriminatory practices, reasonable accommodation
requirements, and resources and an annual presentation to staff on fair housing practices, beginning in 2023. (2) Rental Audits.

Provide support to fair housing providers to continue to conduct annual audits of housing providers to ensure compliance with fair housing laws. (3) Fair Housing Case Monitoring. In 2027, upon completion of 2 iterations of biannual landlord and property manager workshops and 4 consecutive rental audits, meet with local fair housing providers, including Project Sentinel, to assess effectiveness of fair housing programs and identify additional strategies if needed. (4) Fair Housing Outreach Program. Include information or links to information on the City’s website in 2023 (with annual updates) and provide printed informational materials in City buildings with information on the fair housing counseling program, tenant protections, and other resources to reduce displacement risk. Additional Strategies. Based on the above efforts, if additional strategies are required, conduct a study to explore implementing additional tenant protection policies; and support local efforts to create a community land trust or a housing preservation fund
Refer to individual bullets for specific
timeframes. Consult with tenants’ rights
advocates and stakeholders, complete
analysis, and hold a hearing with City Council
to adopt anti-displacement strategies by 2026
All objectives are ongoing.

9.a
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 419

Jurisdiction San Carlos
Reporting Year 2023 (Jan. 1 - Dec. 31)
1 2 3 4
Name of Program Objective Timeframe in H.E Status of Program Implementation

Table D
Program Implementation Status pursuant to GC Section 65583 ACTION HOU-3.11
(1) Noting historical inequities amplified/perpetuated by single family zoning, encourage small units in residential neighborhoods through development of ADUs, JADUs, and SB 9 units. See Action HOU-3.3 for specific measures to incentivize ADUs in San Carlos. (2)Adopt an Ordinance in 2023 to expand the housing supply in single-family zones by allowing for lot splits and duplexes under the parameters of SB 9. These include adopting updated
definitions, use regulations, development standards, and ministerial processes based on the outcome of a complete SB 9 analysis. As revisions to State law occur in the future, update the City’s Zoning Ordinance and Subdivision Ordinance accordingly. (3)In coordination with research being conducted at the State level, evaluate and pursue opportunities to incentivize and, as available, provide funding assistance for homeowners to provide affordable units under SB 9.

Bring SB 9 ordinance for consideration by
City Council in Fall 2023. Production and
affordability will be monitored every two
years thereafter and alternative actions will
be implemented if necessary to meet the
RHNA. Conduct proactive outreach to
housing developers and property owners to
promote the SB 9 ordinance through
information on the City’s website, the Good
City newsletter (mailed to all property owners
and renters), at least two times during the
planning period. Evaluate and pursue
incentive opportunities in 2024.
(1)In December 2023, the City of San Carlos adopted a revised ADU Ordinance and made permanent its SB-9 Ordinance, introducing significant updates to create and streamline the establishment of additional ADUs and SB-9 units.

Details about these updated ordinances were shared through the City's newsletter and a postcard distributed across the entire city. Regular updates on both ADU and SB-9 units are available on dedicated webpages maintained by the City to ensure the public has access to the latest information. To further assist and engage the community, the city has appointed specialists for ADUs and SB-9 units who are readily available to address inquiries and support outreach initiatives. (2) In November 2023, the San Carlos City Council adopted the permanent SB-9 Ordinance, along with corresponding objective design standards for SB-9 units. (3) In 2024, the City is actively pursuing a subscription to the "ADU Resource Center" to access its various benefits. This program offers numerous resources to jurisdictions, including pre-approved plans, outreach initiatives, and the ability to respond to inquiries. The primary advantage lies in the ADU affordability programs, encompassing loan and grant programs aimed at supporting low-income homeowners in constructing ADUs. Additionally, these programs serve to incentivize homeowners to build deed-restricted affordable ADUs.

ACTION HOU-3.12
The City defers and waives fees for affordable housing
developments to provide local match contributions and facilitate projects. The City will continue to rReduce or waive development impact fees to facilitate 100% affordable and special needs housing, including housing for extremely low-income and persons living with disabilities (including persons with developmental disabilities).

Onging
This has been done for 817 Walnut St and 1232 Cherry St 100% affordable development projects. The City will continue to prioritize future proposals. This is an ongoing objective.

9.a
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 420

Jurisdiction San Carlos
Reporting Year 2023 (Jan. 1 - Dec. 31)
1 2 3 4
Name of Program Objective Timeframe in H.E Status of Program Implementation

Table D
Program Implementation Status pursuant to GC Section 65583 ACTION HOU-3.13
In 2022, the City amended its City Density Bonus program to allow rental projects to add bonus market rate units at a ratio of 4:1 for each very-low Income unit and 2:1 for each low-income unit that is included in a development project. This City Density Bonus program currently applies citywide to rental housing
developments, where multi-units and mixed-use projects are a permitted land use. In conjunction with the Housing Element update to meet the RHNA, modifications to allowable density, building height, and number of stories are proposed (see Action HOU-4.2), and it is understood that the State Density Bonus allows developments to go beyond the City’s height limits to fit all the units to which the project is entitled by the bonus. Under this action, staff will evaluate the City Density Bonus biannually to review use and implementation of the revised City Density Bonus and, as needed, to identify if the City Density Bonus should be revised to target particular areas rather than apply the Bonus uniformly throughout the City, based on place and in areas that are least impactful. Use an equity lens to ensure affordable housing and density bonuses are not concentrated in any one particular area of the community.

Ongoing; conduct a review to assess the City
Density Bonus based on place and present
options to Council in 2024; reevaluate
biannually thereafter.

To date the City has not identified a need to amend the City Density Bonus and it still applies throughout the entirety of the City.

9.a
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 421

Jurisdiction San Carlos
Reporting Year 2023 (Jan. 1 - Dec. 31)
1 2 3 4
Name of Program Objective Timeframe in H.E Status of Program Implementation

Table D
Program Implementation Status pursuant to GC Section 65583 ACTION HOU-4.1
The 2009 General Plan and accompanying 2011 Zoning Ordinance allows a variety of housing types, with densities ranging from one to six units per acre in single-family zoning districts, up to 59 units per acre along San Carlos Avenue, and up to 50 units to the acre in downtown San Carlos. In support of this 6th cycle Housing Element update, the City: (1)proposes to create a new multifamily residential zoning category allowing a net density of up to 100 units per acre and proposes to increase mixed use densities up to 120 units per acre, and (2) developed a parcel-specific inventory of sites suitable for future residential development (3) continue to provide appropriate land use designations and zoning districts consistent with regional housing needs. (4)Maintain an inventory of potential sites to provide to developers in conjunction with information on development incentives for affordable units. (5)As part of the Housing Element annual reporting process, evaluate project development against the sites inventory to ensure compliance with Government Code §65863. (6)Continue to pursue implementation of the General Plan through completion and adoption of implementing zoning regulations and specific plans. (7)Encourage senior housing and housing suitable for persons with disabilities and other special needs (including assisted living). See Action HOU-3.1 for specific commitments to encourage senior and other special needs housing.

Ongoing; Establish new multifamily
residential zones and upzoning of mixed-use
zones as part of the Zoning Ordinance
revisions to be adopted by January 2023
(1)Completed. Zoning Ordinance amendments were adopted in Jan 2023. (2)Completed. (3)Ongoing. (4) Inventory of sites completed. The City will continue to offer ongoing individual consultations and provide online resources to help developers understand the benefits and requirements of both the City's Enhanced Density Bonus and the State Density Bonus programs. (5) Ongoing. (6)Ongoing. (7)Through the City's Affordable Housing Grant Program, the City supports special needs housing.

9.a
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 422

Jurisdiction San Carlos
Reporting Year 2023 (Jan. 1 - Dec. 31)
1 2 3 4
Name of Program Objective Timeframe in H.E Status of Program Implementation

Table D
Program Implementation Status pursuant to GC Section 65583 ACTION HOU-4.2
Enact the following zoning changes: (1) Create new zones; increase density, FAR, heights, number of stories; and provide minimum densities as shown in Table 4.2-1. Height limits maximum include both feet and stories (i.e. a three-story building must not exceed the height limit of 35 feet). A 35-foot height limit is considered ample to accommodate a three-story multi-family structure (floor-to-floor stories are generally 10 feet for residential). (2) Continue to allow ground floor residential uses in the MU-D- 100, MU-SC-120, and MU-SB-100 zones. Evaluate, as part of the new Downtown Specific Plan process, additional areas (on side streets and outside of the Downtown Core) where ground-floor residential uses may also be allowed. (3) Remove minimum private open space requirement for residential in Mixed Use and Multi-unit zoning districts (retaining only the common/public open space requirement). (4) For residential only development, remove additional required setbacks (i.e., removing requirement to follow RM-59 zoning setbacks) in Mixed Use zones. (5) Remove guest parking in all RM and Mixed-Use zones. (6) Remove Section

18.05.030.C side and rear yard building wall stepback requirements for mixed use and multi-family housing developments, specifically provisions pertaining to stepbacks associated with portions of the building wall containing and extending three feet on either side of any window in living rooms, primary rooms, sleeping rooms, and any other walls containing windows. (7) Allow multi-family residential use in the Public (P) zoning district as an accessory use to allowed uses such as onsite religious institutions and schools according to the development standards of the RM-20 zone, but without minimum density. (8) Strengthen incentives for transit- oriented development by updating the Zoning Ordinance to reference/incorporate the minimum parking prohibitions
associated with AB 2097, effective January 1, 2023, within 0.5 miles Identify areas appropriate for ground-floor
residential uses within the Downtown
Specific Plan area and bring to City Council
for consideration by summer 2024; all others
January 2023; if the City is not on track to
achieve housing goals by 2026, identify and
bring to City Council for hearing additional
revisions necessary to the Zoning Ordinance
or other measures to encourage housing
development
(1)Completed. Zoning Ordinance amendments were adopted in Jan 2023. (2)Underway. (3)Completed. Zoning Ordinance amendments were adopted in Jan 2023. (4)Completed. Zoning Ordinance amendments were adopted in Jan 2023. (5)Completed. Zoning Ordinance amendments were adopted in Jan 2023. (6)Completed. Zoning Ordinance amendments were adopted in Jan 2023. (7)To be completed in 2024. (8)Completed. Zoning Ordinance amendments were adopted in Jan 2023.

ACTION HOU-4.3
Prepare, publicize, and provide applicants and developers with materials highlighting the City’s revised zoning standards (Action HOU-4.2) intended to encourage the production of housing at all income levels.

New Zoning Standards’ Materials Preparation
– 2023 Underway. Expected for release in 2024.

9.a
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 423

Jurisdiction San Carlos
Reporting Year 2023 (Jan. 1 - Dec. 31)
1 2 3 4
Name of Program Objective Timeframe in H.E Status of Program Implementation

Table D
Program Implementation Status pursuant to GC Section 65583 ACTION HOU-4.4 (1 of 2)
Reduce the cost of building housing through, streamlining and clear and objective standards in development regulations. (1) Review the Zoning Ordinance and craft revisions that support objective design standards consistent with the Housing
Accountability Act. Adoption of objective design standards will facilitate high-quality residential development and compliance with State objectives. As part of this process, identify additional revisions to the Zoning Ordinance (beyond those presented in Table 4.4- 5) to remove barriers to development and to ensure objectivity in the City’s development standards. Key standards to assess include the FAR standards for residential uses; the requirement on third stories and above to limit the footprint to 80 percent of the ground floor and the street-facing required upper story stepback; and transition requirements for RS-adjacent lots.

Recommended revisions to the Zoning Ordinance will be
completed in 2024. (2) Revise the Design Review Criteria and findings to be fully objective and to provide local guidance on design and standards for by-right projects as allowed by state law, removing subjectivity from findings and approval processes, thereby reducing permit review timeframes.

In November 2023, the San Carlos City Council implemented Objective Design Standards for single-family developments, encompassing ADUs, JADUs, and SB- 9 Units. The Residential Design Review committee, formerly tasked with evaluating and approving new and significant single-family developments, has been discontinued, simplifying and streamlining the review process.

The city is currently in the process of preparing Objective Design Standards for mixed-use and multi-family residential development categories. This project seeks to streamline all type of housing creation by implementing clear and objective criteria in the design review process. It involves reassessment of existing FAR, lot coverage, 80% footprint limit, and stepback requirements, for housing, eliminating them where deemed excessive or an obstruction to creating housing, with the overall goal of improving efficiency and consistency in the review process. The anticipated timeline for the adoption of this project is end of 2024."

9.a
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 424

Jurisdiction San Carlos
Reporting Year 2023 (Jan. 1 - Dec. 31)
1 2 3 4
Name of Program Objective Timeframe in H.E Status of Program Implementation

Table D
Program Implementation Status pursuant to GC Section 65583 ACTION HOU-4.4 (2 of 2)
(1)Revise the Conditional Use Permit findings for any special residential uses that require a CUP but are also covered by the Housing Accountability Act to be fully objective and to provide local guidance on design and standards for by-right projects as allowed by state law, removing subjectivity from findings and approval processes. (2) Reduce the permitting time for residential projects (especially 100% affordable projects) through
consideration of by-right approvals, reduced number of hearings, and objective design standards. (3)To accommodate future SB 35 applications and inquiries, create and make available an informational packet that explains SB 35 streamlining provisions in San Carlos and provides SB 35 eligibility information. (4) Continue to track project processing to ensure that an environmental determination is made pursuant to PRC §21080.1, within the timeframes of the PRC §21080.2 and Government Code 65950(a)(5).

Objective Design Standards – citywide, by
end of 2024; Objective Design Standards -
within the Downtown Specific Plan boundary,
by spring 2024; develop informational
materials on SB 35 by end of 2023; re-
evaluate permit review times biennially; if
review times do not decrease, implement
additional measures to reduce processing
time.
(1)The city is currently in the process of preparing Objective Design Standards for mixed-use and multi-family residential development categories. This project seeks to streamline all type of housing creation by implementing clear and objective criteria in the review process. It involves a reassessment of conditional use permit requirements for housing, eliminating them where not deemed consistent with State Law or unnecessary, with the overall goal of improving efficiency and consistency in the review process. The anticipated timeline for the adoption of this project is end of 2024. (2)The San Carlos Planning Division is actively working towards preparing Objective Design Standards for multi-family, mixed-use development projects. The project is currently under community input phase and is anticipated to be complete by end of 2024. When complete, all multi- family, mixed-use residential projects are anticipated to reviewed ministerially for design standards thus removing subjectivity from findings during approval processes. (3) Ongoing. Currently, the City requires applicants to complete a checklist based on the State's SB 35 requirements which is available online. (4)All other objectives are ongoing.

ACTION HOU-4.5
Throughout the planning period, periodically evaluate
development standards to ensure that projects are able to achieve maximum densities.

By mid-year 2024 and every two years
thereafter and, if analysis indicates that
further revisions are necessary, complete
zoning amendments within the following
year.

Ongoing
ACTION HOU-4.6
Immediately upon adoption, deliver the Housing Element to all providers of sewer and water service serving San Carlos, in accordance with Government Code §65589.7. As the local sewer provider, establish procedures to grant priority sewer service to developments with units affordable to lower-income households.

Within one month of the Housing Element
adoption deliver the Housing Element to
providers; establish priority policy for sewer
provision in 2024
The City of San Carlos currently has no sewer capacity issues and is able to provide service to all developments including units with affordable housing.

ACTION HOU-4.7 Align City noise policies in accordance with federal and State law.

Review citywide noise standards and
ordinances to identify any necessary changes
to reduce constraints to housing
development; based on analysis, bring any
necessary revisions to hearings by December
2024.

Ongoing

9.a
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 425

Jurisdiction San Carlos
Reporting Year 2023 (Jan. 1 - Dec. 31)
1 2 3 4
Name of Program Objective Timeframe in H.E Status of Program Implementation

Table D
Program Implementation Status pursuant to GC Section 65583 ACTION HOU-5.1
(1)Implement standards contained in the Zoning Ordinance to accommodate the need for emergency shelters, supportive housing, and transitional housing. (2)Review and modify the Zoning Ordinance as needed to comply with AB 101 requirements.

AB 101 requires that Low-Barrier Navigation Centers be allowed by right in areas zoned for mixed-use and nonresidential zones permitting (by right or conditionally) multi-family uses. (3)Review and modify the Zoning Ordinance as needed to comply with AB 2162 requirements to allow for modifications for required parking for units occupied by supportive housing residents that are located within one-half mile of a public transit stop. (4)Review and modify the Zoning Ordinance as needed to comply with
Government Code Section 65583(4)(a) to subject emergency shelters only to those development and management standards that apply to residential or commercial development within the same zone. Revise the Zoning Ordinance to require emergency shelter parking only to be sufficient to accommodate all staff working in the emergency shelter, provided that the standards do not require more parking for emergency shelters than other residential or commercial uses within the same zone. (5)Review and modify Zoning Ordinance development standards related to the number of residents that can be accommodated at an
emergency shelter facility, which shall in no case be less than 20 beds.

Ongoing; review and amend the Zoning
Ordinance in 2024
(1)Ongoing. (2)Compliance with AB 101 initiated in 2024. (3)Compliance with AB 2162 initiated in 2024. (4)Compliance with Government Code Section 65583(4) (a) initated in 2024. (5)Underway.

ACTION HOU-5.2
Discuss with developers the ability to provide larger rental units appropriate for families with children, including the provision of supportive services.

Ongoing (as projects are proposed)
The City recently (2023) approved a 100% affordable housing project at 1232 Cherry St. that includes larger units, amenities for families including on-site open space and outdoor play areas. The City partnered with HIP housing fo this project.

9.a
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 426

Jurisdiction San Carlos
Reporting Year 2023 (Jan. 1 - Dec. 31)
1 2 3 4
Name of Program Objective Timeframe in H.E Status of Program Implementation

Table D
Program Implementation Status pursuant to GC Section 65583 ACTION HOU-5.3
San Carlos encourages the development of residential care facilities and group homes. Consistent with State law, the City permits group homes with six or fewer residents in all residential zoning districts by right. (1)Amend the Zoning Ordinance code to allow group homes with seven or more residents as a permitted use in all zones that allow multi-unit or single-unit dwellings. (2)Facilitate discussions with neighborhoods and adjacent uses so that good neighbor relationships are fostered and impacts to adjacent uses are mitigated. Seek opportunities to assist nonprofit housing providers to acquire and/or rehabilitate residential housing for group homes. (3)Review and modify development standards for residential care facilities and group homes to ensure the same standards apply for these uses as other residential uses of the same type in the same zone, specifically standards related to parking requirements and distancing between similar facilities.

No additional parking shall be required for group residential and residential care facilities above what is required for residential uses. Remove any subjectivity in any standards or required findings to ensure residential care facilities and group homes are allowed objectively with approval certainty similar to other residential uses.

Amend the Zoning Ordinance in 2023 to allow
group homes as a permitted use; coordinate
with neighborhoods and nonprofit housing
providers on an ongoing basis; amend the
Zoning Ordinance by the mid-2024 to modify
development standards for residential care
facilities in conjunction with Action 4.4.
(1)Underway. (2)Ongoing. (3)Initiated in 2024.

ACTION HOU-5.4
(1)On an annual basis, provide financial contributions to non-profit organizations and outside agencies that serve the housing needs of special needs households in and around San Carlos. These organizations and agencies may include but are not limited to: The Center for Independence of the Disabled (CID), HIP Housing, Shelter Network, Samaritan House, CALL Primrose, San Mateo County Children’s Fund, and HEART, among others. (2) Evaluate City contributions to outside agencies to assess whether to continue funding and/or adjust funding amounts or to consider other agencies for funding, particularly those organizations and agencies that provide housing with support services for persons with disabilities. As part of the evaluation, require outside agencies receiving City contributions to submit annual reports detailing how funds have been used and how programs have benefited San Carlos residents.

Ongoing; provide contributions on an annual
basis through the CDBG funding process
The City of San Carlos offers an annual Notice of Funding Availability grant program to expand and enhance affordable housing options for moderate-, low-, very low-, and extremely low-income households. Housing organizations can receive funding to proactively promote the preservation and improvement of existing housing quality through home repair, capital improvements, and rehabilitation programs. All other objectives are ongoing.

9.a
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 427

Jurisdiction San Carlos
Reporting Year 2023 (Jan. 1 - Dec. 31)
1 2 3 4
Name of Program Objective Timeframe in H.E Status of Program Implementation

Table D
Program Implementation Status pursuant to GC Section 65583 ACTION HOU-5.5
(1)Consider amending the Zoning Ordinance to clarify that development standards that allow for separate cooking and/or bathroom facilities in home sharing programs, and universal design (including “visitability”) in all new residential development and significant remodeling projects. (2)Encourage the
development of well-designed new accessory dwelling units in existing neighborhoods by implementing objective standards for the approval of accessory units. Include an ADA accessible design option in pre-approved ADU plans. (3)Encourage unhoused service or navigation centers to be located within or near SROs, transitional, and or/supportive housing. (4)Review the Zoning Ordinance and identify amendments to ensure findings for reasonable accommodation requests are limited to health and safety considerations and those allowed by State law.

Ongoing; complete a study on zoning needs
for home sharing and universal design and
bring to City Council for consideration in
2025; review/revise the Reasonable
Accommodation Ordinance and bring
appropriate amendments to the City Council
for hearing by December 2024
(1) Ongoing. (2) In November 2023 the San Carlos City Council adopted revisions to the ADU ordinance for compliance with the State Law and permanent SB-9 Ordinance associated objective design standards that objectively regulates the design and accessibility of these units. (3)Ongoing. (4) Underway.

9.a
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 428

Jurisdiction San Carlos
Reporting Year 2023 (Jan. 1 - Dec. 31)
1 2 3 4
Name of Program Objective Timeframe in H.E Status of Program Implementation

Table D
Program Implementation Status pursuant to GC Section 65583 ACTION HOU-5.6
Adopt an accessibility policy establishing standards and procedures for providing equal access to City services and programs to all residents, including persons with limited proficiency in English, and persons with disabilities.

Hold a hearing with City Council to consider
the accessibility policy in 2024
Title VI Plan - To ensure that all persons, regardless of race, color, sex, or national origin receive the benefits of City programs, services, and activities; to ensure the City complies with Title VI and to assign responsibilities for ensuring compliance; to promote full and fair participatory decision-making; to ensure that limited English proficient (LEP) individuals are provided meaningful access to City programs, services and activities; to establish clear procedures for filing, investigating, and successfully resolving complaints on a timely basis. Limited English Proficiency (LEP) Plan - Outlines how City staff will make designated publications available in languages other than English and provide interpretation/translation services to persons who are not proficient in English.

The City will take reasonable steps to ensure that LEP persons are given adequate information, are able to understand that information, and are able to participate effectively in recipient programs or activities, where appropriate.

Public Participation Plan (PPP) - Establishes procedures that allow for, encourage, and monitor the participation of all citizens living and working in the City. Special attention will be paid to soliciting input from low-income and minority communities that are traditionally underrepresented. A survey tool will be used to seek feedback about the most effective channels of communication for the City to engage our communities. Website - City launched a new website with an accessibility menu and language translation on all pages. ADA Transition Plan - 2013 ADA Transition Plan identifies barriers to the City's programs, services, and activities, and prioritizes barrier mitigation in order to comply with Title II of the Americans with Disabilities Act. How about including info on ADA accessible facilities? i.e. City Hall - bathroom space; public counter heights; ramps into building; elevator; automatic door...Public Meetings (see5.7)

9.a
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 429

Jurisdiction San Carlos
Reporting Year 2023 (Jan. 1 - Dec. 31)
1 2 3 4
Name of Program Objective Timeframe in H.E Status of Program Implementation

Table D
Program Implementation Status pursuant to GC Section 65583 ACTION HOU-5.7
Conduct public meetings at suitable times, accessible to persons with disabilities, and near public transit. Resources will be invested to provide interpretation and translation services when requested at public meetings.

Ongoing
Reasonable Accommodations Policy. Adopted by Council on 2.27.23, this policy details the procedures to accommodate individuals with disabilities (including audio impairment, visual impairment and mobility) to participate in City Council and Planning and Transportation Commission meetings. We don't have the technology to provide these accommodations for attendees of other public meetings that are not held in the Council Chambers... remain silent on that? Translation Services
. As noted on all our public agendas, translation services are available to the public should they require it to participate in the meeting.

Advance notification is requested so that staff can make arrangements. New Public Transit. All regularly scheduled public meetings are held in City Hall, the San Carlos Library and the San Carlos Youth Center. All those locations are within feet of public transportation. "
ACTION HOU-5.8
Promote fair housing by allowing multi-family residential uses on all sites in the P (Institutional Use) zone as an accessory use to allowed uses such as onsite religious institutions and schools.

Reference/incorporate the minimum parking prohibitions
associated with AB 2097, effective January 1, 2023, within 0.5 miles of public transit (as defined in AB 2097).

Amend the Zoning Ordinance in 2023 Initiated in 2024.

ACTION HOU-6.1
Fair housing laws prohibit housing discrimination based on race, color, religion, sex, or national origin. San Carlos has identified the following objectives/meaningful actions to affirmatively further fair housing (Table 4.2-2):

Annually through the San Mateo County
Consortium, which distributes CBDG
funding.

NA (see below)
ACTION HOU-6.1
Continue to support local agencies and organizations that provide fair housing services to San Carlos residents. Geographic Target:

Citywide
2023-2031 Metrics: Track funding support to
fair housing providers through the County's
Annual Action Plan
Ongoing
ACTION HOU-6.1
Include a fair housing presentation in City Council meetings. and continue to educate and train City staff regarding fair housing laws. As appropriate, partner with organizations such as Project Sentinel to provide resources.

At least once every other year. Geographic
Target: Citywide. 2023-2031 Metrics: Provide
an annual fair housing presentation to
Council and biennially provide fair housing
Presentation to occur in 2024.

ACTION HOU-6.1
Ensure that all development applications are considered, reviewed, and approved without prejudice to the proposed residents, contingent on the development application’s compliance with all entitlement requirements.

Timeframe: at least once every other year.

Geographic Target: Citywide. 2023-2031
Metrics: At random audit two applications per
year to ensure compliance.

Ongoing

9.a
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 430

Jurisdiction San Carlos
Reporting Year 2023 (Jan. 1 - Dec. 31)
1 2 3 4
Name of Program Objective Timeframe in H.E Status of Program Implementation

Table D
Program Implementation Status pursuant to GC Section 65583 ACTION HOU-6.1 Require non-discrimination clauses in rental agreements and deed restrictions for affordable housing.

Timeframe: Ongoing Geographic Target:

Citywide. 2023-2031 Metrics: Each new and
continued affordable housing rental
agreement/deed restriction.

Required and include in all affordable housing rental agreements and deed restrictions.

ACTION HOU-6.1
Promote public awareness of federal, State, and local regulations regarding equal access to housing. Provide information to the public on various state and federal housing programs and fair housing law. Maintain referral information on the City’s website and at a variety of other locations such as community and senior centers, local social service offices, in City utility bills, and at other public locations including City Hall and the library. Add resources and information in Spanish and make available to the public.

Continue to coordinate with other agencies and organizations, including 21 Elements, to identify other means of informing residents about fair housing laws.

Four times per year as part of fair housing
workshops by Project Sentinel and other
housing related events.

Geographic Target: Citywide with focus on
areas northwest of El Camino Real and along
San Carlos Avenue with higher proportions of
non-White residents and north of Cherry
Street and along El Camino Real with higher
proportions of people with disabilities.
2023-2031 Metrics: Provide counseling and
services to at least four San Carlos residents
during the planning period.

Onging
ACTION HOU-6.1
Alternative Land Use Strategies: Develop incentives or other strategies to promote housing choices and affordability in all development throughout San Carlos. Explore and pursue
alternative land use strategies and make necessary amendments to zoning or other land use documents to facilitate a variety of housing choices, including but not limited to higher density opportunities on religious, institutional and quasi-institutional lands, missing middle zoning in addition to SB 9 such as SB 10, adaptive reuse, more than one JADU per structure, acquiring and adding affordability to existing structures and upzoning with the goal of 50 housing opportunities in the planning period.

Timeframe.

Timeframe: 2025. Geographic Target:

Highest Resource areas. 2023-2031 Metrics:
50 affordable housing opportunities in
highest resource areas.

In November 2023 the San Carlos City Council adopted revisions to the ADU ordiance for compliance with the State Law. Additionally, the permanent SB-9 Oridnance was also adopted with its assosicated objective design standards.

ACTION HOU-6.1
Accessibility Improvements: Through the BMR Housing Trust Fund, provide annual grant funding to Rebuilding Together Peninsula to assist low-income households with accessibility improvements in San Mateo County.

Timeframe: The City will market and take
other actions as necessary at least annually.

Geographic Target: Residential and Mixed-
Use neighborhoods citywide. 2023-2031
Metrics: Assist 2 low-income, San Carlos
households per year.

Ongoing. The City of San Carlos offers an annual Notice of Funding Availability grant program to expand and enhance affordable housing options for moderate-, low-, very low-, and extremely low-income households. Housing organizations can receive funding to proactively promote the preservation and improvement of existing housing quality through home repair, capital improvements, and rehabilitation programs.

9.a
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 431

Jurisdiction San Carlos
Reporting Year 2023 (Jan. 1 - Dec. 31)
1 2 3 4
Name of Program Objective Timeframe in H.E Status of Program Implementation

Table D
Program Implementation Status pursuant to GC Section 65583 ACTION HOU-6.1
Homesharing Program: Provide annual grant funding to HIP Housing’s Home Sharing Program to connect tenants with existing homeowners. The program, funded by the BMR Housing Trust Fund, facilitates new home share matches and provides support to existing home shares in San Mateo County/Northern Santa Clara County.

Timeframe: The City will market and take
other actions as necessary at least annually.

Geographic Target: Residential and Mixed-
Use neighborhoods citywide. 2023-2031
Metrics: Assist 4 San Carlos residents
annually through new home share matches or
through ongoing support of existing
matches.

ACTION HOU-6.1
Affirmative Marketing Plans: Require affordable housing developers receiving public funds to prepare an affirmative marketing plan, and encourage private developers with affordable units in their projects to prepare affirmative marketing plans. The plan shall ensure marketing materials for new developments are designed to attract renters and buyers of diverse demographics, including persons of any race, ethnicity, sex, handicap, and familial status.

Timeframe: As part of the entitlement process
Geographic Target: Residential and Mixed-
Use neighborhoods citywide. 2023-2031
Metrics: All affordable housing developers
receiving public funds and at least two
private housing developers with affordable
units should prepare an affirmative marketing
plan during the planning period.

Ongoing
ACTION HOU-6.1
Action 3.2: Continue to implement the City’s Below Market Rate (BMR) Ordinance requirements for rental and homeownership development; establish a process for granting priority permit processing status for approved housing projects that exceed the City’s minimum BMR requirement; Evaluate the BMR Ordinance’s density bonuses, incentives, and concessions to determine they continue to make the production of affordable housing feasible. As part of this process, consult with local non- profit affordable housing developers to identify potential revisions that would better support development of affordable housing, and especially Low-Income Housing Tax Credit financed housing. Revise as necessary.

Geographic Target: Citywide, particularly in
the City’s highest resource areas. 2023-2031
Metrics: Increase the development of
affordable housing units through the BMR
Ordinance by 15% of the baseline.

Ongoing. The City currently implements the BMR Ordinance in similar way.

9.a
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 432

Jurisdiction San Carlos
Reporting Year 2023 (Jan. 1 - Dec. 31)
1 2 3 4
Name of Program Objective Timeframe in H.E Status of Program Implementation

Table D
Program Implementation Status pursuant to GC Section 65583 ACTION HOU-6.1
Action HOU-3.3 (ADUs): Offer pre-approved plans, which support streamlining the permit review process; Promote additional pre- approved plans on the City’s website; Provide homeowner/ applicant assistant tools by including and promoting State funding resources including the CalHFA ADU grant program and Casita Coalition financing guide on the City’s website, and by promoting home sharing programs to connect ADU owners and renters, and offering counseling with a City staff-ADU specialist; Pursue funding options to support ADU construction for lower-income homeowners
Timeframe: Offer pre-approved plans and
investigate funding for an incentive program
no later than 2024; ongoing ADU
development support; monitor ADUs annually
and implement alternative strategies within
one year of the annual report if assumptions
are not met. Geographic Target: Single-
family residential neighborhoods citywide.
2023-2031 Metric: Achieve 203 ADUs during
the planning cycle.

The City of San Carlos applied for ABAG’s Symbium Plancheck Pilot program in early 2023. The city was selected to receive a 2-year license to pilot Symbium Plancheck software that will help aid in streamlining review and processing of Accessory Dwelling Units (ADU) in the city. The Symbium software will also offer pre-approved ADU designs that will further helping in the creation of accessory dwelling units and junior accessory dwelling units. The City is working on implementing this pliot program with help from the Symbium team to expedite review and approval of ADUs/JADUs and other residential projects.

ACTION HOU-6.1
Action HOU-3.4: Proactively outreach to developers and
homebuyers regarding available homeownership financing options and coordinate with the regional providers of homebuyer programs to monitor trends and identify financing gaps amongst recipients.

Timeframe: Annually conduct outreach and
education efforts and coordinate with
regional providers of homebuyer programs in
2024 to prepare annual reports on grant
recipient trends. Geographic Target: Areas
with residents who have historically faced
barriers to homeownership such as areas in
the northwest of El Camino Real and along
San Carlos Avenue with higher proportions of
non-White residents; north of Cherry Street
and along El Camino Real with higher
proportions of people with disabilities; and
south of El Camino Real between Holly Street
and Arroyo Avenue with higher proportions
of low-to-moderate income households. 2023-
2031 Metric: On an annual basis, seek to
make contact with at least 25% of the
households in the areas mentioned above
and increase contact thresholds if trends
show there is a lack of program recipients in
these neighborhoods.

Ongoing

9.a
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 433

Jurisdiction San Carlos
Reporting Year 2023 (Jan. 1 - Dec. 31)
1 2 3 4
Name of Program Objective Timeframe in H.E Status of Program Implementation

Table D
Program Implementation Status pursuant to GC Section 65583 ACTION HOU-6.1
Action 3.5: Coordinate with the San Mateo County Housing Authority in 2024 about utilizing a mobility counseling program in San Carlos. This program would market to landlords and property owners and inform Housing Choice Voucher holders about their residential options in areas throughout the city and provide holistic supports to voucher holders seeking to move to highest resource areas. Through landlord outreach and mobility
counseling, the City's goal will be to increase the use of Housing Choice Vouchers in San Carlos by five percent and through implementation of the City’s SB 9 and ADU ordinances, seek to integrate at least five units annually in highest opportunity areas.

Timeframe: Annually. Geographic Target:

Citywide. 2023-2031 Metrics: Annually reach
100 individuals, as measured in website hits,
providing information about Housing. Choice
Vouchers; increase use of Housing Choice
Vouchers by 5 percent in San Carlos
Ongoing
ACTION HOU-6.1
Action 3.11: Noting historical inequities amplified/perpetuated by single family zoning, encourage small units in residential neighborhoods through development of ADUs, JADUs, and SB 9 units. In coordination with research being conducted at the State level, evaluate and pursue opportunities to incentivize and provide funding assistance for homeowners to provide affordable units under SB 9.

Timeframe: Bring SB 9 ordinance for
consideration by City Council in Fall 2023.

Production and affordability will be monitored
every two years thereafter. Evaluate and
pursue incentive opportunities in 2024.

Geographic Target: Single-family
neighborhoods citywide 2023-2031 Metrics:

Achieve 203 ADUs and 5 SB 9 duplex
construction during the planning period.

Ongoing. In November 2023, the San Carlos City Council adopted the permanent SB-9 Ordinance, along with corresponding objective design standards for SB-9 units.

ACTION HOU-6.1
Action 5.2: Discuss with developers the ability to provide larger rental units appropriate for families with children, including the provision of supportive services.

Timeframe: Ongoing (as projects are
proposed). Geographic Target: Multi-family
residential neighborhoods 2023-2031 Metrics:

Complete at least one project that includes
these types of units and services during the
planning period.

Ongoing
ACTION HOU-6.1
Action 5.8: Promote fair housing by allowing multi-family residential uses on all sites in the P (Institutional Use) zone as an accessory use to allowed uses such as onsite religious institutions and schools. Reference/incorporate the minimum parking
prohibitions associated with AB 2097, effective January 1, 2023, within 0.5 miles of public transit (as defined in AB 2097).

Timeframe: Amend Zoning Ordinance by 2023
Geographic Target: Institutional Use Zone.
2023-2031 Metrics: Complete at least one
multi-family project in the Institutional Use
Zone during the planning period.

To be completed in 2024.

9.a
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 434

Jurisdiction San Carlos
Reporting Year 2023 (Jan. 1 - Dec. 31)
1 2 3 4
Name of Program Objective Timeframe in H.E Status of Program Implementation

Table D
Program Implementation Status pursuant to GC Section 65583 ACTION HOU-6.1
Conduct a mid-term evaluation of the effectiveness of these strategies in support of Housing Mobility and housing
opportunities throughout the city. Make adjustments within one year to achieve the overall goal of 250 affordable units by the end of the planning period.

Timeframe: Conduct midterm evaluation in
2027. Geographic Target: Citywide,
particularly in the City’s highest income
areas. 2023-2031 Metrics: 250 affordable
housing units during the planning period.

Ongoing
ACTION HOU-6.1
Place-Based Strategies for Community Preservation and
Revitalization. Downtown Specific Plan: San Carlos initiated development of a Specific Plan for its downtown in March 2022, with estimated completion by the end of 2024. The vision is to transform the downtown and El Camino Real and Laurel Street corridors into a dynamic, vibrant, intergenerational, and eclectic mixed-use neighborhood with seamless connectivity to the adjacent residential neighborhoods, the City’s East Side Innovation District, and the San Carlos Caltrain station. The Downtown Specific Plan will address major infrastructure, such as sidewalks, trees, parking, and public amenities like seating and bike parking. This project is supplemented by a Streetscape Master Plan to accelerate the implementation of the Downtown Specific Plan. Concepts with specifications for street trees, landscaping, light standards, paving, furnishings and amenities, as well as parking and curbside management will be developed.

Improvements in the public realm, will also address approaches to the design of new plazas/parks or open space areas (either as part of new developments or as public amenities resulting from permanent street closures). The Plan will also address
programming and activation of public space in response to the community’s desires for social interaction within improved gathering spaces.

Timeframes: Downtown Specific Plan in 2024;
pedestrian safety, bicycle, and green
infrastructure improvements in 2024.

Geographic Target: Citywide, particularly in
the City’s highest density areas, including
Downtown and areas near the Caltrain stop,
where sites to meet the lower-income RHNA
are located 2023-2031. Metrics: Complete at
least 6 infrastructure projects in Downtown
and surrounding areas.

The Downtown Specific Plan is currently underway and expected to be adopted in early 2025 with implementation expected to commence right after.

9.a
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 435

Jurisdiction San Carlos
Reporting Year 2023 (Jan. 1 - Dec. 31)
1 2 3 4
Name of Program Objective Timeframe in H.E Status of Program Implementation

Table D
Program Implementation Status pursuant to GC Section 65583 ACTION HOU-6.1
Pedestrian Safety on El Camino Real: The City is installing a High- Intensity Activated Crosswalk Beacon system (HAWK) to improve the existing crossing across El Camino Real at Belmont Avenue. In addition, the project will also include refreshed traffic striping at the intersection. The project is underway as of 2023 but awaiting the arrival of a controller cabinet needed to complete the improvements.

Timeframes: Downtown Specific Plan in 2024;
pedestrian safety, bicycle, and green
infrastructure improvements in 2024.

The HAWK signal at El Camino and Belmont has been installed and is in operation. The project also included crosswalk, yield line, and lane striping for the HAWK.

ACTION HOU-6.1
Pedestrian Safety on San Carlos Ave: The City will, as part of a Phase III of construction, construct new sidewalk, curb, and gutter along the north side of San Carlos Avenue while the existing asphalt walkway on the south side with concrete improvements.

Timeframes: Downtown Specific Plan in 2024;
pedestrian safety, bicycle, and green
infrastructure improvements in 2024.

Geographic Target: Citywide, particularly in
the City’s highest density areas, including
Downtown and areas near the Caltrain stop,
where sites to meet the lower-income RHNA
are located 2023-203. Metrics: Complete at
least 6 infrastructure projects in Downtown
and surrounding areas.

The project is on schedule.

ACTION HOU-6.1
Bicycle facility improvements on San Carlos Ave: The City will stripe buffered bike lanes with green paint on the north and south sides along with a green bicycle box at the intersection of San Carlos Avenue and Devonshire Boulevard.

Timeframes: Downtown Specific Plan in 2024;
pedestrian safety, bicycle, and green
infrastructure improvements in 2024.

The project is on schedule.

9.a
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 436

Jurisdiction San Carlos
Reporting Year 2023 (Jan. 1 - Dec. 31)
1 2 3 4
Name of Program Objective Timeframe in H.E Status of Program Implementation

Table D
Program Implementation Status pursuant to GC Section 65583 ACTION HOU-6.1
Landscaping and Green Infrastructure Improvements on San Carlos Ave: The City will plant low-level shrubs and cover along with flow-through planters for collecting of surface stormwater run- off.

Timeframes: Downtown Specific Plan in 2024;
pedestrian safety, bicycle, and green
infrastructure improvements in 2024.

The project is on schedule.

ACTION HOU-6.1 Action 1.1: Continue the Rental Inspection Program to preserve and improve existing housing stock and neighborhood quality Timeframe: Annually. Geographic Target:

Multi-family residential neighborhoods 2023-
2031 Metric: Conduct 240 inspection visits
annually.

Ongoing
ACTION HOU-6.1
Action 1.2: As CDBG funds are available through San Mateo County Consortium, provide grants or loans to low- and moderate- income households for the rehabilitation of residences; Promote the availability of home repair services for low-income and special needs households available from private agencies in the county.

Timeframe: Annually or as funding becomes
available Geographic Target: Multi-family
residential neighborhoods and south of El
Camino Real between Holly Street and Arroyo
Avenue with higher proportions of low-to-
moderate income households. 2023-2031
Metrics: Assist 2 5 low-to-moderate-income
households annually.

While San Carlos did not receive CDBG funds in 2023, the City did utilize its own funding sources to award $88,300 to non-profit agencies to support rehabilitation of low to moderate income residences.

ACTION HOU-6.1
Action 1.3: San Carlos will continue to monitor the affordability of existing deed-restricted units and coordinate with property owners to encourage the retention of affordability of these units.

Timeframe: Annually monitor/report the
affordability status of at-risk rental units as
part of the Annual Progress Report process;
Contact owners with expiring covenants two
years in advance of the expiring covenant.

Geographic Target: Multi-family residential
neighborhoods and areas south of El Camino
Real between Holly Street and Arroyo Avenue
with higher proportions of low-to-moderate
income households. 2023-2031 Metric:

Retain affordability of 137 units at 17 housing
complexes.

The San Carlos Housing Department conducts annual re-certifications to monitor the affordability status of all Below Market Rate units.

9.a
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 437

Jurisdiction San Carlos
Reporting Year 2023 (Jan. 1 - Dec. 31)
1 2 3 4
Name of Program Objective Timeframe in H.E Status of Program Implementation

Table D
Program Implementation Status pursuant to GC Section 65583 ACTION HOU-6.1
Action 3.1: Continue to apply the commercial/housing linkage fee to fund affordable housing and monitor fee amount to ensure it reflects market conditions. Encourage concurrent production of on or off-site affordable housing, in lieu of fee payment. Collaborate with existing and new major employers to encourage the
development and funding of more affordable housing.

Timeframe: Re-evaluate opportunities for
construction in-lieu of fee payment in 2024;
collaborate with city’s 10 largest employers at
least every other year; annually monitor and
pursue funding opportunities through
county, state, and federal funding programs
and sources to leverage City funds.

Geographic Target: Citywide. 2023-2031
Metric: Contribute to the production and/or
preservation of at least 60 affordable housing
units over the planning period.

Ongoing
ACTION HOU-6.1
Action 3.5: Continue to work with the San Mateo County
Department of Housing and nonprofit organizations to implement Housing Choice Voucher Rental Assistance programs. Continue to provide information on the Housing Choice Voucher program, including new legal requirements pursuant to SB 329, which prohibits housing discrimination on the basis of source of income (including Housing Choice Vouchers). Continue to collaborate with other cities in San Mateo County, regional organizations, and/or nonprofit organizations to evaluate and quantify potential discrimination against Housing Choice Voucher users or other rental assistance voucher programs. Continue to develop and act upon measures to address these issues. Coordinate with the San Mateo County Housing Authority in 2024 about utilizing a mobility counseling program in San Carlos to market to landlords and property owners and inform Housing Choice Voucher holders about their residential options in areas throughout the city and provide holistic supports to voucher holders seeking to move to highest resource areas.

Timeframe: Annually Geographic Target:

Citywide. 2023-2021 Metrics: Annually reach
100 individuals, as measured in website hits,
providing information about Housing Choice
Vouchers; increase use of Housing Choice
Vouchers by 5 percent in San Carlos.

Ongoing

9.a
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 438

Jurisdiction San Carlos
Reporting Year 2023 (Jan. 1 - Dec. 31)
1 2 3 4
Name of Program Objective Timeframe in H.E Status of Program Implementation

Table D
Program Implementation Status pursuant to GC Section 65583 ACTION HOU-6.1
Action 3.10: Take actions to reduce displacement, including fair housing counseling, rental audits, fair housing case monitoring, outreach, and additional tenant protection policies; Support local efforts to create a community land trust or a housing preservation fund
Timeframe: Consult with tenants’ rights
advocates and stakeholders, complete
analysis, and hold a hearing with City Council
to adopt anti-displacement strategies by 2026
Geographic Target: Multi-family residential
neighborhoods and areas south of El Camino
Real between Holly Street and Arroyo Avenue
with higher proportions of low-to-moderate
income households. 2023-2031 Metric:

Partner with a community-based organization
to provide residents with informational
materials and workshops on latest anti-
displacement strategies at least three times
soon after adoption.

Ongoing
ACTION HOU-6.1
Action 8.1: Continue to work with housing services organizations, or other similar organizations, to increase housing opportunities in San Carlos. Explore partnerships with housing operators, non- profit organizations, and developers to rehabilitate and convert existing market rate rental housing into affordable housing for extremely low, very low, low and moderate-income households.

Timeframe: Discuss opportunities with
developers that contact the City annually.

Geographic Targeting: Multi-family
residential neighborhoods and areas south of
El Camino Real between Holly Street and
Arroyo Avenue with higher proportions of low-
to-moderate income households. 2023-2031
Metric: Develop at least one new partnership
with housing organizations annually.

Ongoing
ACTION HOU-6.1
Implement an accessibility policy that establishes standards and procedures for providing equal access to City services and programs to all residents, including persons with limited proficiency in English, and persons with disabilities.

Timeframe: By 2024. Geographic Target:

Areas with high proportions of non-native
English speakers and north of Cherry Street
and Along El Camino Real with higher
proportions of people with disabilities. 2023-
2021 Metric: Upon adoption of accessibility
policy, assist at 20 persons annually with
disability needs.

Ongoing

9.a
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 439

Jurisdiction San Carlos
Reporting Year 2023 (Jan. 1 - Dec. 31)
1 2 3 4
Name of Program Objective Timeframe in H.E Status of Program Implementation

Table D
Program Implementation Status pursuant to GC Section 65583 ACTION HOU-6.1
Conduct public meetings at suitable times, accessible to persons with disabilities, and near public transit. Resources will be invested to provide interpretation and translation services when requested at public meetings.

Timeframe: Ongoing. Geographic Target:

Citywide. 2023-2021 Metric: Provide at least
one person at public meetings that can
provide translation services.

Reasonable Accommodations Policy. Adopted by Council on 2.27.23, this policy details the procedures to accommodate individuals with disabilities (including audio impairment, visual impairment and mobility) to participate in City Council and Planning and Transportation Commission meetings. Translation Services.

As noted on all our public agendas, translation services are available to the public should they require it to participate in the meeting. Advance notification is requested so that staff can make arrangements. New Public Transit. All regularly scheduled public meetings are held in City Hall, the San Carlos Library and the San Carlos Youth Center. All those locations are within feet of public transportation.

ACTION HOU-6.1
Continue to educate landlords on fair housing law, reasonable accommodations and disability rights, including posting reasonable accommodations on the website and at prominent location near the permit counter.

Timeframe: Ongoing Geographic Target:

Citywide. 2023-2031 Metric: Outreach to at
least five landlords annually.

Ongoing
ACTION HOU-6.1
Action 3.12: Continue to reduce or waive development impact fees to facilitate 100% affordable and special needs housing, including housing for extremely low-income and persons living with disabilities (including persons with developmental disabilities).

Timeframe: Ongoing Geographic Target:

Citywide. 2023-2031 Metric: Waive or reduce
development impact fees for at least one
special needs project during the planning
period.

Ongoing
ACTION HOU-6.1 Action 5.3: Continue to encourage the development of residential care facilities and group homes.

Timeframe: Ongoing. Geographic Target:

Citywide. 2023-2031 Metric: Assist at least
one nonprofit housing provider to acquire
and/or rehabilitate residential housing with
supportive services during the planning
period.

Ongoing
ACTION HOU-6.1
Action 5.4: On an annual basis, provide financial contributions to non-profit organizations and outside agencies that serve the housing needs of special needs households in and around San Carlos. These organizations and agencies may include but are not limited to: The Center for Independence of the Disabled (CID), HIP Housing, Shelter Network, Samaritan House, CALL Primrose, San Mateo County Children’s Fund, and HEART, among others.

Timeframe: Annually. Geographic Target:

Citywide. 2023-2031 Metric: Provide financial
contributions to at least one non-profit
organization as funding becomes available.

Ongoing

9.a
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 440

Jurisdiction San Carlos
Reporting Year 2023 (Jan. 1 - Dec. 31)
1 2 3 4
Name of Program Objective Timeframe in H.E Status of Program Implementation

Table D
Program Implementation Status pursuant to GC Section 65583 ACTION HOU-7.1
Study and hold a hearing with City Council to consider
establishing a childcare development impact fee for new nonresidential developments
Complete study and hold a hearing with City
Council by spring 2023
In October 2022, the City Council established a Childcare Development Impact Fee for new nonresidential developments in the City of San Carlos. The fee will be a one-time charge on new nonresidential development set according to the “nexus logic” as explained in the San Carlos Child Care Development Impact Fee Nexus Study prepared by Economic and Planning Systems Inc. and adopted on June 27, 2022. The funds collected can only be used to fund capital projects, not maintenance or operations.

ACTION HOU-7.2
(1)Allow by-right the siting and development of family childcare homes in all residential, mixed-use, and other zones where residences are permitted, for the convenience of families. Consider modified zoning standards, modified review procedures, and other incentives to facilitate childcare centers’ development in mixed- use and commercial zones and as an accessory use to
religious/community facilities in residential zones. (2)Encourage the inclusion of space for childcare in new housing developments, including affordable housing developments, as feasible. (3)Ensure that zoning code and permitting practices are consistent with State law that prohibits use permits, business licenses, etc. for Large Family Child Care Homes. (4)In addition to the traffic impact fee exemption already provided, continue the discussion with decision makers to consider potential incentives for developers to provide childcare facilities or services as part of new residential, commercial, and industrial developments, including but not limited to: density bonuses, increases in floor area ratios, parking reduction, community benefits credit, expedited entitlements, or other modifications to zoning regulations.

Complete study and hold a hearing with City
Council in 2025
(1)This action was completed in 2021. To allow childcare homes as an accessory use to religious/community facilities in residential zones is still in progress. (2)Staff continues to encourage the inclusion of childcare spaces in new developments during discussions with Developers on desired community amenities. (3)This action was completed in 2021. (4)Developers may receive a community benefit credit if they provide more childcare spaces than required, as established under the Development Impact Fee Ordinance.

9.a
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 441

Jurisdiction San Carlos
Reporting Year 2023 (Jan. 1 - Dec. 31)
1 2 3 4
Name of Program Objective Timeframe in H.E Status of Program Implementation

Table D
Program Implementation Status pursuant to GC Section 65583 ACTION HOU-8.1
Continue to work with the following organizations, or other similar organizations, to increase housing opportunities in San Carlos: (1) HIP Housing – home sharing programs including potential owners and renters matching; (2) 21 Elements – funding sources for low-, very low-, and extremely low- income housing, funding sources for special needs housing; rental voucher discrimination claims, among others; funding sources for ADU construction or remodels and best practices to encourage ADUs. (3) San Mateo County Consortium (4) San Mateo Department of Housing – Section 8 housing assistance (5) Others as opportunities arise (6) HEART – first time home buyers’ programs. Explore partnerships with housing operators, non-profit organizations, and developers to rehabilitate and convert existing market rate rental housing into affordable housing for extremely low, very low, low and moderate- income households.

Ongoing; discuss opportunities with
developers that contact the City annually Ongoing

9.a
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 442

Jurisdiction San Carlos
Reporting Year 2023 (Jan. 1 - Dec. 31)
1 2 3 4
Name of Program Objective Timeframe in H.E Status of Program Implementation

Table D
Program Implementation Status pursuant to GC Section 65583

9.a
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 443

Jurisdiction San Carlos
Reporting Year 2023 (Jan. 1 - Dec. 31)
1 2 3 4
Name of Program Objective Timeframe in H.E Status of Program Implementation

Table D
Program Implementation Status pursuant to GC Section 65583 General Comments

9.a
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 444

Jurisdiction San Carlos ANNUAL ELEMENT PROGRESS REPORT
Reporting Period 2023 (Jan. 1 - Dec. 31) Housing Element Implementation Planning Period 6th Cycle 01/31/2023 - 01/31/2031
Description of Commercial
Development Bonus
Commercial Development Bonus
Date Approved
3 4
APN Street Address Project Name+ Local Jurisdiction
Tracking ID+
Very Low
Income
Low
Income
Moderate
Income
Above Moderate
Income
Description of Commercial
Development Bonus
Commercial Development Bonus
Date Approved
Summary Row: Start Data Entry Below
Units Constructed as Part of Agreement
Commercial Development Bonus Approved pursuant to GC Section 65915.7 Table E
Note: "+" indicates an optional field
Project Identifier
1 2
Cells in grey contain auto-calculation
formulas
(CCR Title 25 §6202)
Annual Progress Report January 2020

9.a
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 445

Jurisdiction San Carlos ANNUAL ELEMENT PROGRESS REPORT Note: "+" indicates an optional field Reporting Period 2023 (Jan. 1 - Dec. 31) Housing Element Implementation Cells in grey contain auto-calculation formulas Planning Period 6th Cycle 01/31/2023 - 01/31/2031
The description should adequately document how
each unit complies with subsection (c) of Government
Code Section 65583.1+.

For detailed reporting requirements, see the chcklist
here:

Extremely Low-
Income+ Very Low-Income+ Low-Income+ TOTAL UNITS+
Extremely Low-
Income+
Very Low-
Income+ Low-Income+ TOTAL UNITS+
https://www.hcd.ca.gov/community-
development/docs/adequate-sites-checklist.pdf
Rehabilitation Activity
Preservation of Units At-Risk
Acquisition of Units
Mobilehome Park Preservation
Total Units by Income
Table F
Please note this table is optional: The jurisdiction can use this table to report units that have been substantially rehabilitated, converted from non-affordable to affordable by acquisition, and preserved, including mobilehome park preservation, consistent with the standards set forth in Government Code section 65583.1, subdivision (c). Please note, motel, hotel, hostel rooms or other structures that are converted from non-residential to residential units pursuant to Government Code section 65583.1(c)(1)(D) are considered net-new housing units and must be reported in Table A2 and not reported in Table F.

Activity Type
Units that Do Not Count Towards RHNA+
Listed for Informational Purposes Only
Units that Count Towards RHNA +
Note - Because the statutory requirements severely limit what can be counted, please contact HCD at [email protected] and we will unlock the form which enable you to populate these fields.

Units Rehabilitated, Preserved and Acquired for Alternative Adequate Sites pursuant to Government Code section 65583.1(c) Annual Progress Report January 2020

9.a
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 446

Notes
2 3 6
Prior APN+ Current APN Street Address Project Name+
Local
Jurisdiction
Tracking ID
Unit Category
(2 to 4,5+)
Tenure
R=Renter
Very Low-
Income Deed
Restricted
Very Low-
Income Non
Deed
Restricted
Low- Income Deed
Restricted
Low- Income
Non Deed
Restricted
Moderate- Income
Deed Restricted
Moderate-
Income Non Deed
Restricted
Above
Moderate-
Income
Total Moderate Income Units
Converted from Above
Moderate
Date Converted Notes
Summary Row: Start Data Entry Below 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Above Moderate Income Units Converted to Moderate Income Pursuant to Government Code section 65400.2 For up to 25 percent of a jurisdiction’s moderate-income regional housing need allocation, the planning agency may include the number of units in an existing multifamily building that were converted to deed-restricted rental housing for moderate-income households by the imposition of affordability covenants and restrictions for the unit. Before adding information to this table, please ensure housing developments meet the requirements described in Government Code 65400.2(b). 5 Project Identifier Unit Types
1 4
Affordability by Household Incomes After Conversion Units credited toward Moderate Income RHNA

9.a
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 447

Jurisdiction San Carlos
Reporting Period 2023 (Jan. 1 - Dec. 31)
Planning Period 6th Cycle 01/31/2023 - 01/31/2031 ANNUAL ELEMENT PROGRESS REPORT Housing Element Implementation
2 3 4
APN Street Address Project Name+ Local Jurisdiction
Tracking ID+
Realistic Capacity
Identified in the
Housing Element
Entity to whom the site
transferred Intended Use for Site
1 Summary Row: Start Data Entry Below
Note: "+" indicates an optional field
Cells in grey contain auto-calculation
formulas
Table G
Locally Owned Lands Included in the Housing Element Sites Inventory that have been sold, leased, or otherwise disposed of Project Identifier
NOTE: This table must only be filled out if the housing element sites inventory contains a site which is or was owned by the reporting jurisdiction, and has been sold, leased, or otherwise disposed of during the reporting year.

9.a
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 448

Jurisdiction San Carlos Note: "+" indicates an optional field Reporting Period 2023
(Jan. 1 - Dec.
31)
Cells in grey contain auto-calculation
formulas
Designation Size Notes
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
APN Street Address/Intersection Existing Use Number of
Units
Surplus
Designation
Parcel Size (in
acres) Notes
NOTE: This table must contain an invenory of ALL
surplus/excess lands the reporting jurisdiction owns
Summary Row: Start Data Entry Below
Parcel Identifier

ANNUAL ELEMENT PROGRESS REPORT
Housing Element Implementation
Table H
Locally Owned Surplus Sites
For San Mateo County jurisdictions, please format the APN's as follows:999-999-999

9.a
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 449

Jurisdiction San Carlos ANNUAL ELEMENT PROGRESS REPORT
Reporting Period 2023 (Jan. 1 - Dec. 31) Housing Element Implementation Planning Period 6th Cycle 01/31/2023 - 01/31/2031
Project Type Date
Units (Beds/Student
Capacity) Granted
Density Bonus
Notes
2 3 5 6
APN Street Address Project Name+ Local Jurisdiction
Tracking ID+
Unit Category
(SH - Student Housing) Date Very Low- Income
Deed Restricted
Very Low- Income
Non Deed
Restricted
Low- Income Deed
Restricted
Low- Income
Non Deed
Restricted
Moderate- Income
Deed Restricted
Moderate- Income
Non Deed
Restricted
Above
Moderate-
Income
Total Additional Beds
Created Due to Density
Bonus
Notes
Summary Row: Start Data Entry Below
Note: "+" indicates an optional field
Cells in grey contain auto-calculation formulas
Table J
Student housing development for lower income students for which was granted a density bonus pursuant to subparagraph (F) of paragraph (1) of subdivision (b) of Section 65915 Project Identifier Units (Beds/Student Capacity) Approved 1 4
NOTE: STUDENT HOUSING WITH DENSITY BONUS ONLY. This
table only needs to be completed if there were student housing projects WITH a density bonus approved pursuant to
Government Code65915(b)(1)(F)
Annual Progress Report January 2020

9.a
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 450

Jurisdiction San Carlos ANNUAL ELEMENT PROGRESS REPORT
Reporting Period 2023 (Jan. 1 - Dec. 31)
Planning Period 6th Cycle 01/31/2023 - 01/31/2031
Yes
Table K
Tenent Preference Policy
Local governments are required to inform HCD about any local tenant preference ordinance the local government maintains when the jurisdiction submits their annual progress report on housing approvals and production, per Government Code 7061 (SB 649, 2022, Cortese). Effective January 1, 2023, local governments adopting a tenant preference are required to create a webpage on their internet website containing authorizing local ordinance and supporting materials, no more than 90 days after the ordinance becomes operational.
https://www.codepublishing.com/CA/SanCarlos/#!/SanCarlos18/SanCarlos1816.html#18.16.080.B We also reference it on our Affordable Housing Resources page below:
https://www.cityofsancarlos.org/city_hall/departments_and_divisions/community_development/housing/affordable_housing_and_resources/index.php Does the Jurisdiction have a local tenant preference policy? If the jurisdiction has a local tenant preference policy, provide a link to the jurisdiction's webpage on their internet website containing authorizing local ordinance and supporting materials.

Notes

9.a
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 451

Jurisdiction San Carlos
Reporting Year 2023 (Jan. 1 - Dec. 31)
Total Award Amount Total award amount is auto-populated based on amounts entered in rows 15-26.

Task $ Amount Awarded $ Cumulative Reimbursement
Requested
Other
Funding Notes
Housing Element project
coordination; document review,
existing conditions report; policy
and results comparison; vacant
and underutilized land inventory;
opportunities and constraints;
financial feasibility analysis; and
preferred options and analysis
$60,485.00 $69,966.48 REAP
Project funded by: City funds, LEAP, SB2, and REAP
Housing Element amendments,
quantification, and case studies;
vulnerability assessment; outline
and initial drafts; and
administrative and draft
documents
$89,515.00 $80,033.52 REAP
Housing Element adopted by San Carlos City
Council on January 23, 2023; waiting for
certification from HCD.

Summary of entitlements, building permits, and certificates of occupancy (auto-populated from Table A2) Current Year
Deed Restricted 47
Non-Deed Restricted 0
Deed Restricted 33
Non-Deed Restricted 0
Deed Restricted 1
Non-Deed Restricted 0
329
410
Current Year
Deed Restricted 0
Non-Deed Restricted 0
Deed Restricted 0
Non-Deed Restricted 0
Deed Restricted 0
Non-Deed Restricted 0
32 32
Current Year
Deed Restricted 0
Non-Deed Restricted 0
Deed Restricted 0
Non-Deed Restricted 0
Deed Restricted 0
Non-Deed Restricted 0
27 27

ANNUAL ELEMENT PROGRESS REPORT
Local Early Action Planning (LEAP) Reporting
(CCR Title 25 §6202)
Please update the status of the proposed uses listed in the entity’s application for funding and the corresponding impact on housing within the region or jurisdiction, as applicable, categorized based on the eligible uses specified in Section 50515.02 or 50515.03, as applicable.
150,000.00$
Task Status
Completed
Other (Please Specify in Notes)
Total Units
Certificate of Occupancy Issued by Affordability Summary Income Level
Very Low
Low
Moderate
Above Moderate
Moderate
Above Moderate
Total Units
Completed Entitlement Issued by Affordability Summary
Income Level
Very Low
Low
Moderate
Above Moderate
Total Units
Building Permits Issued by Affordability Summary
Income Level
Very Low
Low

9.a
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 452

CITY COUNCIL

STAFF REPORT
MEETING DATE: March 25, 2024
ITEM TITLE: Receive a Report on the Results of the 2024 Community Characteristics Survey Conducted by True North Research.

RECOMMENDATION:

Staff recommends that the City Council receive a report on the results of the 2024 Community Characteristics Survey conducted by True North Research.

FISCAL IMPLICATIONS:

There is no fiscal impact associated with receiving this report.

BACKGROUND:

It is the City’s mission to provide high-quality services, facilities, and events to our residents in an equitable, sustainable, transparent, responsive, and friendly manner in order to foster an inclusive, safe, and healthy community now and in the future.

To achieve the City’s mission, the City Council updates the City’s strategic plan annually. The strategic plan identifies current issues, needs, and interests that are of strategic importance to the quality of life of the community beyond the City’s day-to-day operations and initiatives.

The City’s strategic goals are based upon the community’s needs and interests, informed by the City Council’s knowledge and understanding of the community’s needs, and defined by City staff’s expertise in providing local government management and services.

To assess the community’s needs and interests, the City offers multiple tools for community engagement on a range of topics and issues within the city, including two different community surveys. The first type of survey, a Community Opinion Survey, is conducted every two years and serves as a performance measurement tool to understand residents’ needs and priorities and measure how well the City is performing. The second type of survey, and the focus of this staff report, is the Community Characteristics Survey. The Community Characteristics Survey is designed to provide the City with a better understanding of the San Carlos community itself, including its priorities and lifestyles.

The 2024 Community Characteristic Survey was administered between January 6 and January 15, 2024, to a random sample of 712 adults. The 2024 Community Characteristics Survey Summary Report dated January 2024 (“2024 Report”) is included as Attachment 1. For comparative purposes, the 2022 Community Characteristics Survey Summary Report dated February 7, 2022, is included as Attachment 2. Survey reports are posted on the City’s website at https://www.cityofsancarlos.org/residents/community-surveys.

9.b
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 453

ANALYSIS:

Both the 2022 and 2024 Community Characteristics Surveys and Reports were conducted and prepared by True North Research, an experienced firm that conducts statistically significant surveys. The 2024 survey was administered to a random sample of 712 adult respondents who reside within the City of San Carlos and followed a mixed-method design that employed multiple recruiting methods (email, text, and telephone) and multiple data collection methods (telephone and online).

While the majority of the 2024 Survey questions remained the same as the 2022 Survey, two key changes were made:

1. Two questions relating to the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic were removed.

2. Two questions addressing accessory dwelling units (ADUs) were adjusted to capture information about residents who have already built an ADU, those that plan to do so in the next five years, and those that have built an ADU and rent it out for supplemental income.

Some of the key results and observations from the 2024 Report are listed below.

Biggest Changes (2022 to 2024)

1.Work arrangements. In 2022, nearly half of employed respondents (47%) stated that they worked from home, with 25% commuting to a work location outside the home, and 28% doing a mixture of both. In 2024, the number of residents working from home dropped to approximately one-in-five (19%), with 36% commuting to a work location outside the home, and 44% doing a mixture of both.

2.Media consumption. In 2022, the average San Carlos resident spent nearly six hours in a typical day utilizing the Internet, not including social media (228 minutes per day) and watching television (121 minutes per day). In 2024, media consumption dropped to 4 and a half hours of Internet use per day, along with 171 minutes of social media use, and 103 minutes of television watching per day.

Living in San Carlos

1. When asked what they liked best about living in San Carlos, residents noted the city’s small-town feeling (24%), the Downtown area (23%), safety/low crime (19%), and San Carlos’ friendly, family-oriented nature (16%).

2. When asked to indicate one thing they would most like to change about San Carlos, residents stated their desire to limit growth and development (13%), enforce traffic laws (8%), provide more affordable housing (8%), and reduce traffic congestion (7%).

3. A majority of residents (55%) expect to still be living in San Carlos 10 years from now.

Just under half of San Carlos residents have lived in the city 15 years or longer (46%), whereas a little over one-fourth are newer residents that have lived in the city less than one year (5%) or one to four years (22%).

Accessory Dwelling Units (ADUs)

1. 5% of single-family homeowners currently have an ADU on their property and an additional five percent plan to build an ADU within the next five years. Approximately

9.b
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 454

seven-in-ten respondents (69%) do not have any plans to build an ADU in the next five years, whereas 20% were unsure or unwilling to share.

2. Just 1% of all single-family homeowners currently have an ADU and rent it for supplemental income, 2% plan to build an ADU and rent it for supplemental income, and 7% do not plan to rent the unit for income. Nine-in-ten San Carlos homeowners with a detached single-family residence do not have any plans for an ADU (69%) or were unsure of their ADU or rental plans (22%).

Commute and Transportation

1. Among the 80% of residents who commute to work outside of their home, 85% drive alone, while 6% commute via Caltrain, and 2% commute via rideshare. The average length of commute was 15.96 miles one-way.

2. Regardless of their employment status, nearly all residents use a personal vehicle when traveling within San Carlos (97%) and just over three-quarters walk from home to a local store or restaurant (77%). Just under half of residents use Uber or Lyft (49%), 37% ride a bicycle when traveling within the city, and 7% ride a local bus.

Respectfully submitted by:

Nil Blackburn, Assistant City Manager
Approved for submission by:
_______________________
Jeff Maltbie, City Manager
ATTACHMENT(S):

1. 2024 Community Characteristics Survey Summary Report

2. 2022 Community Characteristics Survey Summary Report

9.b
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 455

9.b
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 456

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

9.b
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 457

Table of Contents
iCity of San Carlos True No rth Research, Inc. © 2024
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

T ABLE OF C ONTENTS
Table of Contents. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . i List of Tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iii List of Figures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iv Introduction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Motivation for Research . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Overview of Methodology. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Organization of Report. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Acknowledgements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Disclaimer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 About True North . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Key Findings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Living in San Carlos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Community Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Employment, Commute & Transportation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Health & Lifestyle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Living in San Carlos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 What Do You Like Most About Living in San Carlos? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Question 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 What should Be Changed? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Question 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Plan to Remain in San Carlos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Question 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Question 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Length of Residence. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Question 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Housing Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Question 6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Home Ownership Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 Question 7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 Have/Plan to Build Accessory Dwelling Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Question 8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 Question 10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 Do you Rent/Plan to Rent the ADU? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 Question 9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 Question 11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 Community Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 Feel Engaged & Connected to Community . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 Question 12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 Belong to Community Group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Question 13 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Familiarity With Neighbors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Question 14 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Employment, Commute & Transportation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 Employment Status. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 Question 15 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 Occupation & Industry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Question 16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 Question 17 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 Work Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 Question 18 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 Days per Week Working at Home . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Question 19 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31

9.b
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 458

Table of Contents
iiCity of San Carlos True No rth Research, Inc. © 2024
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Home-Based Business. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 Question 20 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 Commute Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 Question 21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 Length of Commute . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Question 22 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 Duration of Commute. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 Question 23 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 Travel within San Carlos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 Question 24 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 Hybrid and Electric Vehicles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Question 25 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Ability to Find EV Charging Stations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Question 26 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Health & Lifestyle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Recreation Activities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Question 27 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Question 28 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 House-Cleaning Service or Landscape Maintenance Service. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 Question 29 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Question 30 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Home Delivery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Question 31 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Daily Media Use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Question 32 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Background & Demographics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 Methodology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Questionnaire Development . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Programming & Pre-Test. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Sample, Recruiting & Data Collection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Margin of Error Due to Sampling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 Data Processing & Weighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 Rounding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 Questionnaire & Toplines. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52

9.b
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 459

List of Tables
True North Research, Inc. © 2024 iii
City of San Carlos
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

L IST OF T ABLES
Table 1 Like Best About San Carlos by Study Year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Table 2 Changes to Improve San Carlos by Study Year. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Table 3 Frequency of Traveling Within City of San Carlos by Study Year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Table 4 Frequency of Traveling Within Ci ty of San Carlos by Overall & Age (Showing % Weekly). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Table 5 Frequency of Traveling Within City of San Carlos by Education & Gender (Showing % Weekly). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Table 6 Weekly Home Delivery by Study Year. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Table 7 Weekly Home Delivery by Age & Home Ownership Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Table 8 Daily Media Use in Minutes Comparison: 2022 to 2024. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Table 9 Daily Media Use Showing Average Minutes Per Day by Age & Gender . . . . . . . . . . 48 Table 10 Daily Media Use Showing Average Minutes Per Day by Engaged, Connected With Community & Ethnicity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Table 11 Demographics of Sample by Study Year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49

9.b
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 460

List of Figures
True North Research, Inc. © 2024 iv
City of San Carlos
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

L IST OF F IGURES
Figure 1 Like Best About San Carlos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Figure 2 Changes to Improve San Carlos. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Figure 3 Anticipate Living in San Carlos 10 Years Fr om Now by Study Year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Figure 4 Anticipate Living in San Carlos 10 Years From Now by Years in San Carlos & Age. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Figure 5 Anticipate Living in San Carlos 10 Years From Now by Engaged Connected With Community, Hsld Members & Participate, Participate, Belong to Community Group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Figure 6 Anticipate Living in San Carlos 10 Years From Now by Home Ownership Status, Ethnicity & Gender . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Figure 7 Anticipate Living in San Carlos When Retire d by Study Year. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Figure 8 Anticipate Living in San Carlos When Retired by Years in San Carlos & Age . . . . . . 11 Figure 9 Anticipate Living in San Carlos When Retired by Engaged, Connected With Community, Hsld Members & Participated, Participated, Belong to Community Group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Figure 10 Anticipate Living in San Carlos When Retired by Home Ownership Status, Ethnicity & Gender . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Figure 11 Years in San Carlos by Study Year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Figure 12 Years in San Carlos by Age, Ethnicity & Ho me Ownership Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Figure 13 Type of Residence by Study Year. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Figure 14 Type of Residence by Years in San Carlos & Age . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Figure 15 Type of Residence by Engaged, Co nnected With Community, Hsld Members & Ethnicity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 Figure 16 Home Ownership Status by Study Year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 Figure 17 Home Ownership Status by Years in San Carlos, Age & Type of Residence. . . . . . . 15 Figure 18 Home Ownership Status by Engaged, Connected With Community, Hsld Members & Ethnicity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Figure 19 Have / Plan to Build Accessory Dwelling Unit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 Figure 20 Have / Plan to Build Accessory Dwelling Unit by Years in San Carlos, Age & Hsld Members. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 Figure 21 Status of Accessory Dwelling Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 Figure 22 Engaged, Connected With San Carlos Commun ity by Study Year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 Figure 23 Engaged, Connected With San Carl os Community by Years in San Carlos & Type of Residence. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 Figure 24 Engaged, Connected With San Carl os Community by Employment Status & Hsld Members. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 Figure 25 Engaged, Connected With San Carlos Community by Age & Ethnicity. . . . . . . . . . . 19 Figure 26 Engaged, Connected With San Carl os Community by Participate, Belong to Community Group, Work Community Status, Gender & Home Ownership Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Figure 27 Participate in or Belong to Organized Community Group by Study Year. . . . . . . . . 20 Figure 28 Participate in or Belong to Organized Community Group by Years in San Carlos & Type of Residence. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Figure 29 Participate in or Belong to Organized Community Group by Employment Status & Hsld Members . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Figure 30 Participate in or Belong to Organized Community Group by Age & Ethnicity . . . . . 21 Figure 31 Participate in or Belong to Organized Community Group by Engaged Connected With Community, Work Commute Status, Gender & Home Ownership Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Figure 32 Familiarity With Neighbors by Study Year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Figure 33 Familiarity With Neighbors by Years in San Carlos & Type of Residence . . . . . . . . 23 Figure 34 Familiarity With Neighbors by Employment Status & Hsld Members. . . . . . . . . . . . 23

9.b
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 461

List of Figures
True North Research, Inc. © 2024 vCity of San Carlos
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 35 Familiarity With Neighbors by Age & Ethnicity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Figure 36 Familiarity With Neighbors by Engaged, Connected With Community, Work Commute Status, Gender & Home Ownership Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Figure 37 Employment Status by Study Year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 Figure 38 Employment Status by Age & Ethnicity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Figure 39 Employment Status by Education & Gender . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Figure 40 Occupation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 7 Figure 41 Industry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 Figure 42 Work Location by Study Year. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 Figure 43 Work Location by Years in San Carlos & Engaged, Connected With Community. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 Figure 44 Work Location by Age & Ethnicity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Figure 45 Work Location by Education, Home Owners hip Status & Gender . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Figure 46 Days a Week Working From Home. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 Figure 47 Own a Home-Based Business amon g All Employed Respondents by Study Year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 Figure 48 Primary Work Commute Mode by Study Year. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 Figure 49 Primary Work Commute Mode by Age & Ethnicit y . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Figure 50 Primary Work Commute Mode by Commute Duration in Minutes & Commute Distance in Miles. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Figure 51 Work Commute Distance in Miles by Study Year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 Figure 52 Work Commute Distance in Miles by Overall, Age & Ethnicity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 Figure 53 Work Commute Distance in Miles by Primary Commute Mode, Education, Participate, Belong to Community Group & Engaged, Connected With Community. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 Figure 54 Work Commute Duration in Minutes by Study Ye ar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 Figure 55 Work Commute Duration in Minutes by Over all, Age & Ethnicity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 Figure 56 Work Commute Duration in Minutes by Primary Commute Mode, Education, Participated, Belong to Community Group & Engaged, Connected With Community. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 Figure 57 Work Commute Duration in Minutes by Co mmute Distance in Miles . . . . . . . . . . . 37 Figure 58 Frequency of Traveling Within City of San Carlos. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 Figure 59 Own or Lease Hybrid or All-Electric Vehicle by Study Year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Figure 60 Own or Lease Hybrid or All-Electric Vehicle by Education & Age. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Figure 61 Own or Lease Hybrid or All-Electric Vehicle by Primary Commute Mode, Home Ownership Status & Ethnicity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Figure 62 Difficulty to Charge Electrical Vehicle by Stud y Year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Figure 63 Adult Recreational Activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Figure 64 Child Recreational Activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 Figure 65 Use House-Cleaning Service by Study Year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Figure 66 Use House-Cleaning Service by Years in San Carlos & Type of Residence . . . . . . . . 43 Figure 67 Use House-Cleaning Service by Home Ownership Status & Employment Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 Figure 68 Use Landscape Service by Years in San Carlos, Type of Residence & Live in San Carlos 10 Years From Now . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 Figure 69 Use Landscape Service by Home Ownership Status & Age . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Figure 70 Frequency of Home Delivery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Figure 71 Daily Media Use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Figure 72 Daily Media Use by Showing Average Minutes Per Day. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Figure 73 Maximum Margin of Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51

9.b
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 462

Introduction
True North Research, Inc. © 2024 1
City of San Carlos
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

I NTRODUCTION
Encompassing 5.6 square miles in San Mateo County, the City of San Carlos was incorporated in 1925 as a General Law city and is currently home to an estimated 30,490 residents. 1 The City’s dedicated team of full-time and part-time employees provides a full suite of services to residents and local businesses directly or via a shared-service model with other agencies and providers.

Every two years and most recently in 2023, the City of San Carlos conducts a Community Opinion Survey as a performance measurement tool to prof ile residents’ needs and priorities, measure how well the City is performing in meeting needs through existing services and facilities, gather data on a variety of quality-of-life, issue, and policy-related matters, and track in a statistically reliable way how opinions and priorities may have changed over the prior two-year period.

For the first time in 2019, the City sought to conduct a statistically reliable lifestyle and demo- graphic survey of residents as a complimen t to its bi-annual survey. Whereas the Community Opinion Survey focuses on the community’s views of the City’s performance, the Community Characteristics Survey sought to provide the City with a better understanding of the community itself. By exploring residents’ values and aspirations, lifestyle characteristics, and demographics, the survey provided the City with better insigh ts about the residents it serves and the factors that may shape the community’s character in the future.

MOTIVATION FOR RESEARCH Although not planned as such, the 2019 Community Characteristics Survey provided a very timely snapshot of San Carlos residents’ characteristics, experiences, behaviors, and expectations under ‘normal’ conditions. Just a few weeks after the survey was complete, the coronavirus pandemic ar rived in California. In addition to the direct economic impacts including job losses, salary cu ts, and reduced spending, the threat of COVID- 19 and the closure of non-essential businesses dramatically altered how and where people work, play, shop, and travel. During the third year of the pandemic, the 2022 Community Characteris- tics Survey presented an opportunity to understand the extent to which San Carlos residents’ lifestyles, needs, and expectations were altered in response to these challenging times. With the pandemic now beh ind us, the 2024 Community Characteristics Survey described in this report provides an updated snap-shot of San Carlos re sidents’ lifestyles, demographics, and employ- ment arrangements in the post-pandemic period.

To assist in this effort, the City selected True North Research to design the research plan and conduct the study. Broadly defined, the survey was designed to:
• Assess residents’ perceptions about life in San Carlos and their plans for remaining in the City in the future;
• Examine how connected San Carlos residents are with their local community, including whether they belong to community groups and how well they know their neighbors; • Profile residents’ employment, commu te, and transportation behaviors; • Gather opinions on lifestyle topics such as re creation preferences, media use, and utilization of housecleaning, landscaping, and home delivery services; and

1. United States Census estimate for City of San Carlos population, 2022 ACS 5-Year Estimate.

9.b
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 463

Introduction
True North Research, Inc. © 2024 2City of San Carlos
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
• Collect background and demographic data to better understand the profile of San Carlos residents.

OVERVIEW OF METHODOLOGY A full description of the methodology used for this study is included later in this report (see Methodology o n p a g e 5 0 ) . I n b r i e f , t h e s u r v e y w a s administered to a random sample of 712 adults who reside within the City of San Carlos. The survey followed a mixed-method design that empl oyed multiple recruiting methods (email, text, and telephone) and multiple data collectio n methods (telephone an d online). Administered between January 6 and January 15, 2024, the average interview lasted 17 minutes.

ORGANIZATION OF REPORT This report is designed to me et the needs of readers who prefer a summary of the findings as well as those who are interested in the details of the results.

For those who seek an overview of the findings, the section titled Key Findings is for you. It pro- vides a summary of the most important factual find ings of the survey. For the interested reader, this section is followed by a more detailed ques tion-by-question discussion of the results from the survey by topic area (see Table of Contents ), as well as a description of the methodology employed for collecting and analyzing the data. An d, for the truly ambitious reader, the ques- tionnaire used for the interviews is contai ned at the back of this report (see Questionnaire & Toplines on page 52) and a complete set of crosstabulations for the survey results is contained in Appendix A.

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS True North thanks the City of San Carlos for the opportunity to conduct the study and for contributing valuable input during the design stage of this study. The collective experience, insight, and local knowledge provided by city representatives and staff improved the overall quality of the research presented here.

DISCLAIMER The statements and conclu sions in this report are those of the authors (Dr. Timothy McLarney and Richard Sarles) at True North Research, Inc. and not necessarily those of the City of San Carlos. Any errors and omissions are the responsibility of the authors.

ABOUT TRUE NORTH True North is a full-service survey research firm that is dedicated to providing public agencies with a clear understanding of the values, perceptions, priorities, and concerns of their residents and customers. Thro ugh designing and implementing scientific sur- veys, focus groups, and one-on-one interviews, as well as expert interpretation of the findings, True North helps its clients to move with confidence when making strategic decisions in a variety of areas—such as planning, policy evaluation, per formance management, establishing fiscal pri- orities, passing revenue measures, and developing effective public information campaigns.

During their careers, Dr. McLarney (President) and Mr. Sarles (Principal Researcher) have designed and conducted over 1,300 survey research studies for public agencies—including more than 400 studies for California municipalities and special districts.

9.b
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 464

Key Findings
True North Research, Inc. © 2024 3
City of San Carlos
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

K EY F INDINGS
The following is an outline of the main findings from the survey. For the reader’s convenience, we have organized the findings according to the section titles used in th e body of this report.

Thus, if you would like to learn more about a particular finding, simply turn to the appropriate report section.

LIVING IN SAN CARLOS
• San Carlos residents were most apt to cite the small town feeling (24%) and downtown area (23%) as what they like best about living in the City of San Carlos, followed by safety/low crime (19%), it being a nice, neighborly comm unity (19%), and San Carlos’ friendly, family- oriented nature (16%). Other specific attrib utes that were mentioned by at least 10% of respondents included the ability to walk to many destinations in the City (14%), San Carlos’ location and accessibility (13%), shopping/dining options (12%), parks (11%), and schools (11%).
• When asked to indicate the one thing that they would most like to change about San Carlos, the most common specific ch anges desired were limiting gr owth and development (13%), enforcing traffic laws (8%), providing more affordable housing (8%), and reducing traffic con- gestion (7%). Approximately 18% of respondents could not think of any desired changes (13%) or reported that no changes are needed (5%).
• The majority of residents (55%) expect to still be living in San Carlos 10 years from now, 12% do not plan to remain in the City, and one-third (33%) were unsure or unwilling to share where they will be living in 10 years.
• Forty-one percent (41%) of all residents surve yed either anticipated retiring in San Carlos (27%) or were already in retirement (14%). An additional 20% did not anticipate retiring in San Carlos (8%) or living in the City in 10 years (12%), whereas the remaining 38% were unsure or unwilling to share their retirement plans.
• Just under half of San Carlos residents have lived in the City 15 years or longer (46%), whereas a little over one-fourth are newer residents that have lived in the City less than 1 year (5%) or 1 to 4 years (22%). An additional 16% have resided in San Carlos for 5 to 9 years and 12% have lived in the City between 10 and 14 years. • Approximately seven-in-ten San Carlos resi dents live in a detached, single-family home (72%), whereas 14% live in an apartment, 8% a condominium, 5% a townhome, and 2% live in some other type of residence or preferred to not answer the question. • The vast majority of San Carlos resident s surveyed own their home (65%). The remainder either rent (27%), live rent free with family (6%), or were unwilling to state (3%). 2 • Five percent (5%) of single-family homeowners currently have an accessory dwelling unit (ADU) on their property and an additional five percent plan to build an ADU within the next five years. Approximately seven-in-ten respon dents (69%) do not have any plans to build an ADU in the next five years, whereas 20% were unsure or unwilling to share. • Just one percent of all single-family homeowners currently have an ADU and rent it for sup- plemental income, two percent plan to build an ADU and rent it for supplemental income, and seven percent do not plan to rent the unit for income (7%). Nine-in-ten San Carlos hom- eowners with a detached single-family residence do not have any plans for an ADU (69%) or were unsure of their ADU or rental plans (22%).

2. Factoring out the ‘live rent free with family’ and prefer not to answer responses (which aren’t options on the US Census) and recalculating the percentages results in a homeownership rate of 71%, which is consistent with US Census estimates for San Carlos.

9.b
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 465

Key Findings
True North Research, Inc. © 2024 4City of San Carlos
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

COMMUNITY CONNECTIONS
• Overall, 14% of respondents described themselv es as very engaged and connected to the community, 39% were somewhat engaged and connected, and 35% slightly engaged and connected. Another 10% of respondents confided that they do not feel at all engaged or con- nected to the San Carlos community.
• Approximately three-in-ten respondents (28% ) belonged to an organized community group in the City, whereas 66% did not and the remainder were either unsure or unwilling to state.

There is a strong, positive relationship betw een belonging to a commu nity group and feel- ing very engaged and connected to the San Carlos community. • Four percent (4%) of residents revealed that they know all the neighbors who live close to them well, 22% know most of their neighbors well, 58% know some of them well, and 16% confided that they do not know any of their neighbors well.

EMPLOYMENT, COMMUTE & TRANSPORTATION
• When asked about their employme nt status, just over two-thir ds of respondents indicated that they are employed either full-time (61%) or part-time (7%), 20% selected retired, 3% homemaker, 3% student, 4% are in-between jobs, and 2% were unsure or unwilling to state. • San Carlos residents work across a wide variety of occupational categories. Overall, 20% of employed residents who provided an opinion in dicated that their cu rrent occupation falls within the professional specialty category such as accountant, lawyer, engineer, scientist, or laboratory technician, 12% are office or administrative workers, 11% are supervisors or man- agers, 11% work in an executive occupation such as general manager, CEO, CFO, controller, or business owner, 10% work in an information technology position, 9% work in sales, 8% are teachers, 4% are medical assistants, technicians, or aides, 3% are physicians, and 3% work in a craft and repair position such as construction, mechanic, or electrician. • When asked to describe their industry, 33% of employed residents who provided an opinion indicated that they work in information technology manufacturing services, 13% work in education, 12% work in medical and social se rvices, 9% in biosciences or pharmaceuticals, 7% in business services, 5% work in the financial services industry, 4% in sales, 4% in trans- portation, and 3% in construction.
• Approximately one-in-five respondents (19%) stated that they work from home, whereas 36% commute to a work location outside the ho me, and 44% do a mixture of both. The 2024 findings are in stark contrast to the results found in the 2022 survey as more companies are requiring workers to return to the office at least some of the time post-pandemic, but still not close to the levels seen prior to the pa ndemic, when more than eight-in-ten employed San Carlos residents (86%) commuted to a work site outside of their home. • Among the 63% of employees who work from home at least occasionally, respondents were most likely to report primarily working from home either five days per week (19%) or two (17%) or three (12%) days per week, with the remainder reporting they do so four times per week (8%) or only once (6%).
• Nine percent (9%) of all employed residents own a home-based business in the City. • Among employees who occasionally commute to a work location outside of their home, the most common method of commuting was driving alone to work in a car, truck, SUV, or van (85%). Public transit via Caltrain (6%) or other public transit mode such as BART (<1%) or bus (<1%) accounted for approximately 7% of commutes and ridesharing via carpool or vanpool accounted for approximately 2% of commutes. Active transportation modes (biking, walk- ing, jogging, running) were mentioned by 3% of employees as their primary method of com-

9.b
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 466

Key Findings
True North Research, Inc. © 2024 5City of San Carlos
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
muting to work. All other modes (including employer shuttles and on-demand services) were mentioned by just 2% of respondents, collectively.
• The average commute length among all commuters was 15.96 miles, one-way, which is higher than the 13.13 mile average commute distance recorded in 2022 but in line with the

15.45 recorded in 2019.
• The average commute duration among all commuters was 29.9 minutes in 2024, one-way, which is comparable to the 26.2 minutes reported in 2022 and the 33.6 minutes in 2019. • Regardless of their employment status, nearly all residents use a personal vehicle when trav- eling within San Carlos (97%) and just over three-quarters walk from home to a local store or restaurant (77%). Just under half of residents use Uber or Lyft (49%), 37% ride a bicycle when traveling within the City, and just 7% ride a local bus. • One-quarter (25%) of residents reported that they own a hybrid and 27% own an all-electric vehicle. The percentage who reported owning an all-electric vehicle has increased signifi- cantly in the past five years, from 8% in 2019 to 27% in 2024. • Just over one-third of all-electric vehicle owners (35%) find it difficult to charge their vehicle in San Carlos.

HEALTH & LIFESTYLE
• Walking, jogging, and running wa s the most popular adult recreation activity (46%), followed by hiking/nature walks (30%), exercising/gym/yoga (22%), and cycling (16%). • Playing soccer (11%) was the most popular recreation activity among children and teenagers, followed by going to the park/beach (8%), dance/music/theater (7%), cycling (6%), basketball (6%), walking, jogging, and running (6%), and swimming (6%).3 • The majority (52%) of residents reported using a house cleaner and 48% a landscape mainte- nance service or gardener.
• Overall, 97% of residents have goods and pack ages delivered to their home from Amazon or other online retailers, with 63% doing so weekly.
• Approximately six-in-ten respondents (63%) al so indicated they have food, meals, and gro- ceries delivered to their home, with 26% having weekly deliveries. • The average San Carlos resident spends a comb ined four and a half hours in a typical day utilizing the Internet, not including social media (171 minutes per day) and watching televi- sion (103 minutes per day). Re sidents spend approximately an hour using social media (63 minutes), consuming news (62 minutes), and reading books or magazines (52 minutes). San Carlos residents spend the least amount of time playing video games (21 minutes) and lis- tening to the radio (31 minutes) in a typical day.

3. The majority of residents do not ha ve a child or teen in their home (5 2%), which is why the percentage fig- ures for child/teen activities tend to be lower when compared to the adult percentages.

9.b
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 467

Living in San Carlos
True North Research, Inc. © 2024 6
City of San Carlos
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

L IVING IN S AN C ARLOS
The opening series of questions was designed to assess residents’ top of mind perceptions about living in San Carlos, profile their housing characteristics, and gather information on whether they intend to remain in San Carlos in the future.

WHAT DO YOU LIKE MOST ABOUT LIVING IN SAN CARLOS? The first question in this series asked residents to identify what they like best about living in the City of San Carlos.

Question 2 was posed in an open-ended manner , thereby allowing residents to mention any aspect or attribute that came to mind without being prompted by—or restricted to—a particular list of options. True North later reviewed the verbatim responses and grouped them into the cat- egories shown in Figure 1 below.

San Carlos residents were most apt to cite the small town feeling (24%) and downtown area (23%) as what they like best about living in the City of San Carlos, followed by safety/low crime (19%), it being a nice, neighborly community (19%), and San Carlos’ friendly, family-oriented nature (16%). Other specific attributes that were mentioned by at least 10% of respondents included the ability to walk to many destinations in the City (14%), San Carlos’ location and accessibility (13%), shopping/dining options (12%), parks (11%), and sc hools (11%). Table 1 on the next page pres- ents the top-five aspects that respondents liked most about living in San Carlos in 2019, 2022, and 2024 and shows that San Carlos’ small town feeling has topped the list each year.

Question 2 What do you like best about living in San Carlos? FIGURE 1 LIKE BEST ABOUT SAN CARLOS

23.5 22.7

19.1 18.7

15.8 13.6

13.1 11.6

11.0 7.9

6.2 4.1

3.2 2.0

4.6 10.5
0 5 10 15 20 25
Small town feeling
Downtown area
Safety, low crime
Nice community, neighbors
Friendly, family oriented
Walkability, everything close, within walking distance
Location, accessibility
Shopping areas, restaurants
Parks
Good schools
Beautiful, clean city
Open space, hills
Climate, weather
Community activities, events
Nothing comes to mind / Not sure
Public library
% Respondents

9.b
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 468

Living in San Carlos
True North Research, Inc. © 2024 7City of San Carlos
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

TABLE 1 LIKE BEST ABOUT SAN CARLOS BY STUDY YEAR
WHAT SHOULD BE CHANGED? In an open-ended manner similar to that described above for Question 2, all respondents were also asked to indicate the one thing that they would most like to change about San Carlos. True North reviewed the verbatim responses to Question 3 and grouped them into the categories shown in Figure 2.

Question 3 What is the thing you would most like to change about San Carlos? FIGURE 2 CHANGES TO IMPROVE SAN CARLOS
2024 2022 2019
Small town feeling Small town feeling Small town feeling Downtown area Nice community,
neighbors
Nice community,
neighbors
Safety, low crime Downtown area Location, accessibility Nice community,
neighbors
Walkability,
everything close,
within walking
Family oriented
Friendly, family
oriented Location, accessibility Public safety, low
crime
Study Year

12.5 11.9

8.4 8.1

7.0 5.9

5.6 5.4

5.1 4.8

4.6 4.1

3.3 2.5

2.5 2.5

2.3 2.2

2.0 1.8

1.7 1.7

5.1 4.2
0 5 10 15
Limit growth, development
Nothing comes to mind / Not sure
Enforce traffic laws
Provide more affordable housing
Reduce traffic congestion
Improve, maintain infrastructure, roads, sidewalks
Provide more variety of restaurants, stores
Maintain, add park, recreation facilities
No changes desired / Everything is fine
Improve, provide more bike lanes
Make Laurel St pedestrian only
Improve parking
More diversity in general
Improve downtown area
Clean, beautify city, landscaping
Reduce cost of living
Provide a community swimming pool
Provide more community events, activities
Improve public safety
Improve, provide more schools
Improve, provide more public transportation
Better city planning, development
Reduce taxes, fees
Place utilities underground
% Respondents

9.b
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 469

Living in San Carlos
True North Research, Inc. © 2024 8City of San Carlos
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Among specific changes desired, the most co mmon were limiting growth and development (13%), enforcing traffic laws (8%), providing more affordable housing (8%), and reducing traffic congestion (7%). Approximately 18% of respondents could not think of any desired changes (13%) or reported that no changes are needed (5%). As shown in Table 2, limiting growth and development was the top-mention ed improvement in each of th e three studies and enforcing traffic laws made the top five for the first time in 2024.

TABLE 2 CHANGES TO IMPROVE SAN CARLOS BY STUDY YEAR
PLAN TO REMAIN IN SAN CARLOS Respondents were next asked about their future intentions, specifically whether they anticipate living in San Carlos 10 years from now (Question 4) as well as once they are retired (Question 5). As shown in Figure 3, the majority of residents (55%) expect to still be living in San Carlos 10 years from now, 12% do not plan to remain in the City, and one-third (33%) were unsure or unwilling to share where they will be living in 10 years.

These figures are comparable to the percentages re corded in 2022, with no statistically signifi- cant changes.

Question 4 Do you anticipate that you will be living in San Carlos 10 years from now? FIGURE 3 ANTICIPATE LIVING IN SAN CARLOS 10 YEARS FROM NOW BY STUDY YEAR 2024 2022 2019
Limit growth,
development
Limit growth,
development
Limit growth,
development
Nothing comes to
mind / Not sure
Provide more
affordable housing
Reduce traffic
congestion
Enforce traffic laws Nothing comes to
mind / Not sure Improve parking
Provide more
affordable housing
Provide more variety
of restaurants, stores
Improve, maintain
infrastructure, roads,
sidewalks
Reduce traffic
congestion
Reduce traffic
congestion
Nothing comes to
mind / Not sure
Study Year

50.9 52.5

14.0 18.8

34.1 28.1

54.6 12.0

33.3 0
10 20
30 40
50 60
70 80
90 100
2024 2022 2019
Study Y ear
% Respondents
Prefer not to
answer
Not sure
Do not
anticipate living
in San Carlos in
10 years
Anticipate living
in San Carlos in
10 years

9.b
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 470

Living in San Carlos
True North Research, Inc. © 2024 9City of San Carlos
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figures 4 through 6 display residents’ future housing plans by a variety of demographic charac- teristics. When compared to their respective counterparts, residents who have lived in San Carlos at least five years, those between 35 and 54 year s of age or 65 and older , individuals who indi- cated they are very engaged an d connected to the San Carlos community, those with children under 13 years of age or seniors (65+) in their household, those who participate in or belong to a San Carlos community group, homeowners, and respondents with an ethnicity other than Latino/Hispanic were the most likely to anticipate remaining in San Carlos for at least the next 10 years.

FIGURE 4 ANTICIPATE LIVING IN SAN CARLOS 10 YEARS FROM NOW BY YEARS IN SAN CARLOS & AGE FIGURE 5 ANTICIPATE LIVING IN SAN CARLOS 10 YEARS FROM NOW BY ENGAGED CONNECTED WITH COMMUNITY,

HSLD MEMBERS & PARTICIPATE, PARTICIPATE, BELONG TO COMMUNITY GROUP

63.2 50.2

61.2 25.4

7.6 9.0

11.6 8.1

31.7 31.3

25.0 27.4

38.2 30.8

29.0 44.9

64.9 58.9 55.9

67.4 13.4

12.79.4 8.7

26.4 45.641.7
0 10
20 30
40 50
60 70
80 90
100
Less than 5 5 to 9 10 to 14 15 or more 18 to 34 35 to 44 45 to 54 55 to 64 65 or older Years in San Carlos (Q1) Age (QD1)
% Respondents
Prefer not to
answer
Not sure
Do not anticipate
living in San Carlos
in 10 years
Anticipate living in
San Carlos in 10
years

63.1 67.8

49.2 10.7 12.6

6.5 8.1

13.5 43.3

23.7 33.2 30.4 24.1

37.2 54.3

68.9 40.9

61.4 81.5

55.6 9.5

15.8 7.2

5.7 12.8

33.728.8
0 10
20 30
40 50
60 70
80 90
100
Very Somewhat Slightly, not at
all
Child under 13 Teenager Adult 18-64 Senior 65+ Yes No
Engaged, Connected w/Community (Q12) Hsld Members (QD2) Participate, Belong to Community Group (Q13)
% Respondents
Prefer not to
answer
Not sure
Do not anticipate
living in San Carlos
in 10 years
Anticipate living in
San Carlos in 10
years

9.b
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 471

Living in San Carlos
True North Research, Inc. © 2024 10City of San Carlos
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

FIGURE 6 ANTICIPATE LIVING IN SAN CARLOS 10 YEARS FROM NOW BY HOME OWNERSHIP STATUS, ETHNICITY & GENDER
Along the same lines as Question 4, Question 5 asked respondents whether they anticipate remaining in San Carlos once they are retired. As shown in Figure 7, four-in-ten residents sur- veyed (41%) either anticipated retiring in San Carlos (27%) or were already in retirement (14%). An additional 20% did not anticipate retiring in San Carlos (8%) or living in the City in 10 years (12%), whereas the remaining 38% were unsure or unwillin g to share their retirement plans. Responses to this question remained statistically consistent from 2022 to 2024.

Question 5 Once you are retired, do you anticipate still living in San Carlos? FIGURE 7 ANTICIPATE LIVING IN SAN CARLOS WHEN RETIRED BY STUDY YEAR For the interested reader, figures 8 through 10 examine the responses to Question 5 by years in San Carlos, age, engaged/connected with community, ages of household members, participate/ belong to community group, home ownership st atus, ethnicity, and gender. Of note is the strong, positive relationship betw een planning to remain in the City for retirement and each of the following: length of residence, age, level of engagement in the community, belonging to a community group, presence of a senior in the home, and home ownership.

57.1 52.8

11.9 19.5 13.8

10.2 35.6 35.2

26.3 29.1

36.8 55.3

67.9 30.7

45.7 55.4 54.3

6.8 9.4

18.6 20.3

49.0 32.725.2
0 10
20 30
40 50
60 70
80 90
100
Own Rent Latino /
Hispanic
Asian American Caucasian /
White
Mixed or other Male Fem ale
Home Ownership Status (Q7) Ethnicity (QD7) Gender (QD5) % Respondents
Prefer not to
answer
Not sure
Do not anticipate
living in San Carlos
in 10 years
Anticipate living in
San Carlos in 10
years

23.1 22.4

17.4 16.9

9.0 9.9

14.0 18.8

35.9 31.2

26.9 14.4

8.4 12.0

38.2 0
10 20
30 40
50 60
70 80
90 100
2024 2022 2019
Study Y ear
% Respondents
Prefer not to
answer
Not sure
Do not anticipate
living in San Carlos
in 10 years (Q4)
Do not anticipate
retiring in San
Carlos
Already retired
Anticipate retiring in
San Carlos

9.b
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 472

FIGURE 8 ANTICIPATE LIVING IN SAN CARLOS WHEN RETIRED BY YEARS IN SAN CARLOS & AGE FIGURE 9 ANTICIPATE LIVING IN SAN CARLOS WHEN RETIRED BY ENGAGED, CONNECTED WITH COMMUNITY, HSLD

MEMBERS & PARTICIPATED, PARTICIPATED, BELONG TO COMMUNITY GROUP FIGURE 10 ANTICIPATE LIVING IN SAN CARLOS WHEN RETIRED BY HOME OWNERSHIP STATUS, ETHNICITY & GENDER

31.6 33.8 29.91.1

0.5 1.0

8.6 55.3

4.4 5.1

12.4 10.9

6.2 0.7

13.4 8.7

9.4 12.7

25.4 7.6

9.0 11.6

8.1 51.1 43.9 49.8

26.3 44.8

56.0 47.6

39.9 6.0

16.915.5

29.8 25.6 32.9

23.5 6.4

23.1 10.95.0

12.6 11.8

13.6 0
10 20
30 40
50 60
70 80
90 100
Less than 5 5 to 9 10 to 14 15 or more 18 to 34 35 to 44 45 to 54 55 to 64 65 or older Years in San Carlos (Q1) Age (QD1)
% Respondents
Prefer not to answer
Not sur e
Do not anticipate
living in San Carlos
in 10 years (Q4)
Do not anticipate
retiring in San
Carlos
Alread y retired
Anticipate retiring in
San Carlos

32.9 31.2 25.3

3.3 4.8

45.9 15.8

14.0 9.4

12.4 10.2

3.7 11.3

7.6 5.7

9.5 15.8

7.2 10.7

12.6 6.5

8.1 13.5

26.4 38.0 42.2

54.7 49.9 44.3

11.1 33.6 39.5

28.124.817.5

31.6 46.3

31.8 14.4

15.1 0.9

10.8 10.9

4.4 6.5
0 10
20 30
40 50
60 70
80 90
100
Very Som ewhat Slightly, not
at all
Child under
13 T eenager Adult 18-64 Senior 65+ Y es No
Engaged, Connected w/Community (Q12) Hsld Members (QD2) Participate, Belong to Community Group (Q13)
% Respondents
Prefer not to answe r
Not sure
Do not anticipate
living in San Carlos
in 10 years (Q4)
Do not anticipate
retiring in San Carlos
Already retired
Anticipate retiring in
San Carlos

26.4 28.4

18.9 0.0

14.7 13.8

6.5 8.2

16.9 8.6 8.2

6.8 20.3 18.6

9.4 11.9

19.5 13.8 10.2

34.3 47.7 46.7 43.2

35.6 42.1 36.5 39.3

26.134.1

12.6 23.1

32.3 21.5

18.0 6.9

5.1 8.2

11.2 7.6

6.8 0
10 20
30 40
50 60
70 80
90 100
Own Rent Latino /
Hispanic
Asian American Caucasian /
White
Mixed or other Male Female
Home Ownership Status (Q7) Ethnicity (QD7) Gender (QD5) % Respondents
Prefer not to answer
Not sure
Do not anticipate
living in San Carlos
in 10 years (Q4)
Do not anticipate
retiring in San Carlos
Already retired
Anticipate retiring in
San Carlos

9.b
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 473

LENGTH OF RESIDENCE The survey also asked a number of questions to profile resi- dents’ living situation and current housing. The first such question asked residents how long they have lived in San Carlos. As shown in Figure 11, just under half of San Carlos residents have lived in the City 15 years or longer (46%), wher eas a little over one-four th are newer residents that have lived in the City less than 1 year (5%) or 1 to 4 years (22%). An additional 16% have resided in San Carlos for 5 to 9 years and 12% have lived in the City between 10 and 14 years.

Continuing down from when first asked in 20 19, the percentage of long-time residents (15+ years) in the 2024 survey was significantly lower than in 2022. Long-time San Carlos residents were most likely to be 55 years and older, Latino /Hispanic, and homeowners (see Figure 12 on the next page).

Question 1 How long have you lived in San Carlos?
FIGURE 11 YEARS IN SAN CARLOS BY STUDY YEAR
† Statistically significant change (p < 0.05) between the 2022 and 2024 studies.

FIGURE 12 YEARS IN SAN CARLOS BY AGE, ETHNICITY & HOME OWNERSHIP STATUS

51.8 58.8

12.8 10.4

13.5 13.7

21.6 18.0 12.3

4.7 3.5 4.5

46.3†

11.6 15.5
0 10
20 30
40 50
60 70
80 90
100
2024 2022 2019
Study Y ear
% Respondents
Prefer not
to answer
Less than
1 year
1 to 4 years
5 to 9 years
10 to 14 years
15 years or
longer

28.5 49.4 46.5

54.8 21.1

8.1 13.1

11.9 11.0

3.6 11.9

11.0 26.1

8.5 12.8

21.6 14.5

19.4 16.029.9 39.5

15.2 7.6

27.9 22.6

19.4 14.6

39.7 11.1 9.1 7.3 10.1 2.5

11.1 10.6

74.0 45.4

11.3 36.2

66.5 57.5

6.1 15.1

20.6 11.1

28.2 8.1

17.6 7.5

8.89.9 2.7
0 10
20 30
40 50
60 70
80 90
100
18 to 34 35 to 44 45 to 54 55 to 64 65 or older Latino / Hispanic
Asian
American
Caucasian
/ White
Mixed or
other
Own Rent
Age (QD1) Ethnicity (QD7) Home Ownership
Status (Q7)
% Respondents
Prefer not to answe r
Less than 1
1 to 4
5 to 9
10 to 14
15 or longer

9.b
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 474

HOUSING TYPE Approximately seven-in-ten San Carlos residents surveyed in 2024 live in a detached, single-family home (72%), whereas 14% live in an apartment, 8% a condominium, 5% a townhome, and 2% live in some other type of resi dence or preferred to not answer the question (Figure 13). These figures are comparable to the per centages recorded in 2022, with no statisti- cally significant changes. Figures 14 and 15 disp lay respondents’ type of residence by years in San Carlos, age, engaged/connected with commun ity, ages of household members, and ethnic- ity. Newer residents (less than 5 years), those 18 to 34 years of age, residents slightly or not at all engaged in the community, those without a ch ild or teen in the household, and respondents who reported their ethnicity as Latino/Hispanic or Asian were the most likely to live in a housing type other than a detached, single-family residence.

Question 6 Which of the following best describes your residence in San Carlos? Read list.

FIGURE 13 TYPE OF RESIDENCE BY STUDY YEAR
FIGURE 14 TYPE OF RESIDENCE BY YEARS IN SAN CARLOS & AGE

75.4 76.4

12.7 10.4

6.1 7.7

4.0 3.2

71.9 13.7

8.1 4.6
0 10
20 30
40 50
60 70
80 90
100
2024 2022 2019
Study Y ear
% Respondents
Prefer not to
answer
Other
Townhome
Condo
Apartment
Detached single
family

78.5 84.5

69.2 21.0

14.4 9.2

10.6 12.9

6.7 6.0

6.4 5.7

3.1 13.4

9.3 4.6 4.6 1.9

6.2 5.5 6.1 3.7

58.051.9

72.3 66.3

84.9 71.9

25.6 6.1

19.012.4

10.1 10.311.3

0.82.6 0
10 20
30 40
50 60
70 80
90 100
Less than 5 5 to 9 10 to 14 15 or more 18 to 34 35 to 44 45 to 54 55 to 64 65 or older Years in San Carlos (Q1) Age (QD1)
% Respondents
Prefer not to answe r
Other
Townhome
Condominium
Apartment
Detached single
family home

9.b
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 475

FIGURE 15 TYPE OF RESIDENCE BY ENGAGED, CONNECTED WITH COMMUNITY, HSLD MEMBERS & ETHNICITY HOME OWNERSHIP STATUS As shown in Figure 16, nearly two-thirds of San Carlos resi- dents surveyed in 2024 own their home (65%). The remainder either rent (27%), live rent free with family (6%), or were unwilling to state (3%). 4 Home ownership status remained consistent from 2022 to 2024. Figures 17 and 18 on the next page examine home ownership status by a host of respondent characteristics. Strong, positive relationships exist between home ownership status and years in San Carlos, age of respon dent, and being engaged/connected with the San Carlos community.

Question 7 Do you own or rent your residence in San Carlos? FIGURE 16 HOME OWNERSHIP STATUS BY STUDY YEAR

4. Factoring out the ‘live rent free with family’ and prefer not to answer responses (which aren’t options on the US Census) and recalculating the percentages results in a homeownership rate of 71%, which is consistent with US Census estimates for San Carlos.

73.4 64.3 66.6 74.2 78.5

6.4 13.6 10.8

18.7 14.6

14.1 0.0

10.4 3.9 6.1 10.9 8.8 9.0

7.8 4.3 2.2

6.8 5.5 2.9 5.2 4.4 2.8 9.2 3.0

14.5 73.6

82.0 61.2

81.680.7 87.5

9.6 18.1

8.010.2

4.8 3.2

0.66.3 3.6
0 10
20 30
40 50
60 70
80 90
100
Very Som ewhat Slightly,
not at all
Child
under 13
T eenager Adult 18-
64 Senior 65+ Latino /
Hispanic
Asian
American
Caucasian
/ White
Mixed or
other
Engaged, Connected w/Community
(Q12)
Hsld Members (QD2) Ethnicity (QD7)
% Respondents
Prefer not to answe r
Other
To w nho me
Condominium
Apartment
Detached single
family ho me

66.0 75.6

25.6 17.3

4.8 4.23.6 2.9

65.1 26.5

5.8 2.6
0 10
20 30
40 50
60 70
80 90
100
2024 2022 2019
Study Y ear
% Respondents
Prefer not to
answer
Live rent free
with family
Rent
Own

9.b
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 476

FIGURE 17 HOME OWNERSHIP STATUS BY YEARS IN SAN CARLOS, AGE & TYPE OF RESIDENCE FIGURE 18 HOME OWNERSHIP STATUS BY ENGAGED, CONNECTED WITH COMMUNITY, HSLD MEMBERS & ETHNICITY HAVE/PLAN TO BUILD ACCESSORY DWELLING UNIT Homeowners who live in a detached, single-family residence were next aske d if they currently have an accessory dwelling unit (ADU), or granny flat, on their San Carlos property or plan to build one in the next five years.

As shown in Figure 19, five percent of single-family homeowners currently have an ADU on their property and an additional five percent plan to build an ADU within the next five years. Approxi- mately seven-in-ten respondents (69%) do not have any plans to build an accessory dwelling unit in the next five years, whereas 20% were unsure or unwilling to share.

78.1 77.8 76.6 79.8

49.4 67.4

40.3 33.2

19.4 21.2 17.2 11.9

42.5 28.0

8.4 1.7 1.0 4.6 7.55.0 2.4 4.4 1.7 4.6

33.9 42.7

67.0 66.9

77.1 61.6

50.5 12.124.930.0 21.3

8.14.2 0
10 20
30 40
50 60
70 80
90 100
Less than
5 5 to 9 10 to 14 15 or more 18 to 34 35 to 44 45 to 54 55 to 64 65 or older Single family
To w nho me Co ndo
Y ears in San Carlos (Q1) Age (QD1) T ype of Residence (Q6) % Respondents
Prefer not to answe r
Live rent free with
family
Rent
Own

74.0 46.6

71.3 65.6 66.8

12.0 28.3

19.1 31.9

21.1 29.0

17.7 2.8 6.4 5.7

14.4 4.0 4.54.3 2.3 5.1 3.6

63.170.3

55.1 72.278.9 76.7

20.8 33.6

24.6 19.8 7.0

1.3 11.66.2

5.3 3.92.2 7.2
0 10
20 30
40 50
60 70
80 90
100
Very Som ewhat Slightly,
not at all
Child under
13 Te e nage r Adult 18-
64 Senior 65+ Latino /
Hispanic
Asian
American
Caucasian
/ White
Mixed or
other
Engaged, Connected w/Community
(Q12)
Hsld Members (QD2) Ethnicity (QD7)
% Respondents
Prefer not to answe r
Live rent free with
family
Rent
Own

9.b
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 477

Question 8 Do you currently have an accessory dwelling unit on your property in San Carlos - also known as an A.D.U. or granny flat?
Question 10 In the next five years, do you plan to build an accessory dwelling unit on your property in San Carlos?
FIGURE 19 HAVE / PLAN TO BUILD ACCESSORY DWELLING UNIT Single-family homeowners with a child under 13 years of age in their household were the most likely subgroup to either currently have an ADU or plan to build one on their property in the next five years (see Figure 20). By length of residence and age, newer residents (less than 10 years) and respondents under 45 years of age were the most
likely single-family homeowner subgroups to have plans to build an ADU.

FIGURE 20 HAVE / PLAN TO BUILD ACCESSORY DWELLING UNIT BY YEARS IN SAN CARLOS, AGE & HSLD MEMBERS DO YOU RENT/PLAN TO RENT THE ADU? As a follow-up, homeowners who have an ADU were asked whether they currently rent the ADU for supplemental income (Question 9).

Respondents who plan to build one in the next five years were also asked whether they intend to rent it for supplemental income (Question 11). Figure 21 on the next page combines the responses to these two questions and shows that just one percent of all single-family homeown- ers currently have an ADU and rent it for supplemental income, two percent plan to build an ADU and rent it for supplemental income, and seven pe rcent do not plan to rent the unit for income (7%). Nine-in-ten San Carlos homeowners with a detached single-family residence do not have any plans for an ADU (69%) or were unsure of their ADU or rental plans (22%).

Plan to build
ADU in next 5
years

5.1 Currently have
ADU

5.3 No ADU

69.1 DK / NA

20.4 5.6

6.9 7.3

4.2 3.5

10.4 6.3 6.9

3.6 7.3

11.3 2.7 3.3

9.6 8.6

5.3 3.1

1.2 8.7

5.9 5.9

2.3 5.0

7.7 5.4

4.7 0
5 10
15 Less than
5 5 to 9 10 to 14 15 or
mo re
18 to 34 35 to 44 45 to 54 55 to 64 65 or
older
Child
under 13
Tee nager Adult 18-
64 Senior
65+
Years in San Carlos (Q1) Age (QD1) Hsld Members (QD2)
% Single Family Homeowners That Have or Plan
to Build ADU in Next 5 Years
Currently have an ADU Plan to build ADU in next 5 years

9.b
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 478

Question 9 Do you currently rent the accessory dwelling unit for supplemental income? Question 11 Once it is built, do you plan to rent the accessory dwelling unit for supplemental income?
FIGURE 21 STATUS OF ACCESSORY DWELLING UNIT

DK / NA

21.5 No ADU

69.1 Have/plan to
build ADU but
not rent

6.7 Currently
have/rent ADU

0.9 Plan to
build/rent ADU
in next 5 years

1.7 9.b
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 479

C OMMUNITY C ONNECTIONS
After assessing housing characteristics and perceptions about life in San Carlos, the survey tran- sitioned to examining how connected San Carlos residents are with their local community, including whether they belong to community groups and how well they know their neighbors.

FEEL ENGAGED & CONNECTED TO COMMUNITY The first question in this section asked respondents to rate how engaged and connec ted they feel to their local San Carlos com- munity using a scale of very, somewhat, slightly, or not at all engaged and connected. Overall, 14% of respondents described themselves as ve ry engaged and connected to the community in 2024, 39% were somewhat engaged and connect ed, and 35% slightly engaged and connected.

Another 10% of respondents confided that they do not feel at al l engaged or connected to the San Carlos community. When compared to 2022, the levels of engagement and feelings of con- nectivity among San Carlos residents remained consistent in 2024 (see Figure 22).

Question 12 In general, how engaged and connected do you feel to your San Carlos commu- nity? Would you say very, somewhat, slightly, or not at all engaged and connected? FIGURE 22 ENGAGED, CONNECTED WITH SAN CARLOS COMMUNITY BY STUDY YEAR For the interested reader, figures 23 through 26 on the following pages show how feelings of community connectedness varied by a number of demographic characteristics. Several sub- groups stood out for having a higher percentage of respondents who feel very or somewhat con- nected to the community, including those who have lived in San Carlos at least five years, those who live in a detached single-family home, those with a child (under 13) in the home, residents between 35 and 54 years of age, those who work from home at least some of the time, home- owners, and especially those who belong to a community group.

13.5 16.2

36.2 40.5

36.9 30.9

11.1 11.0

14.4 38.8

35.3 10.2
0 10
20 30
40 50
60 70
80 90
100
2024 2022 2019
Study Year
% Respondents
Prefer not to
answer
Not sur e
Not engaged,
connected
Slightly
engaged,
connected
Somewhat
engaged,
connected
Very engaged,
connected

9.b
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 480

FIGURE 23 ENGAGED, CONNECTED WITH SAN CARLOS COMMUNITY BY YEARS IN SAN CARLOS & TYPE OF RESIDENCE FIGURE 24 ENGAGED, CONNECTED WITH SAN CARLOS COMMUNITY BY EMPLOYMENT STATUS & HSLD MEMBERS FIGURE 25 ENGAGED, CONNECTED WITH SAN CARLOS COMMUNITY BY AGE & ETHNICITY

8.5 10.7

44.0 18.7 30.0 27.2

38.3 32.5

53.2 30.7

40.8 13.615.518.822.7

5.9 16.2

35.2 36.8 42.9

34.8 41.1

32.831.2
0 10
20 30
40 50
60 70
80 90
100
Less than 5 5 to 9 10 to 14 15 or more Single family Townhome Condo Apartment Y ears in San Carlos (Q1) T ype of Residence (Q6)
% Respondents
Slightly
engaged,
connected
Som ewhat
engaged,
connected
Very
engaged,
connected

19.5 14.9 13.7

41.8 49.6

39.0 39.2 37.7

33.8 40.9

28.0 32.4 34.2 39.7

9.815.1 19.5

11.5 12.9 19.3

39.1 35.8

50.639.9

34.5 22.4

34.5 0
10 20
30 40
50 60
70 80
90 100
Full-time Part-time Homemaker Retired In-between
jobs
Child under
13 Te e nage r Adult 18-64 S e nio r 65+
Employment Status (Q15) Hsld Members (QD2)
% Respondents
Slightly
engaged,
connected
Som ewhat
engaged,
connected
Very
engaged,
connected

11.0 15.8 10.2

36.5 37.3 38.7

39.4 39.0

30.4 33.0 43.9 35.8

33.8 43.0

9.417.219.417.6

5.4 13.3

44.1 39.7

35.2 36.0

42.1 40.3

31.6 0
10 20
30 40
50 60
70 80
90 100
18 to 34 35 to 44 45 to 54 55 to 64 65 or older Latino / Hispanic
Asian
American
Caucasian /
White
Mixed or
other
Age (QD1) Ethnicity (QD7)
% Respondents
Slightly
engaged,
connected
Som ewhat
engaged,
connected
Very
engaged,
connected

9.b
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 481

FIGURE 26 ENGAGED, CONNECTED WITH SAN CARLOS COMMUNITY BY PARTICIPATE, BELONG TO COMMUNITY GROUP,

WORK COMMUNITY STATUS, GENDER & HOME OWNERSHIP STATUS
BELONG TO COMMUNITY GROUP The next question asked respondents whether they belong to any organized community groups in San Carlos. Consistent with 2022, approximately three-in-ten respondents (28%) in 2024 belonged to an organized commun ity group in the City, whereas 66% did not and the remainder were either unsure or unwilling to state (Figure 27). Res- idents who have lived in San Carlos between five and 14 years, those living in a single-family home or townhome, homemakers, respondents with children under 13 in their household, resi- dents 45 to 54 years of age, residents very en gaged and connected with the community, those who work from home (exclusively or hybrid), and homeowners were the most likely subgroups to belong to an organized community group (see figures 28-31).

Question 13 Do you currently participate in or belong to any organized community groups in San Carlos?
FIGURE 27 PARTICIPATE IN OR BELONG TO ORGANIZED COMMUNITY GROUP BY STUDY YEAR

16.2 17.5 10.8

40.4 39.1 38.5 43.0

30.5 30.9

34.2 35.8 34.7 32.0

42.4 16.4

33.1 6.4

19.4 12.5 13.1

44.4 37.0

40.5 35.9

41.5 36.8

21.3 0
10 20
30 40
50 60
70 80
90 100
Y es No Working from
home
Commuting
outside
home
Mixture of
both
Male Female Own Rent
Participate, Belong to
Community Group (Q13)
Work Commute Status (Q18) Gender (QD5) Home Ownership Status (Q7)
% Respondents
Slightly
engaged,
connected
Som ewhat
engaged,
connectedVery
engaged,
connected

29.1 29.5

63.0 66.7

5.0 2.6

28.2 66.3

4.8 0
10 20
30 40
50 60
70 80
90 100
2024 2022 2019
Study Y ear
% Respondents
Prefer not to
answer
Not sure
Not involved in a
community
group
Involved in a
community
group

9.b
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 482

FIGURE 28 PARTICIPATE IN OR BELONG TO ORGANIZED COMMUNITY GROUP BY YEARS IN SAN CARLOS & TYPE OF

RESIDENCE
FIGURE 29 PARTICIPATE IN OR BELONG TO ORGANIZED COMMUNITY GROUP BY EMPLOYMENT STATUS & HSLD

MEMBERS
FIGURE 30 PARTICIPATE IN OR BELONG TO ORGANIZED COMMUNITY GROUP BY AGE & ETHNICITY

31.9 30.4

15.7 16.7

28.4 35.433.0

21.9 0
10 20
30 40
50 60
70 Less than 5 5 to 9 10 to 14 15 or more Single family Townhome Condo Apartment Years in San Carlos (Q1) Type of Residence (Q6)
% Respondents Involved
in a Community Group

13.5 42.5

32.2 28.2 29.426.9

30.9 47.5

31.6 0
10 20
30 40
50 60
70 Full-time Part-time Homemaker Retired In-between
jobs
Child under
13 Teenager Adult 18-64 Senior 65+
Employment Status (Q15) Hsld Members (QD2)
% Respondents Involved
in a Community Group

28.3 23.3

33.7 28.6

5.7 27.7

39.1 31.4

14.3 0
10 20
30 40
50 60
70 18 to 34 35 to 44 45 to 54 55 to 64 65 or older Latino / Hispanic
Asian
American
Caucasian /
White
Mixed or
other
Age (QD1) Ethnicity (QD7)
% Respondents Involved
in a Community Group

9.b
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 483

FIGURE 31 PARTICIPATE IN OR BELONG TO ORGANIZED COMMUNITY GROUP BY ENGAGED CONNECTED WITH

COMMUNITY, WORK COMMUTE STATUS, GENDER & HOME OWNERSHIP STATUS FAMILIARITY WITH NEIGHBORS The last question in this section asked respondents to describe how well they know their neighbors that live close by (Figure 32). Overall, 4% of resi- dents revealed that they know all the neighbors who live close to them well, 22% know most of their neighbors well, 58% know some of them well, and 16% confided that they do not know any of their neighbors well. Responses were statistically consistent from 2022 to 2024, although the percentage who know most/all of their neighbors appears to be trending down from 2019.

Question 14 Thinking of the neighbors that live close to you in San Carlos, what proportion do you know well? All, most, some, or none?
FIGURE 32 FAMILIARITY WITH NEIGHBORS BY STUDY YEAR

20.8 31.1

26.4 30.1

33.6 19.2

29.9 14.0

32.2 64.5
0 10
20 30
40 50
60 70
Very Somewhat Slightly, not
at all
Working
from home
Commuting
outside
home
Mixture of
both
Male Female Own Rent
Engaged, Connected w/Community
(Q12)
Work Commute Status (Q18) Gender (QD5) Home Ownership Status (Q7)
% Respondents Involved
in a Community Group

5.1 6.7

23.9 29.6

55.4 54.4

14.9 8.0

4.0 21.7

57.8 15.8
0 10
20 30
40 50
60 70
80 90
100
2024 2022 2019
Study Y ear
% Respondents
Not sure /
Prefer not to
answer
None
Som e
Most
All

9.b
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 484

Figures 33 through 36 show how San Carlos residen ts’ familiarity with their neighbors varied by demographic characteristics and subgroups. Long-time residents (15+ years), those living in detached single-family homes, retirees, resident s at least 45 years of age, those reporting mixed/other ethnicities, homeowners, and espec ially those who indicated they are very con- nected to the community were the most likely to report that they know all or most of their neigh- bors. Additionally, knowing all or most of thei r neighbors showed strong, positive correlations with length of residence, age, and level of engagement within the community.

FIGURE 33 FAMILIARITY WITH NEIGHBORS BY YEARS IN SAN CARLOS & TYPE OF RESIDENCE FIGURE 34 FAMILIARITY WITH NEIGHBORS BY EMPLOYMENT STATUS & HSLD MEMBERS

27.9 11.2

7.5 2.9

57.2 52.7

68.1 61.9

63.3 4.72.4 2.5 3.3 5.5 7.78.3

29.3 23.820.3

66.2 55.3

62.0 0
10 20
30 40
50 60
70 80
90 100
Less than 5 5 to 9 10 to 14 15 or more Single family Townhome Condo Apartment Years in San Carlos (Q1) Type of Residence (Q6)
% Respondents
Som e
Most
All

4.4 9.5

23.1 26.7 21.5 25.7

48.9 54.5 61.4 60.2

57.7 58.1

3.8 4.05.54.0 7.4 2.6 2.9 3.6

21.6 30.6

20.713.3

73.1 55.9

57.1 0
10 20
30 40
50 60
70 80
90 100
Full-time Part-time Homemaker Retired In-between
jobs
Child under
13 Teenager Adult 18-64 Senior 65+
E mploy ment S tatus (Q15) H sl d Members (QD2)
% Respondents
Some
Most
All

9.b
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 485

FIGURE 35 FAMILIARITY WITH NEIGHBORS BY AGE & ETHNICITY FIGURE 36 FAMILIARITY WITH NEIGHBORS BY ENGAGED, CONNECTED WITH COMMUNITY, WORK COMMUTE STATUS,

GENDER & HOME OWNERSHIP STATUS

11.2 29.0

17.3 18.6 22.4

22.2 58.1 53.2

63.0 58.0

58.7 45.3

2.4 3.52.25.5 3.7 3.8 4.7 3.5

10.0 26.623.919.0

63.6 56.1

57.2 0
10 20
30 40
50 60
70 80
90 100
18 to 34 35 to 44 45 to 54 55 to 64 65 or older Latino / Hispanic
Asian
American
Caucasian /
Whit e
Mixed or
other
Age (QD1) Ethnicity (QD7)
% Respondents
Some
Most
All

5.0 1.4

21.8 20.2 23.1 20.7

29.7 5.6

59.7 52.4 61.0 55.8 60.1

52.5 69.0

3.7 3.95.0

13.6 2.5 2.3 7.0 2.4

43.0 19.9

11.3 26.6

61.3 59.0

41.1 0
10 20
30 40
50 60
70 80
90 100
Very Somewhat Slightly, not
at all
Wor king
from home
Commuting
outside
home
Mixture of
both
Male Female Own Rent
Engaged, Connected w/Community
(Q12)
Work Commute Status (Q18) Gender (QD5) Home Ownership Status (Q7)
% Respondents
Some
Most
All

9.b
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 486

Employment, Commute & Transportation
True North Research, Inc. © 2024 25
City of San Carlos
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

E MPLOYMENT , C OMMUTE &

T RANSPORTATION
The next section of the survey was designed to identify residents’ employment and travel behav- iors and gather specific information about their commute—including primary mode, commute distance, and duration.

EMPLOYMENT STATUS The opening question in this se ries presented respondents with six different employment categories and asked th em to select the one that best matched their employment status. As shown in Figure 37 below, just over two-thirds of respondents in 2024 indicated that they are employed either full-time (61%) or part-time (7%), 20% selected retired, 3% homemaker, 3% student, 4% are in-between jobs, and 2% were unsure or unwilling to state. From 2002 to 2024, the percentage of respondents who said they were in-between jobs experienced a statistically significant increase from 2% to 4%. Figures 38 and 39 on the next page show how employment status differed across demographic subgroups.

Question 15 Which of the following best describes your employment status? FIGURE 37 EMPLOYMENT STATUS BY STUDY YEAR
† Statistically significant change (p < 0.05) between the 2022 and 2024 studies.

60.7 57.8

8.9 7.3

2.5 3.8

2.7 4.5

19.5 20.9 22.7

1.9 1.7

60.9 7.1

3.03.3 4.3†
0 10
20 30
40 50
60 70
80 90
100
2024 2022 2019
Study Y ear
% Respondents
Not sure / Prefer
not to answer
In-between jobs
Retired
Ho memaker
Student
Employed part-
time
Employed full-
time

9.b
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 487

Employment, Commute & Transportation
True North Research, Inc. © 2024 26City of San Carlos
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

FIGURE 38 EMPLOYMENT STATUS BY AGE & ETHNICITY
FIGURE 39 EMPLOYMENT STATUS BY EDUCATION & GENDER
OCCUPATION & INDUSTRY The next two questions asked employed residents to describe their occupation (Question 16) and industry (Question 17). These questions were asked in an open-ended manner, allowing respondents to provide specifics wi thout being limited to a list of options. True North later reviewed the verbatim responses and grouped them into the broader categories shown in the figures, which also provide examples of each category in paren- theses.

As shown in Figure 40 on the next page, San Carlos residents work across a wide variety of occu- pational categories. Overall, 20% of employed residents who provided an opinion indicated that their current occupation falls within the professional specialty category such as accountant, law- yer, engineer, scientist, or laboratory technician , 12% are office or administrative workers, 11% are supervisors or managers, 11% work in an executive occupation such as general manager, CEO, CFO, controller, or business owner, 10% work in an information technology position, 9% work in sales, 8% are teachers , 4% are medical assistants, tech nicians, or aides, 3% are physi-

65.6 59.6

75.4 6.0

10.5 8.2

6.3 8.5

2.1 2.1

3.7 5.3

5.1 3.1

1.0 15.3

74.0 5.1 13.3 24.8

5.95.7 8.8 7.9 5.8 4.0

63.361.6

78.485.6

72.0 18.4

4.6 9.7

9.6 5.3

14.5 8.4

9.4 3.8

4.8 3.7

3.7 1.53.6
0 10
20 30
40 50
60 70
80 90
100
18 to 34 35 to 44 45 to 54 55 to 64 65 or older Latino / Hispanic
Asian
American
Caucasian /
Whit e
Mixed or
other
Age (QD1) Ethnicity (QD7)
% Respondents Who Provided Opinion
In-between
jobs
Retir ed
H omemaker
Student
Part time
Full tim e

56.0 5.8

2.3 11.5

2.8 2.5

2.0 3.6 6.3

28.3 12.5

23.0 20.5 19.5

4.5 5.2 3.9

62.962.5

26.1 54.4

67.3 68.7

10.3 11.0

0.0 4.2

1.6 27.5

11.3 3.9

0.5 20.9

39.2 5.2 4.44.7
0 10
20 30
40 50
60 70
80 90
100
Less than college Some college Two-year degree Four-year degree Grad / Post grad degree
Male Female
Education (QD6) Gender (QD5)
% Respondents Who Provided Opinion
In-between
jobs
Retired
Homemaker
Student
Part time
Full time

9.b
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 488

Employment, Commute & Transportation
True North Research, Inc. © 2024 27City of San Carlos
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
cians, and 3% work in a craft an d repair position such as constr uction, mechanic, or electrician.

The remaining occupational categories were cited by less than 3% of respondents, respectively.

When asked to describe their industry, 33% of employed residents who provided an opinion indi- cated that they work in information technology manufacturing services, 13% work in education, 12% work in medical and social services, 9% in biosciences or pharmaceuticals, 7% in business services, 5% work in the financial services indust ry, 4% in sales, 4% in transportation, and 3% in construction. The remaining industry groupings we re each cited by less than 3% of respondents (Figure 41 on next page).

Question 16 What is your current occupation?
FIGURE 40 OCCUPATION

20.0 12.2

11.0 10.7

10.0 8.6

8.3 3.6

3.2 2.3

2.0 1.4

0.4 0.4

3.0 1.9
0 5 10 15 20 25
Professional Specialty (not IT): (accountants, lawyers, engineers, scientists, lab technicians, biotechnicians, technical writers, artists, models) Administrative & Office Workers: (clerical, admin support, secretaries, receptionists, data entry/processing, schedulers, inventory accounting, records processing) Supervisors and Managers: (staff supervisors, shift managers, service supervisors) Executive: (General Managers, CEO, CFO, Controller, and other hi-level execs, business owners)
Information Technology (IT): (computer programmers, network administrators, web designers)
Sales: (sales and marketing agents, real estate agents) Teachers: (Professors, educators, grade school, middle school, high school teachers) Medical Assistants: (medical technicians, medical assistants, LVN, nursing assistant, home health aides, care givers, pharmacy technicians)
Physicians: (doctors, dentists, pharmacists)
Craft and repair: (Construction, mechanics, electricians, appliances installations and repair technician, handyman, HVAC technician, general contractors) Nurses: (RNs only)
Protective Services: (security guards, safety officers, bouncers, police, fireman) Self Employed, freelance
Customer Service Reps: (Telephone support staff, customer service agents, telephone Q&A staff, cashiers, bank tellers, behind the counter workers) Operators, fabricators and laborers: (Machine operators, manual laborers, non- electronic assemblers, vehicle/truck operators, stockroom helpers, packers, drivers) Government
% Employed Respondents Who Provided Opinion

9.b
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 489

Employment, Commute & Transportation
True North Research, Inc. © 2024 28City of San Carlos
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Question 17 And what industry do you work in? If pauses, ask: What does your company do? FIGURE 41 INDUSTRY
WORK LOCATION The survey also asked employed in dividuals whether they work from home, commute to a work location outside of their home, or a mixture of both. As shown in Fig- ure 42 on the next page, approx imately one-in-five respondents (19%) in 2024 stated that they work from home, whereas 36% commute to a work location outside the home, and 44% do a mix- ture of both. The 2024 findings are in stark contrast to the results found in the 2022 survey. As more companies are requiring workers to return to the office at least some of the time post-pan- demic, the percentage of San Carlos residents working exclusively from home declined sharply between 2022 and 2024 (-27%), while the percentage commuting to the office increased (+11%) as did the percentage working a hybrid schedule (+16%).

32.9 13.3

11.8 9.1

7.2 4.8

3.9 3.5

3.2 2.0

1.6 1.1

0.7 0.5

0.3 1.3

2.2 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35
IT Manufacturing services: Computer, Software and Electronics Manufacturing and Services
Education: Any educational institution, including public and private schools, colleges and universities
Medical and Social Services: Businesses that provide health care, hospitals, social assistance
Biosciences and Pharmaceuticals: Companies that research and manufacture biological, chemical and medicinal products including laboratory and medical Business Services: Businesses that provide services to other businesses, including legal, advertising, printing, engineering, accounting, IT services, install and repair Financial Services: Banks, credit unions, investment consulting, income tax preparer Sales
Transportation
Construction: Builders and developers, heavy construction, special trades Government / Public Administration: Any government agency such as a city, county, or publicly funded agency
Religious / Non-profit Industry
Retail: Retails stores and outlets that sell products directly to consumers Hospitality, Visitor and Entertainment Services
Non-IT Manufacturing: Manufacturers of products that are not electronic, such as food, textiles, clothing, recreational goods
Communications: Telephone, radio and cable companies, companies that manufacture communications-related products such as phones and fax machines Energy natural resources: Services (also Natural Resource/Wildlife) Agriculture: Food and flower crops, support activities for agriculture % Employed Respondents Who Provided Opinion

9.b
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 490

Employment, Commute & Transportation
True North Research, Inc. © 2024 29City of San Carlos
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Question 18 Are you currently working from home, commuting to a workplace outside of your home, or a mixture of both?
FIGURE 42 WORK LOCATION BY STUDY YEAR
† Statistically significant change (p < 0.05) between the 2022 and 2024 studies.

Figures 43 through 45 show how work location among employed San Carlos residents who pro- vided an opinion varied by length of residence, how engaged they feel with the community, age, ethnicity, education, home ownership status, and gender.

FIGURE 43 WORK LOCATION BY YEARS IN SAN CARLOS & ENGAGED, CONNECTED WITH COMMUNITY

46.7 12.6

24.8 86.1

19.4†

35.5†

28.0 43.8†
0 10
20 30
40 50
60 70
80 90
100
2024 2022 2019
Study Y ear
% Employed Respondents
Prefer not to
answer
Mixture of
both
Commuting
outside hom e
Working from
home

16.8 28.9 34.0 40.9

50.7 38.0

45.7 42.3

20.316.418.524.920.7 24.5

22.3 30.8

45.635.0

44.3 46.752.7
0 10
20 30
40 50
60 70
80 90
100
Less than 5 5 to 9 10 to 14 15 or more Very Somewhat Slightly, not at all Years in San Carlos (Q1) Engaged, Connected w/Community (Q12) % Respondents Who Provided Opinion
Mixture of
both
Commuting
to a
workplace
outside hom e
Working from
home

9.b
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 491

Employment, Commute & Transportation
True North Research, Inc. © 2024 30City of San Carlos
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

FIGURE 44 WORK LOCATION BY AGE & ETHNICITY
FIGURE 45 WORK LOCATION BY EDUCATION, HOME OWNERSHIP STATUS & GENDER DAYS PER WEEK WORKING AT HOME Respondents who reported that they work from home at least occasionally were subsequen tly asked to report how many days they primarily work from home per week (see Figure 46 on the next page). Among the 63% of employees who work from home at least occasionally, respondents were most likely to report primarily working from home either five days per week (19%) or two (17%) or three (12%) days per week, with the remainder reporting they do so four times per week (8%) or only once (6%).

31.8 15.0

36.1 34.5

39.0 15.8 42.6

40.3 53.1

38.6 51.7 52.3

42.3 23.7

30.7 13.3 19.4 23.4 17.0

9.3 53.9 44.4

23.527.5

53.2 34.832.8
0 10
20 30
40 50
60 70
80 90
100
18 to 34 35 to 44 45 to 54 55 to 64 65 or older Latino / Hispanic
Asian
American
Caucasian /
White
Mixed or
other
Age (QD1) Ethnicity (QD7)
% Respondents Who Provided Opinion
Mixture of
both
Commuting
to a
workplace
outside hom e
Working from
home

18.4 18.7 19.6

35.4 31.6 42.0 34.0 39.3

30.7 45.5 46.9 39.6 47.3 41.2

21.421.5

10.0 23.3 20.2

36.9 59.4 33.1

58.3 41.7 44.439.8
0 10
20 30
40 50
60 70
80 90
100
Less than
college
Som e
college
Tw o -year
degree
Four-year
degree
Grad / Post
grad degree
Own Rent Male Female
Education (QD6) Home Ownership Status
(Q7)
Gender (QD5)
% Respondents Who Provided Opinion
Mixture of
both
Commuting
to a
workplace
outside hom e
Working from
home

9.b
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 492

Employment, Commute & Transportation
True North Research, Inc. © 2024 31City of San Carlos
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Question 19 How many days do you primarily work from home each week? FIGURE 46 DAYS A WEEK WORKING FROM HOME
HOME-BASED BUSINESS Approximately 14% of employed San Carlos residents who work from home own a home-based busine ss, which translates to 9% of all employed residents own- ing a home-based business in the City (Figure 47).

Question 20 Do you own a home-based business?
FIGURE 47 OWN A HOME-BASED BUSINESS AMONG ALL EMPLOYED RESPONDENTS BY STUDY YEAR COMMUTE MODE Respondents who commute to a work destination outside of their home at least occasionally were subsequently asked to identify the method of transportation they use most often when commuting to their work place. Overall, the most common method of commut- ing was driving alone to work in a car, truck, SUV, or van (85%). Public transit via Caltrain (6%) or other public transit mo de such as BART (<1%) or bus (<1%) accounted for approximately 7% of commutes and ridesharing via carpool or vanpool accounted for approximately 2% of commutes.

Active transportation modes (biking, walking, jogging, running) were mentioned by 3% of Prefer not to
answer

0.8 Work from
home at least
some of the
time

63.1 Five or more

18.9 Commute
outside home

35.5 Prefer not to
answer

1.3 Three

12.4 One

5.9 Two

16.9 Four

8.2 7.3

91.3 1.5

9.1 89.1

1.8 0
10 20
30 40
50 60
70 80
90 100
2024 2022
Study Year
% Employed Respondents
Prefer not to
answer
Not hom e-
based
business
Hom e-based
business

9.b
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 493

Employment, Commute & Transportation
True North Research, Inc. © 2024 32City of San Carlos
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
employees as their primary method of commuting to work. All other modes (including employer shuttles and on-demand services) were mentioned by just 2% of respondents, collectively. When compared to 2022, the percentage engaging in active transportation decreased from 6% to 3%, led by a statistically significant decline in the percentage walking, jogging, or running to work.

The percentage driving alone, ridesharing, or using public transit were comparable from 2022 to 2024. Figures 49 and 50 on the next page sh ow how the percentage who commute by driving alone varied by age, ethnicity, commute duration, and commute distance.

Question 21 What method of transportation do you use most of the time when commuting to your work place?
FIGURE 48 PRIMARY WORK COMMUTE MODE BY STUDY YEAR
† Statistically significant change (p < 0.05) between the 2022 and 2024 studies.

84.8 5.7

2.4 1.8

1.7 0.5

0.4 0.4

0.3 0.0

0.0 83.4

4.8 2.0

3.2 1.2

4.1 0.0

0.6 0.0

0.0 0.6

0.0 0.2

0.0 82.0

7.4 0.3

5.0 0.8

0.8 0.3

1.5 1.2

0.0 0.0

0.2 0.5

0.1 1.0†
0 1 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 0
Drive alone in a car, truck, SUV, or van
Caltrain
Bike
Carpool (ride together 2 to 4 people)
Other
Walk/jog/run
Prefer not to answer
BART
Employer-provided shuttle/bus
Vanpool (ride together with 5 to 15 people)
Bus
On-demand rideshare service like Uber or Lyft
Motorcycle
Other public transit
% Employed Respondents Who Commute at Least Some of the Time 2024
2022
2019

9.b
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 494

Employment, Commute & Transportation
True North Research, Inc. © 2024 33City of San Carlos
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

FIGURE 49 PRIMARY WORK COMMUTE MODE BY AGE & ETHNICITY FIGURE 50 PRIMARY WORK COMMUTE MODE BY COMMUTE DURATION IN MINUTES & COMMUTE DISTANCE IN MILES LENGTH OF COMMUTE Length of commute was measured both in terms of distance trav- eled one-way between an employee’s home and their primary work place (Question 22), as well as the time it typically takes to commute between home and work if they drive directly without stops (Question 23).

In terms of commute distance (see Figure 51 on next page), approximately four-in-ten respon- dents were represented in commute length categories of less than 10 miles (38%), three-in-ten reported traveling 10 to 19 miles (31%), 17% commute 20 to 29 miles, and 9% commute 30 miles or more between work and home, one-way. An additional 4% of respondents were unsure or declined to state. From 2022 to 2024, the percentage with a less than five mile commute declined (-11%) while the percentage commuting 10 to 19 miles increased (+10%).

The average commute length among all commuters was 15.96 miles, one-way, which is higher than the 13.13 mile average comm ute distance recorded in 2022 but in line with the 15.45 recorded in 2019.

80.4 88.5 90.3

4.7 15.9 19.6 11.5 9.7

84.1 94.588.284.781.4

95.3 15.3 11.8 5.5

18.6 0
10 20
30 40
50 60
70 80
90 100
18 to 34 35 to 44 45 to 54 55 to 64 65 or older Latino / Hispanic
Asian
American
Caucasian /
White
Age (QD1) Ethnicity (QD7)
% Employed Respondents Who Commute
at Least Some of the Time
Alternative
mod e
Drive alone

86.3 96.0 90.3

78.2 74.5

17.1 52.2

13.7 4.0 9.7

21.8 25.5

82.9 94.4 89.5 95.2 89.3

47.8 5.6 10.74.810.5
0 10
20 30
40 50
60 70
80 90
100
Less than
10 10 to 19 20 to 29 30 to 39 40 to 59 60 or more Less than 5 5 to 9 10 to 19 20 to 29 30 or more
Commute Duration in Minutes (Q23) Commute Distance in Miles (Q22) % Employed Respondents Who Commute
at Least Some of the Time
Alternative
mod e
Drive alone

9.b
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 495

Employment, Commute & Transportation
True North Research, Inc. © 2024 34City of San Carlos
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Question 22 In miles, what is the approximate dist ance between your home and your work place?
FIGURE 51 WORK COMMUTE DISTANCE IN MILES BY STUDY YEAR † Statistically significant change (p < 0.05) between the 2022 and 2024 studies.

The following figures show how average commute distances varied across subgroups of employ- ees. In general, the longest average commute distances in 2024 were reported by those 45 to 54 years of age, Asian-American commuters, thos e who belong to a community group, and com- muters who self-describe as being very engaged in the community.

FIGURE 52 WORK COMMUTE DISTANCE IN MILES BY OVERALL, AGE & ETHNICITY

27.5 21.9

22.9 14.8

21.2 26.6

17.2 16.3

20.5 8.9 9.5 12.3

4.3 2.6 3.9

16.8†

21.4 31.4†
0 10
20 30
40 50
60 70
80 90
100
2024 2022 2019
Study Year
% Employed Respondents Who Commute
at Least Some of the Time
Prefer not to
answer
30 or more
20 to 29
10 to 19
5 to 9
Less than 5

14.31 9.57 10.90

20.82 15.78

13.58 15.96 15.26 13.91

22.66 0
5 10
15 20
25 30
35 18 to 34 35 to 44 45 to 54 55 to 64 65 or older Latino / Hispanic
Asian
American
Caucasian /
White
Mixed or
other
Overall Age (QD1) Ethnicity (QD7)
Avg One-Way Commute Miles Among
Employed Respondents Who Commute
at Least Some of the Time

9.b
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 496

Employment, Commute & Transportation
True North Research, Inc. © 2024 35City of San Carlos
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

FIGURE 53 WORK COMMUTE DISTANCE IN MILES BY PRIMARY COMMUTE MODE, EDUCATION, PARTICIPATE, BELONG TO

COMMUNITY GROUP & ENGAGED, CONNECTED WITH COMMUNITY
DURATION OF COMMUTE As for the time it typically takes an employee to commute to work one-way without stops, approximately 28% indicated it takes less than 20 minutes, 24% indicated it takes between 20 and 29 minutes, 20% reported their co mmute typically takes between 30 to 39 minutes, 15% stated that their one-way commute lasts between 40 to 59 min- utes, and 9% offered that their commute lasts an hour or more. An additional 5% of commuters were unsure or unwilling to share. Compared wi th 2022, more respondents gave a response in 2024 and the percentage with a commute time under 10 minutes declined significantly (-5%) while the percentage with a 40 to 59 minute commute increased (+6%). The average commute duration among all commuters was 29.9 minutes in 2024, one-way, which is comparable to the

26.2 minutes reported in 2022 and the 33.6 minutes in 2019.

Question 23 In time, how long does it typically take you to commute to work one-way if you travel there directly without stops?
FIGURE 54 WORK COMMUTE DURATION IN MINUTES BY STUDY YEAR † Statistically significant change (p < 0.05) between the 2022 and 2024 studies.

15.24 20.47

14.23 24.60

15.81 13.42

16.8115.8116.67

12.96 0
5 10
15 20
25 30
35 Drive alone Alternative
mod e
Less than
college
degree
Four-year
degr ee
Grad / Post
grad degree
Yes No Very Somewhat Slightly, not
at all
Primary Commute Mod e
(Q21)
Education (QD6) Participate, Belong to
Community Group (Q13)
Engaged, Connected w/Community (Q12)
Avg One-Way Commute Miles Among
Employed Respondents Who Commute
at Least Some of the Time

10.5 5.5

25.6 18.3

21.4 17.8

19.9 14.7

19.1 8.3

20.4 9.0

9.4 13.9

10.0 4.8

5.8†

22.4 23.5

14.7†

4.6†
0 10
20 30
40 50
60 70
80 90
100
2024 2022 2019
Study Year
% Employed Respondents Who Commute
at Least Some of the Time
Prefer not to
answer
60 or more
40 to 59
30 to 39
20 to 29
10 to 19
Less than 10

9.b
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 497

Employment, Commute & Transportation
True North Research, Inc. © 2024 36City of San Carlos
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figures 55-56 show that those who used alternative modes for their commute reported the lon- gest commute duration (41.7 minutes), followed by Asian-American commuters (37.1 minutes), whereas Figure 57 shows the near linear relationship between commute distance and duration.

FIGURE 55 WORK COMMUTE DURATION IN MINUTES BY OVERALL, AGE & ETHNICITY FIGURE 56 WORK COMMUTE DURATION IN MINUTES BY PRIMARY COMMUTE MODE, EDUCATION, PARTICIPATED,

BELONG TO COMMUNITY GROUP & ENGAGED, CONNECTED WITH COMMUNITY

26.43 21.77

25.24 37.12

28.99 28.32

32.85 30.0331.2529.87
0 10
20 30
40 50
60 18 to 34 35 to 44 45 to 54 55 to 64 65 or older Latino / Hispanic
Asian
American
Caucasian /
White
Mixed or
other
Overall Age (QD1) Ethnicity (QD7)
Avg One-Way Commute Mins Among
Employed Respondents Who Commute
at Least Some of the Time

31.04 31.84 29.18 30.51 29.44

26.21 41.68

27.56 29.08
0 10
20 30
40 50
60 Drive alone Alternative
mod e
Less than
college
degr ee
Four-year
degr ee
Grad / Post
grad degree
Yes No Very Somewhat
Primary Commute Mode
(Q21)
Education (QD6) Participate, Belong to
Community Group (Q13)
Engaged, Connected
w/Community (Q12)
Avg One-Way Commute Mins Among
Employed Respondents Who Commute
at Least Some of the Time

9.b
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 498

Employment, Commute & Transportation
True North Research, Inc. © 2024 37City of San Carlos
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

FIGURE 57 WORK COMMUTE DURATION IN MINUTES BY COMMUTE DISTANCE IN MILES TRAVEL WITHIN SAN CARLOS Switching gears, all respondents (regardless of employ- ment status) were asked how often they use each of the five different transportation modes shown to the left of Figure 58 when traveling within the City of San Carlos. The order of the items was randomized for each respondent to avoid a systematic position bias. Nearly all resi- dents use a personal vehicle when traveling within San Carlos (97%) and just over three-quarters walk from home to a local store or restaurant (77%). Just under half of residents use Uber or Lyft (49%), 37% ride a bicycle when traveling within the City, whereas 7% ride a local bus.

Question 24 When traveling within the City of San Carlos, how often do you: _____? FIGURE 58 FREQUENCY OF TRAVELING WITHIN CITY OF SAN CARLOS From 2022 to 2024, the percentage of San Carl os residents using each mode remained consis- tent (see Table 3). Tables 4 and 5 display week ly use of each transportation mode for travel within San Carlos by respondents’ age, education, and gender.

62.49 40.69

28.18 20.50

12.33 0
10 20
30 40
50 60
70 Less than 5 5 to 9 10 to 19 20 to 29 30 or more
Commute Distance in Miles (Q22)
Avg One-Way Commute Mins Among
Employed Respondents Who Commute
at Least Some of the Time

25.5 17.7

7.3 9.5 22.7
1 1
1 1
2 14.8

52.5 1
1 6.9

35.1 1

7.3 8.6 6.8
1 1

9.4 9.8

3.5 31.1

13.1 12

49.2 61.9

91.7 0 1 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 0 1 0 0
Use a personal vehicle
Walk from your home to a
local store or restaurant
Use Uber or Lyft
Ride a bicycle
Ride a local bus
% Respondents
5+ days per wk 1-4 days per wk 2-3 days per month 1 day per month < 1 day per month Never Prefer not to answer

9.b
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 499

Employment, Commute & Transportation
True North Research, Inc. © 2024 38City of San Carlos
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

TABLE 3 FREQUENCY OF TRAVELING WITHIN CITY OF SAN CARLOS BY STUDY YEAR TABLE 4 FREQUENCY OF TRAVELING WITHIN CITY OF SAN CARLOS BY OVERALL & AGE (SHOWING % WEEKLY) TABLE 5 FREQUENCY OF TRAVELING WITHIN CITY OF SAN CARLOS BY EDUCATION & GENDER (SHOWING % WEEKLY) HYBRID AND ELECTRIC VEHICLES The next transportation-related question asked resi- dents whether they own or lease a hybrid gas and electric vehicle or an all-electric vehicle. As shown in Figure 59 below, 25% of residents reported that they own a hybrid and 27% own an all- electric vehicle. The percentage who reported owning an all-electric vehicle has increased signif- icantly in the past five years, from 8% in 2019 to 27% in 2024.

Question 25 Do you own or lease: _____?
FIGURE 59 OWN OR LEASE HYBRID OR ALL-ELECTRIC VEHICLE BY STUDY YEAR † Statistically significant change (p < 0.05) between the 2022 and 2024 studies. 2024 2022 2019
Use a personal vehicle 87.6 85.8 92.2 +1.8
Walk from home to local store, restaurant 40.2 39.0 31.2 +1.2 Use Uber or Lyft 1.5 0.7 4.1 +0.9
Ride a local bus 1.4 1.1 1.2 +0.3
Ride a bicycle 8.5 11.4 6.8 -2.9
Difference in %
Weekly Use
2022 to 2024
Study Year
18 to 34 35 to 44 45 to 54 55 to 64 65 or older
Use a personal vehicle 87.6 81.3 88.1 94.8 92.2 82.9
Walk from home to local store, restaurant 40.2 47.0 42.0 43.8 32.7 36.8 Ride a bicycle 8.5 8.1 10.9 11.4 7.8 4.5
Use Uber or Lyft 1.5 2.9 1.8 1.4 1.6 0.0
Ride a local bus 1.4 5.3 0.5 1.4 0.0 0.0
Overall
Age (QD1)
Less than
college
Some
college
Two-year
degree
Four-year
degree
Grad / Post
grad degree Male Female
Use a personal vehicle 71.7 82.3 86.6 91.0 86.6 87.8 87.5 Walk from home to local store, restaurant 31.1 23.0 26.1 46.0 39.2 41.8 38.4 Ride a bicycle 5.5 8.1 0.0 8.4 9.0 11.2 4.6
Use Uber or Lyft 0.0 3.3 0.0 1.8 0.9 2.3 0.9
Ride a local bus 0.0 0.0 0.0 2.7 0.9 1.8 1.2
Education (QD6) Gender (QD5)

23.3 18.7

7.9 74.7 79.4 79.1

91.0 27.3†24.5 19.6

71.5†74.1
0 10
20 30
40 50
60 70
80 90
100
2024 2022 2019 2024 2022 2019
Hybrid gas/electric vehicle All-electric vehicle
Q25 Do you own or lease . . .
% Respondents
Not sure /
Prefer not to
answerNo
Yes

9.b
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 500

Employment, Commute & Transportation
True North Research, Inc. © 2024 39City of San Carlos
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figures 60 and 61show how hybrid and all-ele ctric vehicle ownership varied by demographic subgroups.

FIGURE 60 OWN OR LEASE HYBRID OR ALL-ELECTRIC VEHICLE BY EDUCATION & AGE FIGURE 61 OWN OR LEASE HYBRID OR ALL-ELECTRIC VEHICLE BY PRIMARY COMMUTE MODE, HOME OWNERSHIP

STATUS & ETHNICITY
ABILITY TO FIND EV CHARGING STATIONS The final question in this series asked respondents with an all-electric vehicle whether they find it difficult to charge their vehicle in the City of San Carlos. As shown in Figure 62 on the next page, 35% of all-electric vehicle owners answered Question 26 in the affirmative in 2024, which is similar to the percentages found in the last two studies.

27.2 31.2

22.3 10.5

27.3 31.4

35.3 12.1

23.5 27.3

17.5 32.6

18.4 10.7

13.0 38.7

36.1 16.617.0

10.3 0
10 20
30 40
50 Less than
college
Some
college
Two-year
degree
Four-year
degree
Grad / Post
grad degree
18 to 34 35 to 44 45 to 54 55 to 64 65 or older
Education (QD6) Age (QD1)
% Respondents
Hybrid gas and electric vehicle All-electric vehicle

23.5 24.2

18.4 22.1

18.6 29.7

13.9 14.6

30.7 25.5

18.3 30.4

33.3 35.3

27.0 13.8
0 10
20 30
40 50
Drive alone Alternative
mode
Own Rent Latino /
Hispanic
Asian American Caucasian /
White
Mixed or other
Primary Commute Mode (Q19) Home Ownership Status (Q7) Ethnicity (QD7) % Respondents
Hybrid gas and electric vehicle All-electric vehicle

9.b
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 501

Employment, Commute & Transportation
True North Research, Inc. © 2024 40City of San Carlos
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Question 26 Do you find it difficult to charge your electric vehicle in the City of San Carlos? FIGURE 62 DIFFICULTY TO CHARGE ELECTRICAL VEHICLE BY STUDY YEAR

36.0 33.5

59.8 54.2

4.2 12.3

34.5 61.3

4.2 0
10 20
30 40
50 60
70 80
90 100
2024 2022 2019
Study Year
% Respondents With All-Electric Vehicle
Prefer not to
answer
Not difficult
Difficult to
charge all-
electric vehicle
in San Carlos

9.b
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 502

H EALTH & L IFESTYLE
Having profiled residents’ employment, commute, and transportation behaviors, the survey tran- sitioned to the topics of health and lifestyle.

RECREATION ACTIVITIES Question 27 asked residents to describe the recreation activi- ties that the adults in their household engage in most often. Question 28 on the next page asked a similar question focused on children and teen age members of the household. Both questions were posed in an open-ended manner, thereby allo wing residents to mention any activities that came to mind without being pr ompted by—or restricted to—a part icular list of options. True North later reviewed the verbatim responses and grouped them into the categories shown in Fig- ure 63 (adult recreation) and Figure 64 (child/teen recreation).

Walking, jogging, and running was the most popular adult recreation activity (46%), followed by hiking/nature walks (30%), exercising/gym/yoga (22%), and cycling (16%). When compared to 2022, the percentage who reported exercising/g ym/yoga increased, making it the third most popular activity in 2024 (up from fourth place in 2022).

Question 27 Thinking of the adult members of your household, what recreation activities do the adults in your household engage in most often?
FIGURE 63 ADULT RECREATIONAL ACTIVITIES

45.5 30.2

21.8 16.0

8.0 6.8

6.8 6.0

4.6 3.8

3.7 3.1

3.0 2.8

2.5 2.3

1.8 4.5

3.6 0 1 02 03 04 05 0
Walking, jogging, running
Hiking, nature walks
Exercising, gym, yoga
Cycling
Dining out, wine tasting
Do not engage in recreation activities
Swimming
Dance, music, theater
Tennis
Pickle Ball
Golf
Table games, cards, reading
Soccer
Arts & Crafts
Parks, beach
Gardening
Weightlifting
Basketball
Socializing with friends, family
% Respondents

9.b
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 503

Playing soccer (11%) was the most popular recreation activity among children and teenagers, fol- lowed by going to the park/beach (8%), dance/mu sic/theater (7%), cycling (6%), basketball (6%), walking, jogging, and running (6%), and swimming (6%). The majority of residents do not have a child or teen in their home (52%), which is why the percentage figures for child/teen activities tend to be lower when compared to the adult percentages in the prior figure.

Question 28 Thinking of the children and teenage members of your household, what recre- ation activities do they engage in most often?
FIGURE 64 CHILD RECREATIONAL ACTIVITIES
HOUSE-CLEANING SERVICE OR LANDSCAPE MAINTENANCE SERVICE Respon- dents were next asked whether they use a house-cleaning service or maid (Question 29) or land- scape maintenance service or gar dener (Question 30). As shown in Figure 65 on the next page, 52% of residents reported using a house cleaner and 48% a landscape maintenance service or gardener in 2024, which is statistically similar to the 2022 survey findings.

For the interested reader, figures 66 and 67 show the percentage of residents that use a house- cleaning services or maid and figures 68 and 69 display the percentage of residents that utilize a landscape maintenance service or gardener (among respondents who live in a single-family home or townhome) by a variety of resident subgroups.

51.7 11.0

8.2 6.8

6.1 6.0

5.9 5.6

4.5 4.0

3.0 2.7

2.4 2.2

2.1 1.7

1.6 1.5

2.8 4.4
0 1 02 03 04 05 06 0
No children or teenagers in home
Soccer
Parks, beach
Dance, music, theater
Cycling
Basketball
Walking, jogging, running
Swimming
Softball, baseball
Variety of sports
Playgrounds
They do not engage in recreation activities
Table games, cards, reading, video games
Tennis
Hiking, nature walks
Library
Exercise, fitness, yoga
Martial arts
Arts & Crafts
Gymnastics
% Respondents

9.b
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 504

Question 29 Do you use a house-cleaning service or maid? Question 30 Do you use a landscape maintenance service or gardener? FIGURE 65 USE HOUSE-CLEANING SERVICE BY STUDY YEAR
FIGURE 66 USE HOUSE-CLEANING SERVICE BY YEARS IN SAN CARLOS & TYPE OF RESIDENCE

47.3 48.0 52.4 49.4

49.3 51.3 50.7 46.5 48.9

45.552.0

46.2 0
10 20
30 40
50 60
70 80
90 100
2024 2022 2019 2024 2022 2019
House-cleaning service, maid Landscape maintenance service, gardener Q29/30 Do you use . . .
% Respondents
Not sure /
Prefer not to
answer
No
Yes

59.9 60.5

35.1 21.1

47.3 63.864.4

47.4 0
10 20
30 40
50 60
70 80
Less than 5 5 to 9 10 to 14 15 or more Single family Townhome Condo Apartment Y ears in San Carlos (Q1) T ype of Residence (Q6)
% Respondents That Use
House-Cleaner or Maid

9.b
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 505

FIGURE 67 USE HOUSE-CLEANING SERVICE BY HOME OWNERSHIP STATUS & EMPLOYMENT STATUS FIGURE 68 USE LANDSCAPE SERVICE BY YEARS IN SAN CARLOS, TYPE OF RESIDENCE & LIVE IN SAN CARLOS 10 YEARS

FROM NOW

65.7 40.8

48.4 59.9

34.1 55.0

50.4 0
10 20
30 40
50 60
70 80
Own Rent Full-time Part-time Home-maker Retired In-between jobs
Home Ownership Status (Q7) Employment Status (Q15)
% Respondents That Use
House-Cleaner or Maid

64.4 37.2

65.5 51.3

60.5 65.5

72.5 75.4

56.3 0
10 20
30 40
50 60
70 80
90 Less than 5 5 to 9 10 to 14 15 or more Single
family
Townhome Yes No Not sure
Y ears in San Carlos (Q1) T ype of Residence (Q6) Live in San Carlos 10 yrs From Now (Q4)
% Single Family and Townhome
Respondents That Use Landscape
Maintenance Service or Gardener

9.b
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 506

FIGURE 69 USE LANDSCAPE SERVICE BY HOME OWNERSHIP STATUS & AGE HOME DELIVERY Question 31 asked San Carlos residents how often they have items deliv- ered to their home, including goods and packages and food, meals, and groceries. Overall, 97% of residents have goods and packages delivere d to their home from Amazon or other online retailers, with 63% doing so weekly. Approximately six-in-ten respondents (63%) also indicated they have food, meals, and groceries delivered to their home, with 26% having weekly deliveries (Figure 70). The percentages of San Carlos residents who have packages and food delivered to their home on a weekly basis were comparable in 2022 and 2024 (see Table 6). For the inter- ested reader, Table 7 shows weekly home delivery by age and home ownership status.

Question 31 How often do you: _____? At least three times per week, one to two times per week, two to three times per month, once per month, less often than once per month, or never? FIGURE 70 FREQUENCY OF HOME DELIVERY

72.5 52.4

59.2 78.5

45.0 56.0

64.1 0
10 20
30 40
50 60
70 80
90 Own Rent 18 to 34 35 to 44 45 to 54 55 to 64 65 or older Home Ownership Status (Q7) Age (QD1)
% Single Family and Townhome
Respondents That Use Landscape
Maintenance Service or Gardener

33.4 22.6 4.6
1 1

5.8 30.0

20.2 12.3

6.2 8.1 16.9
3 36.1
0 1 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 0 1 0 0
Have food, meals, groceries
delivered to home
Have goods, packages
delivered to home from
Amazon, online retailer
% Respondents
3+ x per wk 1-2 x per wk 2-3 x per month 1 x per month
< 1 per month Never Prefer not to answer

9.b
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 507

TABLE 6 WEEKLY HOME DELIVERY BY STUDY YEAR
TABLE 7 WEEKLY HOME DELIVERY BY AGE & HOME OWNERSHIP STATUS DAILY MEDIA USE The final substantive question of this section asked respondents how much time they spend in a typi cal day on each form of media shown to the left of Figure 71.

Whereas Figure 71 breaks down overall use of ea ch type of media, Figure 72 displays average minutes per day spent on each activity. Overal l media use was highest for the Internet, not including social media (91% of residents who provided an opinion) with residents also spending the most time on that activity each day (171 minutes per day). Approximately 89% of residents consume news each day, 84% watch television, 79% use social media, 76% read a book or maga- zine, 51% listen to the radio, and 26% play video games daily.

Question 32 In a typical day, approximately how much time do you spend: _____? FIGURE 71 DAILY MEDIA USE
2024 2022 2019
Have goods, packages
delivered to home from
Amazon, online retailer

63.3 64.8 44.3 -1.5
Have food, meals, groceries
delivered to home 26.0 29.8 16.3 -3.9
Study Year
Difference in %
Weekly Use
2022 to 2024
18 to 34 35 to 44 45 to 54 55 to 64 65 or older Own Rent Have goods, packages
delivered to home from
Amazon, online retailer
6 1 . 97 7 . 87 6 . 75 8 . 74 3 . 36 9 . 75 3 . 1
Have food, meals, groceries
delivered to home 2 4 . 44 2 . 33 1 . 92 2 . 61 0 . 62 6 . 32 7 . 8 Age (QD1) Home Ownership
Status (Q7)

10.2 4.4

16.2 26.6

13.4 4.1

34.5 22.6

33.0 15.8

10.0 15.7

14.1 10.6

8.7 10.66.1

37.9 22.6
2 3.8

19.3 12.1
4 23.0

27.1 4.9

14.3 18.1

8.1 18.5

8.7 5.4

9.4 3.0

13.7 3.0

16.5 21.2

23.7 74.0

49.4 0 1 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 0 1 0 0
Using the Internet, not including
social media
Consuming news
Watching Television
Using social media
Reading a book or magazine
Listening to the radio
Playing video games
% Respondents Who Prov ided Opinion
3+ hrs 2 to <3 hrs 1 to <2 hrs 30 to 59 mins <30 mins None / Do not use

9.b
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 508

In terms of time spent on each activity (Figur e 72), the average San Carlos resident spends a combined four and a half hours in a typical day ut ilizing the Internet, not including social media (171 minutes per day) and watching television (103 minutes per day). Residents spend approxi- mately an hour using social media (63 minutes), consuming news (62 minutes), and reading books or magazines (52 minutes). San Carlos resi dents spend the least amount of time playing video games (21 minutes) and listening to the radio (31 minutes) in a typical day.

FIGURE 72 DAILY MEDIA USE BY SHOWING AVERAGE MINUTES PER DAY When compared to 2022 during the pandemic, San Carlos residents reported much less time using the Internet, excluding social media (-57 minutes), radio (-26 minutes), television (-19 min- utes), news (-11 minutes), and books/magazines (-10 minutes) on a daily basis in 2024 (Table 8).

Tables 9 and 10 show how daily minutes of use for each form of media varied by demographics.

TABLE 8 DAILY MEDIA USE IN MINUTES COMPARISON: 2022 TO 2024 † Statistically significant change (p < 0.05) between the 2022 and 2024 studies.

51.79 31.23

20.97 171.14
102.67

63.34 61.65
0 50
100
150
200
Using
Internet, not
including
social media
Watching TV Using social
media
Consuming
news
Reading
book,
magazine
Listening to
radio
Playing video
games
Q32 In a typical day, approximately how much time do you spend . . .

Avg Minutes per Day
2024 2022 2019
Playing video games 20.97 18.57 12.46 +2.4
Using social media 63.34 65.72 62.43 -2.4
Reading book, magazine 51.79 61.57 56.75 -9.8†
Consuming news 61.65 73.02 80.99 -11.4†
Watching TV 102.67 121.24 130.63 -18.6†
Listening to radio 31.23 57.25 61.74 -26.0†
Using Internet, not including social media 171.14 227.8 146.62 -56.7† Difference in
Daily Minutes
2022 to 2024
Study Year

9.b
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 509

TABLE 9 DAILY MEDIA USE SHOWING AVERAGE MINUTES PER DAY BY AGE & GENDER TABLE 10 DAILY MEDIA USE SHOWING AVERAGE MINUTES PER DAY BY ENGAGED, CONNECTED WITH COMMUNITY &

ETHNICITY
18 to 34 35 to 44 45 to 54 55 to 64 65 or older Male Female Using Internet, not including social media 159.5 189.0 211.5 169.0 139.4 174.1 171.8 Watching TV 100.6 70.0 72.8 95.9 163.8 98.9 109.8
Using social media 109.9 58.3 54.1 46.4 48.0 53.0 74.5
Consuming news 53.4 45.2 49.7 68.5 87.9 68.7 55.7
Reading book, magazine 48.3 32.0 36.0 61.9 78.1 42.3 62.5 Listening to radio 16.5 26.0 33.3 33.9 48.3 30.1 34.4
Playing video games 51.3 11.4 14.0 23.2 9.9 23.9 18.6
Age (QD1) Gender (QD5)
Very Somewhat Slightly, not at
all
Latino /
Hispanic
Asian
American
Caucasian /
White
Mixed or
other
Using Internet, not including social media 204.1 156.9 173.5 182.1 208.1 162.9 167.6 Watching TV 90.3 101.2 107.5 89.3 89.9 109.1 97.2
Using social media 58.5 64.7 63.8 84.7 73.9 55.2 97.3
Consuming news 60.3 61.7 62.7 53.1 55.2 64.7 66.4
Reading book, magazine 50.5 48.8 55.0 66.2 42.5 54.7 34.2 Listening to radio 46.6 30.2 26.7 33.0 21.7 34.0 22.5
Playing video games 20.3 16.6 25.1 38.7 23.8 17.0 17.5
Engaged, Connected w/Community (Q12) Ethnicity (QD7)

9.b
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 510

B ACKGROUND & D EMOGRAPHICS
Table 11 presents key demographic information co llected during the survey. The primary moti- vations for collecting the background and demo graphic information were to provide a better insight into how the results of the substantive questions of the survey vary by demographic char- acteristics, and ensure that the resulting sample matched the profile of San Carlos’ adult popula- tion on key characteristics.

TABLE 11 DEMOGRAPHICS OF SAMPLE BY STUDY YEAR
2024 2022 2019
Total Respondents 712 791 885
Age (QD1)
18 to 34 20.1 19.9 18.6
35 to 44 21.8 19.6 18.8
45 to 54 18.2 19.7 20.3
55 to 64 17.2 17.8 17.2
65 or older 20.2 19.2 18.3
Prefer not to answer 2.5 3.8 6.8
Hsld Members (QD2)
Child under 13 32.8 27.3 25.5
Teenager 15.1 15.5 14.1
Adult 18-64 78.3 78.5 80.7
Senior 65+ 26.2 28.7 33.6
Gender (QD5)
Male 48.7 47.2 46.2
Female 47.2 48.2 51.2
Non-binary 0.6 0.0 0.0
Other 0.2 0.0 0.1
Prefer not to answer 3.3 4.6 2.6
Education (QD6)
Less than college 3.6 4.7 4.7
Some college 5.7 6.5 10.4
Two-year degree 4.4 7.5 7.7
Four-year degree 37.8 36.9 31.4
Grad / Post grad degree 45.9 42.3 42.8
Prefer not to answer 2.7 2.2 3.1
Ethnicity (QD7)
Latino / Hispanic 10.3 8.4 9.5
Asian American 18.6 16.3 13.6
Caucasian / White 62.6 63.4 65.1
Mixed or other 4.8 9.0 5.1
Prefer not to answer 3.7 2.9 6.8
Study Year

9.b
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 511

M ETHODOLOGY
The following sections outline the methodology used in the study, as well as the motivation for using certain techniques.

QUESTIONNAIRE DEVELOPMENT Dr. McLarney of True North Research worked closely with the City of San Carlos to develop a questi onnaire that covered the topics of interest and avoided many possible sources of systematic measurement erro r, including position-order effects, wording effects, response-category effect s, scaling effects, and priming. Several ques- tions included multiple individual items. Because asking items in a set order can lead to a sys- tematic position bias in responses, the items were asked in a random order for each respondent.

Some questions asked in this study were presen ted only to a subset of respondents. For exam- ple, only respondents that were employed full -time or part-time (Question 15) were asked to describe their current occupation (Question 16) and industry (Question 17). The questionnaire included with this report (see Questionnaire & Toplines on page 52) identifi es the skip patterns used during the interview to ensure that each respondent received the appropriate questions.

PROGRAMMING & PRE-TEST Prior to fielding the survey, the questionnaire was CATI (Computer Assisted Telephone In terviewing) programmed to assist interviewers when conduct- ing the telephone interviews. The CATI program automatically navigates the skip patterns, ran- domizes the appropriate question items, and alerts interviewers to certain types of keypunching mistakes should they happen during the interview. The survey was also programmed into a pass- code-protected online survey application to allow online participation for sampled residents. The integrity of the questionnaire was pre-tested internally by True North and by dialing into random homes in the City prior to formally beginning the survey.

SAMPLE, RECRUITING & DATA COLLECTION A comprehensive database of San Car- los households was utilized for this study, ensuri ng that all households in San Carlos had the opportunity to be selected to participate in the survey. After random selection, additional contact information was appended to the file for adult residents and individuals were recruited to partic- ipate in the survey using a combination of email invitations, text invitations, and telephone calls.

Each individual was assigned a unique passcode to ensure that only San Carlos residents who received an invitation could a ccess the online survey site, and that the survey could be com- pleted only one time per passco de. Following a period of online data collection, True North placed telephone calls to residents that had yet to participate in the online survey as a result of the email or text invitation, or for whom only land line contact information was available.

Telephone interviews averaged 17 minutes in length and were conducted during weekday eve- nings (5:30PM to 9PM) and on weekends (10AM to 5PM). It is standard practice not to call during the day on weekdays because most working adults are unavailable and thus calling during those hours would bias the sample. A total of 712 completed surveys were gathered online and by tele- phone between January 6 and January 15, 2024.

9.b
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 512

MARGIN OF ERROR DUE TO SAMPLING The results of the survey can be used to esti- mate the opinions of all adult residents of the City. Because not every adult resident of the City participated in the survey, however, the results have what is known as a statistical margin of error due to sampling. The margin of error refers to the difference between what was found in the survey of 712 adult residents for a particular question and what would have been found if all of the estimated 23,349 adult residents
5 had been interviewed.

Figure 73 provides a plot of the maximum margin of error in this study. The maximum margin of error for a dichotomous percentage result occurs when the answers are evenly split such that 50% provide one response and 50% provide the al ternative response. For this survey, the maxi- mum margin of error is ± 3.6% for questions answered by all 712 respondents.

FIGURE 73 MAXIMUM MARGIN OF ERROR
Within this report, figures and tables show how responses to ce rtain questions varied by demo- graphic characteristics such as length of residence and age of th e respondent. Figure 73 is thus useful for understanding how the maximum margin of error for a percentage estimate will grow as the number of individuals asked a question (or in a particular subgroup) shrinks. Because the margin of error grows exponentially as the sample size decreases, the reader should use caution when generalizing and interpreting the results for small subgroups.

DATA PROCESSING & WEIGHTING Data processing consisted of checking the data for errors or inconsistencies, coding and recoding responses, categorizing verbatim responses, and preparing frequency analyses and cross-tabulations. The final data were weighted to balance the sample by key demographics according to Census estimates.

ROUNDING Numbers that end in 0.5 or higher are rounded up to the nearest whole num- ber, whereas numbers that end in 0.4 or lower are rounded down to the nearest whole number.

These rounding rules are also applied, when needed, to arrive at numbers that include a decimal place in constructing charts and tables. Occasionally, these rounding rules lead to small discrep- ancies in the first decimal place when comparing tables and figures for a given question.

5. United States Census estimate for City of San Ca rlos adult population (18+), 2022 ACS 5-Year Estimate. 712 Respondents
± 3.6%
0%
2%
4%
6%
8%
10%
12%
14%
0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000
Sample Size (Number of Respondents)
Margin of Error

9.b
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 513

Q UESTIONNAIRE & T OPLINES

True North Research, Inc. © 2024 Page 1
City of San Carlos
Community Characteristics Survey Version
Final Toplines (n= 712)
January 18, 2024
Section 1: Introduction to Study
Hi, my name is _____ and Im calling from TNR on behalf of the City of San Carlos. The City is conducting a survey of its residents so it can learn more about their demographics, lifestyles, and opinions. Your participation in the survey will be confidential and will help the City better meet residents needs and plan for the future.

If needed: This is a survey only Im NOT trying to sell anything and I wont ask for a donation.

If needed: The survey should take about 14 minutes to complete.

If needed: If now is not a convenient time, can you let me know a better time so I can call back?

If the person says they are an elected official or is somehow associated with the survey, politely explain that this survey is designed to the measure the opinions of those not closely associated with the study, thank them for their time, and terminate the interview.

Section 2: Living in San Carlos
Id like to begin by asking you a few questions about what it is like to live in the City of San Carlos.

Q1 How long have you lived in San Carlos?
1 Less than 1 year 5%
2 1 to 4 years 22%
3 5 to 9 years 16%
4 10 to 14 years 12%
5 15 years or longer 46%
99 Prefer not to answer 0%
Q2 What do you like best about living in San Carlos? Verbatim responses recorded and later grouped into categories shown below.

Small town feeling 23%
Downtown area 23%
Safety, low crime 19%
Nice community, neighbors 19%
Friendly, family oriented 16%
Walkability, everything close, within walking
distance 14%
Location, accessibility 13%
Shopping areas, restaurants 12%
Parks 11%
Good schools 11%
Beautiful, clean city 8%

9.b
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 514

San Carlos Community Characteristics Survey 1/18/2024
True North Research, Inc. © 2024 Page 2
Open space, hills 6%
Climate, weather 5%
Community activities, events 4%
Nothing comes to mind / Not sure 3%
Public library 2%
Q3 What is the thing you would most like to change about San Carlos? Verbatim responses recorded and later grouped into categories shown below.

Limit growth, development 13%
Nothing comes to mind / Not sure 12%
Provide more affordable housing 8%
Enforce traffic laws 8%
Reduce traffic congestion 7%
Improve, maintain infrastructure, roads,
sidewalks 6%
Provide more variety of restaurants, stores 6%
Improve parking 5%
Improve, provide more bike lanes 5%
Maintain, add park, recreation facilities 5%
Make Laurel St pedestrian only 5%
No changes desired / Everything is fine 5%
More diversity in general 4%
Improve downtown area 4%
Reduce cost of living 3%
Clean, beautify city, landscaping 3%
Improve public safety 2%
Better city planning, development 2%
Reduce taxes, fees 2%
Improve, provide more public
transportation 2%
Improve, provide more schools 2%
Provide more community events, activities 2%
Place utilities underground 2%
Provide a community swimming pool 2%

9.b
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 515

Q4 Do you anticipate that you will be living in San Carlos 10 years from now? 1 Yes 55% Ask Q5
2 No 12% Skip to Q6
98 Not sure 33% Ask Q5
99 Prefer not to answer 0% Ask Q5
Q5 Once you are retired, do you anticipate still living in San Carlos? 1 Yes 31%
2 No 10%
3 I already am retired and living in San
Carlos 16%
98 Not sure 43%
99 Prefer not to answer 0%
Q6 Which of the following best describes your residence in San Carlos? Read list. 1 Detached single family home 72% Ask Q7
2 Townhome 5% Ask Q7
3 Condominium 8% Ask Q7
4 Apartment 14% Skip to Q12
5 Other 1% Skip to Q12
99 Prefer not to answer 1% Skip to Q12
Q7 Do you own or rent your residence in San Carlos?
1 Own 77%
2 Rent 15%
3 Live rent free with family 7%
99 Prefer not to answer 1%
Ask Q8 if Q6=1 AND Q7=1. Otherwise skip to Q12.

Q8 Do you currently have an accessory dwelling unit on your property in San Carlos also known as an A.D.U. or granny flat?
1 Yes 5% Ask Q9
2 No 93% Skip to Q10
99 Prefer not to answer 2% Skip to Q10

9.b
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 516

Q9 Do you currently rent the accessory dwelling unit for supplemental income? 1 Yes 17% Skip to Q12
2 No 78% Skip to Q12
99 Prefer not to answer 5% Skip to Q12
Q10 In the next five years, do you plan to build an accessory dwelling unit on your property in San Carlos?
1 Yes 5% Ask Q11
2 No 74% Skip to Q12
98 Not sure 20% Skip to Q12
99 Prefer not to answer 1% Skip to Q12
Q11 Once it is built, do you plan to rent the accessory dwelling unit for supplemental income?
1 Yes 34%
2 No 49%
98 Not sure 16%
99 Prefer not to answer 0%

Section 3: Community Connections
Q12 In general, how engaged and connected do you feel to your San Carlos community? Would you say very, somewhat, slightly, or not at all engaged and connected? 1 Very engaged and connected 14%
2 Somewhat engaged and connected 39%
3 Slightly engaged and connected 35%
4 Not engaged and connected 10%
98 Not sure 1%
99 Prefer not to answer 1%
Q13 Do you currently participate in or belong to any organized community groups in San Carlos?
1 Yes 28%
2 No 66%
98 Not sure 5%
99 Prefer not to answer 1%

9.b
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 517

Q14 Thinking of the neighbors that live close to you in San Carlos, what proportion do you know well? All, most, some, or none?
1 All 4%
2 Most 22%
3 Some 58%
4 None 16%
98 Not sure 0%
99 Prefer not to answer 1%

Section 4: Employment, Commute & Transportation
Next are a few questions about your employment and travel behavior.

Q15
Which of the following best describes your employment status? Would you say you are employed full-time, part-time, a student, a homemaker, retired, or are you in-between jobs right now?
1 Employed full-time 61% Ask Q16
2 Employed part-time 7% Ask Q16
3 Student 3% Skip to Q24
4 Homemaker 3% Skip to Q24
5 Retired 20% Skip to Q24
6 In-between jobs 4% Skip to Q24
98 Not sure 0% Skip to Q24
99 Prefer not to answer 2% Skip to Q24
Q16 What is your current occupation? Verbatim responses recorded and later grouped into categories shown below.

Professional Specialty (not IT): (accountants,
lawyers, engineers, scientists, lab
technicians, biotechnicians, technical
writers, artists, models)
18%

Administrative and Office Workers: (clerical,
administrative support, secretaries,
receptionists, data entry, data processing,
schedulers, inventory accounting, records
processing, adjusters and collectors)
11%

Executive: (General Managers, CEO, CFO,
Controller, and other hi-level execs,
business owners)
10%

Supervisors and Managers: (staff
supervisors, shift managers, service
supervisors)
10%

Information Technology (IT): (computer
programmers, network administrators, web
designers)
9%

9.b
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 518

San Carlos Community Characteristics Survey 1/18/2024
True North Research, Inc. © 2024 Page 6
Sales: (sales and marketing agents, real
estate agents) 8%

Teachers: (Professors, educators, grade
school, middle school, high school
teachers)
8%
Prefer not to answer 8%

Craft and repair: (Construction, mechanics,
electricians, appliances installations and
repair technician, handyman, HVAC
technician, general contractors)
3%

Medical Assistants: (medical technicians,
medical assistants, LVN, nursing assistant,
home health aides, care givers, pharmacy
technicians)
3%
Physicians: (doctors, dentists, pharmacists) 3%
Nurses: (RNs only) 2%
Protective Services: (security guards, safety
officers, bouncers, police, fireman) 2%
Self Employed, freelance 2%

Customer Service Reps: (Telephone support
staff, customer service agents, telephone
Q&A staff, cashiers, bank tellers, behind the
counter workers)
1%
Other (unique responses) 1%
Q17 And what industry do you work in? If pauses, ask: What does your company do? Verbatim responses recorded and later grouped into categories shown below.

IT Manufacturing services: Computer,
Software and Electronics Manufacturing and
Services
30%

Education: Any educational institution,
including public and private schools,
colleges and universities
12%

Medical and Social Services: Businesses that
provide health care, hospitals, social
assistance
11%

Biosciences and Pharmaceuticals:

Companies that research and manufacture
biological, chemical and medicinal products
including laboratory and medical
equipment
8%
Prefer not to answer 8%

Business Services: Businesses that provide
services to other businesses, including
legal, advertising, printing, engineering,
accounting, IT services, install and repair
services)
7%
Financial Services: Banks, credit unions,
investment consulting, income tax preparer 4%
Sales 4%

9.b
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 519

Construction: Builders and developers,
heavy construction, special trades 3%
Transportation 3%

Government / Public Administration: Any
government agency such as a city, county,
or publicly funded agency
2%
Religious / Non-profit Industry 2%
Retail: Retails stores and outlets that sell
products directly to consumers 2%

Communications: Telephone, radio and
cable companies, companies that
manufacture communications-related
products such as phones and fax machines
1%
Hospitality, Visitor and Entertainment
Services 1%

Non-IT Manufacturing: Manufacturers of
products that are not electronic, such as
food, textiles, clothing, recreational goods
1%
Other (unique responses) 1%
Q18 Are you currently working from home, commuting to a workplace outside of your home, or a mixture of both?
1 Working from home 19% Ask Q19
2 Commuting to a workplace outside
home 36% Skip to Q21
3 Mixture of both 44% Ask Q19
99 Prefer not to answer 1% Skip to Q21
Q19 How many days do you primarily work from home each week? 1 One 9%
2 Two 27%
3 Three 20%
4 Four 13%
5 Five or more 30%
99 Prefer not to answer 1%
Q20 Do you own a home-based business?
1 Yes 14%
2 No 83%
99 Prefer not to answer 3%
Ask Q21 if Q18=(2,3). Otherwise skip to Q24.

9.b
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 520

San Carlos Community Characteristics Survey 1/18/2024
True North Research, Inc. © 2024 Page 8
Q21
What method of transportation do you use most of the time when commuting to your work place? If says drive, ask: Do you drive alone or carpool with others? If respondent says uses more than one transportation method each day, record the method they use for the longest portion of their commute. 1 Drive alone in a car, truck, SUV, or
van 85%
2 Carpool (ride togeth er 2 to 4 people) 2%
3 Vanpool (ride together with 5 to 15
people) <1%
4 Motorcycle 0%
5 On-demand rideshare service like
Uber or Lyft <1%
6 Zipcar 0%
7 Taxi 0%
8 Employer-provided shuttle/bus <1%
Public Transit
9 Bus <1%
10 BART <1%
11 Caltrain 6%
12 Other public transit 0%
13 Bike 2%
14 Walk/jog/run 1%
15 Other 2%
99 Prefer not to answer 1%
Q22
In miles, what is the approximate distance between your home and your work place? If respondent not sure, ask them to estimate. Miles recorded and later grouped into ranges shown below. Average commute = 15.96 miles.

Less than 5 17%
5 to 9 21%
10 to 19 31%
20 to 29 17%
30 or more 9%
Prefer not to answer 4%

9.b
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 521

Q23
In time, how long does it typically take you to commute to work one- way if you travel there directly without stops? If respondent says it depends or not sure, ask them to estimate their average time in minutes. Miles recorded and later grouped into ranges shown below. Average commute = 29.87 minutes.

Less than 10 6%
10 to 19 22%
20 to 29 24%
30 to 39 20%
40 to 59 15%
60 or more 9%
Prefer not to answer 5%
Q24 When traveling within the City of San Carlos, how often do you: _____? Read in Order
5+ days
per week
1 to 4 days
per week
2 to 3 days
per month
1 day per
month
Less than
1 day per
month
Never
Prefer not
to answer
A Use a personal vehicle 52% 35% 7% 1% 1% 2% 1%
B Ride a local bus 0% 1% 1% 1% 4% 92% 1%
C Use Uber or Lyft 0% 1% 7% 10% 31% 49% 1%
D Walk from your home to a local store or
restaurant 15% 25% 18% 9% 10% 23% 0%
E Ride a bicycle 2% 7% 9% 7% 13% 62% 1%
Q25 Do you own or lease: _____?
Read in order
Yes
No
Not sure /
Prefer not
to answer
A A hybrid gas and electric vehicle 25% 74% 1%
B An all-electric vehicle 27% 72% 1%
Ask Q26 if Q25B=1.

Q26 Do you find it difficult to charge your electric vehicle in the City of San Carlos? 1 Yes 35%
2 No 61%
99 Prefer not to answer 4%

9.b
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 522

Section 5: Health and Lifestyle
Next are a few questions about your health and lifestyle.

Q27
Thinking of the adult members of your household, what recreation activities do the adults in your household engage in most often? Probe: Any others? Verbatim responses recorded and later grouped into categories shown below.

Walking, jogging, running 46%
Hiking, nature walks 30%
Exercising, gym, yoga 22%
Cycling 16%
Dining out, wine tasting 8%
Swimming 7%
Do not engage in recreation activities 7%
Dance, music, theater 6%
Tennis 5%
Pickle Ball 5%
Soccer 4%
Golf 4%
Table games, cards, reading 4%
Arts & Crafts 3%
Parks, beach 3%
Gardening 3%
Weightlifting 3%
Basketball 2%
Socializing with friends, family 2%
Q28
Thinking of the children and teenage members of your household, what recreation activities do they engage in most often? Probe: Any others? Verbatim responses recorded and later grouped into categories shown below.

No children or teenagers in home 52%
Soccer 11%
Parks, beach 8%
Dance, music, theater 7%
Basketball 6%
Swimming 6%
Walking, jogging, running 6%
Cycling 6%
Softball, baseball 5%

9.b
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 523

San Carlos Community Characteristics Survey 1/18/2024
True North Research, Inc. © 2024 Page 11
Variety of sports 4%
Playgrounds 4%
Tennis 3%
Table games, cards, reading, video games 3%
They do not engage in recreation activities 3%
Arts & Crafts 2%
Exercise, fitness, yoga 2%
Hiking, nature walks 2%
Martial arts 2%
Gymnastics 2%
Library 2%
Q29 Do you use a house-cleaning service or maid?
1 Yes 52%
2 No 46%
99 Prefer not to answer 2%
Ask Q30 if Q6=(1,2).

Q30 Do you use a landscape maintenance service or gardener? 1 Yes 63%
2 No 36%
99 Prefer not to answer 2%
Q31 How often do you: _____? At least three times per week, one to two times per week, two to three times per month, once per month, less often than once per month, or never? Read in Order
3+ times
per week
1 to 2
times per
week
2 to 3
times per
month
1 time per
month
Less than 1
per month
Never
Prefer not
to answer
A Have food, meals, or groceries delivered to
your home? 6% 20% 12% 8% 17% 36% 1%
B
Have goods or packages delivered to your
home from Amazon or another online
retailer
30% 33% 23% 6% 5% 3% 1%

9.b
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 524

Q32 In a typical day, approximately how much time do you spend: _____? If unsure or says it varies, ask them to estimate. Record to nearest quarter hour.

Read in Order
Average
Minutes per
Day
None / Do Not
Typically Use
Less than 30
mins
30 to 59 mins
1 hr. to less
than 2 hrs.
2 hrs. to less
than 3 hrs.
3 or more hrs.

Prefer not to
answer
A Consuming news 61.65 9% 13% 17% 31% 14% 5% 11%
B Watching television 102.67 15% 3% 8% 20% 24% 20% 11%
C Listening to the radio 31.23 44% 10% 14% 14% 4% 4% 10% D Using social media 63.34 19% 12% 13% 24% 12% 9% 11%
E Using the Internet, not including
social media 171.14 8% 3% 7% 21% 17% 34% 10%
F Reading a book or magazine 51.79 21% 8% 16% 30% 11% 3% 10% G Playing video games 20.97 69% 5% 5% 9% 3% 2% 6%

Section 6: Demographics
Thank you so much for your participation. I have just a few more background questions for statistical purposes.

D1 In what year were you born? Year of birth recorded age categories shown below. 18 to 24 6%
25 to 34 14%
35 to 44 22%
45 to 54 18%
55 to 64 17%
65 or older 20%
Prefer not to answer 2%
D2 How many: _____ live in your household?
Read in Order
Zero
One
Two
Three or
more
Prefer not
to answer
A Children under 13 years of age 64% 14% 16% 2% 3%
B Teenagers 81% 10% 5% 0% 3%
C Adults age 18 to 64 19% 14% 54% 11% 3%
D Seniors age 65 or older 70% 10% 15% 1% 4%
Ask QD3 if QD2A=(1,2,3).

9.b
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 525

San Carlos Community Characteristics Survey 1/18/2024
True North Research, Inc. © 2024 Page 13
D3 For childcare, do you: _____?
Read in Order
Yes
No
Not sure /
Prefer not
to answer
A Have a stay-at-home parent who watches
your kids 26% 69% 5%
B Have a relative watch your kids 18% 78% 4%
C
Have a nanny or other non-relative watch
your kids either in your home or at their
home
20% 76% 3%
D Use a daycare center not located in your
home 46% 51% 3%
Ask D4 if QD2D=(1,2,3).

D4 Is there a senior member of your household that currently receives in-home healthcare services?
1 Yes 5%
2 No 93%
99 Prefer not to answer 1%
D5 What is your gender?
1 Male 49%
2 Female 47%
3 Non-binary 1%
4 Other 0%
99 Prefer not to answer 3%
D6 What was the last grade you completed in school?
1 Less than high school 0%
2 High school graduate 4%
3 Vocational/Trade certificate 1%
4 Some college 6%
5 Two-year degree 4%
6 Four-year degree 38%
7 Post-graduate work/Graduate degree 46%
8 Not sure 0%
9 Prefer not to answer 3%

9.b
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 526

San Carlos Community Characteristics Survey 1/18/2024
True North Research, Inc. © 2024 Page 14
D7 What ethnic group do you consider yourself a part of or feel closest to? Read list if respondent hesitates
1 Latino/Hispanic 10%
2 Asian American -- Korean, Japanese,
Chinese, Vietnamese, Filipino or other
Asian
19%
3 Caucasian/White 63%
4 African-American/Black 1%
5 American Indian or Alaskan Native 0%
6 Pacific Islander 0%
7 Middle Eastern 1%
8 Mixed Heritage 2%
98 Other 0%
99 Prefer not to answer 4%
Those are all of the questions that I have for you! Thanks so much for participating in this important survey! This survey was conducted for the City of San Carlos

9.b
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 527

9.b
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 528

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

9.b
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 529

T ABLE OF C ONTENTS
Table of Contents. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . i List of Tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iii List of Figures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iv Introduction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Motivation for Research . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Overview of Methodology. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Organization of Report. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Acknowledgements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Disclaimer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 About True North . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Key Findings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Living in San Carlos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Community Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Employment, Commute & Transportation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Health & Lifestyle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Pandemic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Living in San Carlos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 What Do You Like Most About Living in San Carlos? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Question 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 What should Be Changed? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Question 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Plan to Remain in San Carlos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Question 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Question 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Length of Residence. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Question 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Housing Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Question 6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Home Ownership Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 Question 7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 Plan to Build Accessory Dwelling Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Question 8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 Do you Plan to Rent the ADU?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 Question 9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 Community Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 Feel Engaged & Connected to Community . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 Question 10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 Belong to Community Group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Question 11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Familiarity With Neighbors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Question 12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Employment, Commute & Transportation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 Employment Status. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 Question 13 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 Occupation & Industry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Question 14 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Question 15 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 Work Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 Question 16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 Days per Week Working at Home . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 Question 17 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Home-Based Business. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30

9.b
March 25, 2024

Packet Pg. 530

Question 18 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Commute Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Question 19 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 Length of Commute . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 Question 20 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 Duration of Commute. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Question 21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 Travel within San Carlos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 Question 22 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 Hybrid and Electric Vehicles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 Question 23 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 Ability to Find EV Charging Stations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 Question 24 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Health & Lifestyle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Recreation Activities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Question 25 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Question 26 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 House-Cleaning Service or Landscape Maintenance Service. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Question 27 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Question 28 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Home Delivery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Question 29 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Daily Media Use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 Question 30 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 Pandemic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Current Impact of Pandemic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Question 31 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Question 32 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 Background & Demographics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Methodology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 Questionnaire Development . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 Programming & Pre-Test. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 Sample, Recruiting & Data Collection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 Margin of Error Due to Sampling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 Data Processing & Weighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 Rounding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 Questionnaire & Toplines. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54

San Carlos City CouncilMarch 25, 2024

San Carlos City Council
March 25, 2024